DESIGN-BID-BUILD CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

BETWEEN CONTRACTOR AND OWNER

TO BE USED WITH BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF GEORGIA’S DESIGN PROFESSIONAL (ARCHITECTURAL) CONTRACT

BETWEEN

LEGAL GC FIRM NAME (CONTRACTOR)

AND

BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF GEORGIA (OWNER)

For the Use and Benefit of:

THE UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA USING AGENCY (INSTITUTION)

PROJECT NO. J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS

INCLUDES: Executive Summary of Contents Preface Form of Contract Contract 1 to Contract 4 Bid Requirements pp 1 - 12 Table of Contents pp i to iv General Conditions pp 1 to 73 Forms Forms 1 to Forms 29 Supplementary General Conditions pp 1 to 2 Technical Specifications 120 sheets Technical Drawings 41 sheets

DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT VERSION 07/01/2011

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF CONTENTS EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF CONTENTS

FORM OF CONTRACT

BID REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL CONDITIONS

SECTION 1 – GENERAL Part 1 - General Part 2 - Contractor’s General Responsibilities and Duties. Part 3 - Owner’s General Responsibilities and Rights. Part 4 - Protection of Persons and Property Part 5 - Bonds, Indemnity, and Insurance Part 6 - Hazardous Conditions and Materials Part 7 - Miscellaneous Provisions.

SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE Part 1 - Pre-commencement Phase Services Part 2 - Construction Documents and Site Plan

SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE Part 1 - Construction Phase Services Part 2 - Changes to the Work Part 3 - Time. Part 4 - Correcting the Work, Inspections, Covering and Uncovering Work Part 5 - Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers

SECTION 4 – COMPENSATION Part 1 - General. Part 2 - Payments Withheld Part 3 - Liens

SECTION 5 - CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES, AND TERMINATION Part 1 - Owner’s Right to Suspend Work Part 2 - Contract Adjustments and Disputes Part 3 - Termination

SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION Part 1 - Material Completion Part 2 - Final Completion Part 3 - Inspections for Completion of the Work Part 4 - Final Documents Part 5 – Payment for Material Completion and Final Payment Part 6 - Correction of the Work after Final Completion

SECTION 7 – FORMS Performance Bond Payment Bond Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act Affidavit(s) Non-Influence Affidavit Statutory Affidavit Five Year Bond on Roofs and Walls Specimen Certificate of Manufacturer Certificate of Insurance Bond to Discharge Claim Change Order Forms Application for Payment Form Subcontractor Retainage Release Certificate Final Certification of Costs

BOARD OF REGENTS DESIGN-BID-BUILD CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF CONTENTS SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS UGA Design and Construction Special Conditions

Technical Specifications

01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 30 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 42 19 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 52 00 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01 56 39 TREE PROTECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 77 19 POST CONSTRUCTION CCTV INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS AND STORM DRAINS 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK 03 30 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 31 00 00 EARTHWORK 31 23 00 EXCAVATION & FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT & UTILITIES 31 23 19 DEWATERING 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 32 11 23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13.13 EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE PAVING 32 16 00 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, & SIDEWALKS 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 32 23 SEGMENTAL BLOCK RETAINING WALLS 32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES 33 05 16 UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 25 SUPPORT AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES 33 10 00 WATER UTILITIES 33 40 00 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES

Technical Drawings

C1.0 COVER SHEET C1.1 GENERAL NOTES & LEGNED C2.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN AREA A C2.2 EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN AREA A C2.3 EXISTING CONDITIONS PLAN AREA B C3.1 DEMOLITION PLAN AREA A C3.2 DEMOLITION PLAN AREA A C3.3 DEMOLITION PLAN AREA B C4.1 SITE PLAN AREA A C4.2 SITE PLAN AREA A C4.3 SITE PLAN AREA B C5.1 GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN AREA A C5.2 GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN AREA A C5.3 GRADING & DRAINAGE PLAN AREA B C6.1 UTILITY PLAN AREA A C6.2 UTILITY PLAN AREA A C6.3 UTILITY PLAN AREA B C7.1 STORM PROFILES AREA B C8.1 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C8.2 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C8.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C8.4 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C8.5 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C8.6 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS C9.0 EROSION CONTROL LEGEND & NOTES C9.1 EROSION CONTROL INITIAL MEASURES AREA A C9.2 EROSION CONTROL INTERIM MEASURES AREA A C9.3 EROSION CONTROL FINAL MEASURES AREA A

BOARD OF REGENTS DESIGN-BID-BUILD CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF CONTENTS C9.4 EROSION CONTROL INITIAL MEASURES AREA B C9.5 EROSION CONTROL INTERIM MEASURES AREA B C9.6 EROSION CONTROL FINAL MEASURES AREA B C10.1 NPDES STORMWATER MONITORING NARRATIVE & NOTES C10.2 NPDES STORMWATER MONITORING NARRATIVE & NOTES C10.3 NPDES STORMWATER MONITORING NARRATIVE & NOTES C10.4 NPDES STORMWATER MONITORING NARRATIVE & NOTES C11.1 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS C11.2 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS C11.3 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS C11.4 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS C12.1. DRAINAGE AREA MAP PRE-PROJECT C12.2 DRAINAGE AREA MAP POST-PROJECT

BOARD OF REGENTS DESIGN-BID-BUILD CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT BETWEEN CONTRACTOR AND OWNER

THIS CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (hereinafter the “Contract”) made this Date day of Month, Year

(hereinafter the “Effective Date”), by and between the BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF GEORGIA

(hereinafter the “Owner”), for the use and benefit of THE UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA (hereinafter the “Using Agency” or “Institution”) LEGAL GC Firm Name , (hereinafter the “General Contractor” / “Contractor”), whose address is MUST be a physical address. NO P.O. Boxes.; Phone: XXX-XXX-XXXX; Fax XXX-XXX-XXXX

(a) Contractor’s FEIN or Tax Identification Number:

(b) Contractor’s Georgia License Type and Number:

(c) Contractor’s Federal Employment Verification Certification: The Contractor is registered with, authorized to use, is using and will continue to use, the federal work authorization program throughout the term of the contract, and holds the following authorization:

User Identification Number:

Date of Authorization: Date

WITNESSETH, that the Contractor and the Owner, for the consideration set forth herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each party, agree as follows:

Project No. J-308

Project Name and Description: ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS (hereinafter the “Project.”)

1. Existing Documents. The Contractor has reviewed and taken into consideration the Bidding Documents in preparing his bid.

2. The Contract Sum: The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the performance of the contract, subject to additions and deductions provided by approved change orders, in current funds, the Contract Sum as follows, base bid less Deductive Alternate 1:

AND /100 DOLLARS ($ )

3. The Material Completion and Occupancy Date shall be achieved within Ninety (90) consecutive calendar days beginning the date specified in the Proceed Order.

4. The agreed daily amount for Liquidated Damages is: $500.00 per day.

5. The agreed daily amount for Time Dependent Overhead Costs is: $N/A per day.

CONTRACT 1 DBB FORM OF CONTRACT J-308, (REC SITE IMPROVEMENTS) VERSION 07/01/2011 12/2/2016

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

6. Notice. All notices in accordance with Section 1.1.5 shall be given to the following addresses:

CONTRACTOR: LEGAL GC Firm Name Physical Address, NO P.O. Boxes City, State Zip Attention: CM-POC, Title Phone Number: CM-POC Phone Facsimile Number: CM-POC Fax Email: CM-POC Email address

OWNER: Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia 270 Washington Street, SW, 6th Floor Atlanta, Georgia 30334 Attention: Jim James, Vice Chancellor for Facilities Phone Number: 404-962-3155 Facsimile Number: 404-962-3188

OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: The University of Georgia 382 E. Broad Street Athens, GA 30602 Attention: Maddison Knick, Procurement Specialist Phone Number: (706) 542-7114 Email: [email protected]

USING AGENCY (Institution): The University of Georgia Office of University Architects 382 E. Broad Street Athens, GA 30602 Attention: Chuck Cartwright, Project Architect Phone Number: 706-542-3605 Facsimile Number: N/A Email: [email protected]

DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: Travis Pruitt & Associates, Inc. 1586 Mars Hill Road, Suite A, Watkinsville, GA 30677 Attention: Pat Mahoney, PE Phone Number: (706) 310-1551 Facsimile Number: N/A Email: [email protected]

7. Scope Of The Work: The Contractor shall furnish all the materials, perform all of the Work, and do all things required by the Contract Documents.

8. Schedule and Completion: The Pre-commencement Phase Services to be performed under this Contract shall commence upon the Effective Date of the Contract and be completed within 60 days thereafter. Activities on the Site shall commence on the date specified in the Proceed Order and shall be materially complete in accordance with established Milestones, and not later than the Material Completion and Occupancy Date.

9. Periodic Progress Payments: The Owner shall make progress payments, less retainage, as set forth in Section 4 of the General Conditions.

10. Payment for Material Completion: The Contractor may request payment of the remaining contract balance, including retainage, less amounts credited the Owner or incurred as liquidated damages, and less amounts withheld for the Punchlist by reason of Minor Items or Permitted Incomplete Work (See Paragraph 6.5.3.2). Payment for Material Completion shall be made by a check payable jointly to the Contractor and Surety and shall be mailed to the Surety.

CONTRACT 2 DBB FORM OF CONTRACT J-308, (REC SITE IMPROVEMENTS) VERSION 07/01/2011 12/2/2016

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 11. Final Payment: Final Payment shall be made within ten days of receipt of the final payment application as set forth in Section 6, Part 2 of the General Conditions, provided that all other requirements of the Contract shall have been met in full.

12. The Contract Documents: This Contract, together with the Bidding Documents and the Bid, shall constitute the Contract Documents for the Project.

13. Bonds: The Contractor shall furnish both a performance bond and a payment bond and shall pay the premiums thereon as a Cost of the Work. The Performance Bond shall guarantee the full performance of the Contract.

14. Full Performance: The Owner and the Contractor hereby agree to the full performance of the Contract Documents.

15. Applicable Law: This Contract and all rights, privileges and responsibilities shall be interpreted and construed according to the laws of the State of Georgia.

16. No Conflict Of Interest: The Contractor covenants that it presently has no interest and shall not acquire any interest, direct or indirect, that would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance required under this Contract. The Contractor further covenants that, in the performance of this Contract, it shall neither contract with nor employ any person having any such interest.

17. Transactions With State Officials, Ethics: The parties hereto certify that the provisions of law contained in the Act prohibiting full-time appointive officials and employees of the State from engaging in certain transactions affecting the State as defined in O.C.G.A. §§45-10-20–26 and the Governor’s Executive Orders governing ethics, have not and will not be violated in any respect in regard to this contract and further certifies that registration and all disclosures required thereby have been complied with.

18. No Assignment: This Contract and the proceeds of this Contract may not be assigned or sublet as a whole, nor may the performance thereunder be assigned, without the prior written consent of the Owner.

19. No Waiver: The failure of the Owner at any time to require performance by the Contractor of any provision hereof, shall in no way affect the right of the Owner thereafter to enforce any provision or any part of the Contract, nor shall the failure of the Owner to enforce any breach of any provision hereof to be taken or held to be a waiver of such provision, or as a waiver, modification or rescission of the Contract itself.

20. Full Agreement. The Contract Documents supersede all prior negotiations, discussion, statements, and agreements between Owner and Contractor and constitute the full, complete, and entire agreement between Owner and Contractor. There can be no changes to this Contract by oral means, nor by course of conduct of the parties, nor by custom of the trade. No changes to this Contract will be binding on either party hereto unless such change is properly authorized, in writing, in accordance with Section 3, Part 2 of the General Conditions.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

[Signatures Begin on Next Page]

CONTRACT 3 DBB FORM OF CONTRACT J-308, (REC SITE IMPROVEMENTS) VERSION 07/01/2011 12/2/2016

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Contract the day and year first written above.

LEGAL GC FIRM NAME Contractor

ATTEST:

_ (L.S.) BY: ______(L.S.)

, SECRETARY , PRESIDENT

(SEAL, OVER SIGNATURE) (If not a corporation, signature must be notarized.)

APPROVED: USING AGENCY

BY: GWYNNE M. DARDEN – INTERIM ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FACILITIES PLANNING THE UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA

WITNESS: Charles Cartwright, Project Architect

BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF GEORGIA, OWNER

BY: (L.S.) JAMES SHORE SENIOR ASSOCIATE VICE PRESIDENT FOR FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION & BUDGET DIRECTOR

WITNESS:

(PRINT NAME / TITLE)

Attachments: 1. General Conditions and Forms 2. Supplementary General Conditions

CONTRACT 4 DBB FORM OF CONTRACT J-308, (REC SITE IMPROVEMENTS) VERSION 07/01/2011 12/2/2016

BID REQUIREMENTS INVITATION TO BID

BID REQUIREMENTS

INVITATION TO BID

The Owner will receive sealed bids from Contractors in Room #301, UGA Procurement Office, Business Services Building, 424 East Broad Street, Athens, Georgia 30602. Bids must be physically on the table in the Bid Room by 2:00 pm, at the time legally prevailing in Athens, Georgia on January 24, 2017, for the construction of J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, located in Rock Eagle 4-H Center, Eatonton, Georgia. At the time and place noted above, the bids will be publicly opened and announced.

Bidding Documents may be obtained through UGA Procurement Office. Contact Maddison Knick at telephone (706) 542- 7114 or Email [email protected]. Electronic copy of documents may also be obtained from the Georgia Procurement Registry website: http://ssl.doas.state.ga.us/PRSapp/PR_index.jsp.

Bidders are cautioned that acquisition of Bidding Documents through any source other than the office of the Design Professional is not advisable. Acquisition of Bidding Documents from unauthorized sources places the bidder at risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base a bid.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK: Furnish & install complete all labor, material & equipment as required for the work which includes selective demolition, construction of site and utility improvements for the Rock Eagle 4-H Center. All work as described on contract drawings & specifications entitled “Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements J-308”.

MANDATORY SITE VISIT: There will be a pre-bid conference held on Tuesday, January 3, 2017 beginning at 2:00 p.m., in the Entomology Building (adjacent to the Administrative Building at the Rock Eagle 4-H Center, 350 Rock Eagle Road, Eatonton, GA 31024. Attendance at this conference is MANDATORY for any General Contractor intending to bid on this project. All prospective bidders shall have a representative to attend and participate in a tour of the work site conducted by the Owner’s Representative. Failure to attend the mandatory site visit is basis for rejection of bid. Sub-Contractors and others may attend if they so desire.

Contract, if awarded, will be on a lump sum basis. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of thirty-five days after time has been called on the date of opening except in accordance with the provisions of Georgia law. Bids must be accompanied by a Bid Bond made payable to the Owner in an amount equal to not less than five percent of the Bid. Both a performance bond and a payment bond will be required, each in an amount equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum prior to execution of contract.

The Owner reserves the right in its sole and complete discretion to waive technicalities and informalities. The Owner further reserves the rights in its sole and complete discretion to reject all bids and any bid that is not responsive or that is over the budget. The Owner anticipates that the contract will be awarded to the responsive and responsible bidder who provides the lowest bid within the budget. In judging whether the bidder is responsible, the Owner will consider, but is not limited to, the following:  Whether the bidder or its principals are currently ineligible, debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from bidding or contracting by any state or federal agency, department, or authority;  Whether the bidder or its principals have been terminated for cause or are currently in default on a public works contract;  Whether the bidder can demonstrate sufficient cash flow to undertake the project as evidenced by a Current Ratio of 1.0 or higher;  Whether the bidder can demonstrate a commitment to safety with regard to Workers' Compensation by having an Experience Modification Rate (EMR) over the past three years not having exceeded an average of 1.2; and  Whether the bidder’s past work provides evidence of an ability to successfully complete public works projects within the established time, quality, or cost, or to comply with the bidder’s contract obligations.  Whether the bidder and it subcontractors are properly licensed as required by the State of Georgia.  Whether the bidder has been in business under the present company name for a minimum of 5 years and has NOT been judged in default or been provided a notice of breach of contract on any construction contract within that time.

BID REQUIREMENTS–1 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 BID REQUIREMENTS INVITATION TO BID

In the event all responsive and responsible bids are in excess of the budget, the Owner, in its sole and absolute discretion and in addition to rejecting all bids, reserves the right either to supplement the budget or to negotiate with the lowest responsive and responsible bidder (after all deductive alternates are taken) but only for the purpose of making changes to the project that will result in a cost to the Owner that is within the budget, as it may be supplemented.

BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF GEORGIA UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA PROCUREMENT OFFICE

BY: MADDISON KNICK PROCUREMENT SPECIALIST

BID REQUIREMENTS–2 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

BID REQUIREMENTS

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

1. Basis of Contract. Contract, if awarded, will be on a lump sum basis and will be substantially in accordance with the Contract shown on pages Contract – 1 to Contract – 4.

2. Examination of Site. In undertaking the work under this Contract, the Contractor acknowledges that he has visited the Project Site and has taken into consideration all observed conditions that might affect his work.

3. Surety and Insurance Companies. The Contract provides that the surety and insurance companies must be acceptable to the Owner. Only those sureties listed in the Department of Treasury’s Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) are acceptable to the Owner. At the time of issuance, all insurance and bonds must be issued by a company licensed by the Georgia Insurance Commissioner to transact the business of insurance in the State of Georgia for the applicable line of insurance. Such company shall be an insurer (or, for qualified self insurers or group self insureds, a specific excess insurer providing statutory limits) with an A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of "A-" or better and with an A.M. Best Financial Size Category of Class V or larger.

4. Bidding Documents. The Bidding Documents comprise the Construction Documents, the Invitation to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and all Addenda, upon which the bidder submits a bid.

5. Addenda. All Addenda issued prior to bid date adjust, modify, or change the drawings and specifications as set forth in the Addenda. No Addenda will be issued within five days of the date set for opening bids without an extension of the bid date. All such Addenda are part of the contract.

6. Interpretations. No oral interpretation will be made to bidders as to the meaning of the drawings and specifications. Requests for interpretation of drawings and specifications must be made in writing to the Design Professional not later than six days prior to the date set for receipt of the bids. Failure on the part of the successful bidder to request clarification shall not relieve him as Contractor of the obligation to execute such work in accordance with a later interpretation by the Design Professional. All interpretations made to bidders will be issued in the form of Addenda to the plans and specifications and will be sent to all plan holders of record. Acknowledgement of receipt of such Addenda shall be listed in the Bid Form by the Contractor.

7. Alternates. Unless otherwise stipulated, all alternate bids are deductive. It is in the best interest of the public, and the intent of the Owner is, that the entire Project be constructed within the funds allocated in the Project budget. The acceptance of any deductive alternate will be utilized as a last resort to accomplish the Project without requiring a redesign and rebidding of the Project. Any alternate, or alternates, if taken, will be taken in numerical sequence to the extent necessary.

8. Sales Tax. Unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall include in his bid all sales taxes, consumer taxes, use taxes, and all other applicable taxes that are legally in effect at the time bids are received.

9. Trade Names, Specifications.

(a) No Restriction of Competition. When reference is made in the Contract Documents to trade names, brand names, or to the names of manufacturers, such references are made solely to indicate that products of that description may be furnished and are not intended to restrict competitive bidding. If it is desired to use products of trade or brand names or of manufacturers’ names that are different from those mentioned in the Bidding Documents, application for the approval of the use of such products must reach the hands of the Design Professional at least ten days prior to the date set for the opening of bids (see 9(b) below). This provision applies only to the party making a submittal prior to bid. If approved by Design Professional, the Design Professional will issue an addendum to all bidders. This provision does not prevent the Owner from initiating the addition of trade names, brand names, or names of manufacturers by addendum prior to bid.

(b) Request for Approval of Substitute Product. All requests for approval of substitution of a product that is not listed in the Bidding Documents must be made to the Design Professional in writing. For the Design Professional to prepare an addendum properly, an application for approval of a substitute product must be accompanied by a copy of the published recommendations of the manufacturer for the installation of the product together with a complete schedule of changes in the drawings and specifications, if any, that must be made in other work in order to permit the use and installation of the proposed product in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the product. The application to the Design Professional for approval of a proposed substitute product must be accompanied by a

BID REQUIREMENTS–3 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

schedule setting forth in which respects the materials or equipment submitted for consideration differ from the materials or equipment designated in the Bidding Documents.

(c) Burden of Proof. The burden of proving acceptability of a proposed product rests on the party making the submission. Therefore, the application for approval must be accompanied by technical data that the party requesting approval desires to submit in support of its application. The Design Professional will consider reports from reputable independent testing laboratories, verified experience records showing the reputation of the proposed product with previous users, evidence of reputation of the manufacturer for prompt delivery, evidence of reputation of the manufacturer for efficiency in servicing its products, or any other written information that is helpful in the circumstances. The degree of proof required for approval of a proposed product as acceptable for use in place of a named product or named products is that amount of proof necessary to convince a reasonable person beyond all doubt. To be approved, a proposed product must also meet or exceed all express requirements of the Contract Documents.

(d) Issuance of Addenda. If the Design Professional approves the submittal, an addendum will be issued to all prospective bidders indicating the approval of the additional product(s). Issuance of an addendum is a representation to all bidders that the Design Professional in the exercise of his professional discretion established that the product submitted for approval is acceptable and meets or exceeds all express requirements. If a submittal is initially rejected by the Design Professional, but determined to be acceptable to Design Professional after a conference with the Owner, an addendum covering the said submittal will be issued prior to the opening of bids. The successful bidder may furnish no products of any trade names, brand names, or manufacturers' names except those designated in the Contract Documents unless approvals have been published by addendum in accordance with the above procedure. Oral approvals of products are not valid.

(e) Conference with the Owner. Any party who alleges that rejection of a submittal is the result of bias, prejudice, caprice, or error on the part of the Design Professional may request a conference with a representative of the Owner, provided: that the request for said conference, submitted in writing, shall have reached the Owner at least six days prior to the date set for the opening of bids, time being of the essence.

10. Employment of Georgia Citizens and Use of Georgia Products. The work provided for in this Contract is to be performed in Georgia. It is the desire of the Owner that materials and equipment manufactured or produced in Georgia shall be used in the work and that Georgia citizens shall be employed in the work at wages consistent with those being paid in the general area in which the work is to be performed. This desire on the part of the Owner is not intended to restrict or limit competitive bidding or to increase the cost of the work; nor shall the fulfillment of this desire be asserted by the Contractor as an excuse for any noncompliance or omission to fulfill any obligation under the contract.

11. Trading with the State Statutes, Ethics. By submitting a bid, the bidder certifies that the provisions of law contained in O.C.G.A. Sections 45-10-20 to 45-10-71, which prohibit officials and employees of the state from engaging in certain transactions with the state and state agencies, and the Governor’s Executive Orders governing ethics, have not and will not be violated in any respect in regard to this contract and further certifies that registration and all disclosures required thereby have been complied with.

12. Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act Requirements. No bid will be considered unless the Contractor certifies its compliance with the Immigration reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), D.L. 99-603 and the Georgia Security Immigration Compliance Act OCGA 13-10-91 et seq. The Contractor shall execute the Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act Affidavit, as found in Section 7 of the Construction Contract. Contractor also agrees that it will execute any affidavits required by the rules and regulations issued by the Georgia Department of Audits and Accounts. If the Contractor is the successful bidder, contractor warrants that it will include a similar provision in all written agreements with any subcontractors engaged to perform services under the Contract.

13. Owner’s Policy Statement. The policy of the Owner is that minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the Owner’s purchasing process. The Owner encourages all minority business enterprises to compete for, win, and receive contracts for goods, services, and construction. In addition, Georgia law provides a state income tax credit available to any business that subcontracts with a minority-owned business. [See O.C.G.A. §48-7-38 and O.C.G.A. §50-5-130. See also Executive Order of the Governor No. A-11-0002-1992.] For more information, please contact the Board of Regents’ Office of Business Development by e-mail at [email protected]. Any questions regarding statements contained hereunder should be directed to:

Ms. Annette M. Evans Procurement Officer University of Georgia Business Services Building Athens, Georgia 30602 Telephone: (706) 542-2361

BID REQUIREMENTS–4 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

14. Bids. (a) Bid Opening. Bids will be opened and announced as stated in the Invitation to Bid.

(b) Bid Submission. All bids must be submitted on the Bid Form as attached hereto and must be signed, notarized, and sealed by a notary public. All blanks for information entry in bid forms submitted to Owner should be filled. Blanks left unfilled constitute irregularities in the bid and place the bidder at risk of having the bid rejected unless the Owner rules the irregularity to be an informality or technicality that the director can waive, as is made clear in Paragraph 16 of these “Instructions to Bidders” and on the Bid Form. Numbers shall be written in English words and in Arabic numerals. The inclusion of any condition, alternate, qualification, limitation, or provision not called for shall render the bid nonresponsive and shall be sufficient cause for rejection of a bid.

(c) Bid Security. Bids must be accompanied by a Bid Bond made payable to the Owner in an amount not less than five percent of the Bid. Bid Bonds should be furnished on forms accepted as standard by the insurance industry, but shall be substantially in accordance with the Bid Security Form attached hereto.

(d) Delivery of Bids. Bids are to be addressed to the Owner, at the address and room number shown in the Invitation to Bid. Bids must be enclosed in an opaque, sealed envelope; marked with the Bid Date, Bid Time, Bid Number, Name of Project; and identified with the words "Bid for Construction.” Bids must be placed in the hands of the Owner at the specified location by not later than the hour and date named in the Invitation to Bid. After that time, no bids may be received. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to ensure the delivery of the bids to the required address.

(e) Alternates. A bid must be submitted for all alternates. Failure to so may render the bid nonresponsive and be sufficient cause for rejection of a bid.

(f) Withdrawal of Bids. Bids may be withdrawn by bidders prior to the time set for official opening. After time has been called, no bid may be withdrawn for a period of thirty-five days after the time and date of opening except as provided in O.C.G.A Section 13-10-22 (appreciable error in calculation of bid). Negligence or error on the part of any bidder in preparing his bid confers no right of withdrawal or modification of his bid after time has been called except as provided by Georgia law.

15. Contract Award. Award shall be made on a lump sum basis to the lowest responsive and responsible bidder. The lowest bid will be the bid whose price, after incorporating all accepted alternates, is the lowest responsive bid that was received from a responsible bidder. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of thirty-five days after time has been called on the date of opening except in accordance with the provisions of law.

16. Owner’s Rights Concerning Award. The Owner reserves the right in its sole and complete discretion to waive technicalities and informalities. The Owner further reserves the right in its sole and complete discretion to reject all bids and any bid that is not responsive or that is over the budget, as amended. In judging whether the bidder is responsible, the Owner will consider, but is not limited to consideration of, the following: (a) Whether the bidder or its principals are currently ineligible, debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from bidding or contracting by any state or federal agency, department, or authority;

(b) Whether the bidder or its principals have been terminated for cause or are currently in default on a public works contract;

(c) Whether the bidder can demonstrate sufficient cash flow to undertake the project as evidenced by a Current Ratio of 1.0 or higher;

(d) Whether the bidder can demonstrate a commitment to safety with regard to Workers' Compensation by having an Experience Modification Rate (EMR) over the past three years not having exceeded an average of 1.2; and

(e) Whether the bidder’s past work provides evidence of an ability to successfully complete public works projects within the established time, quality, or cost, or to comply with the bidder’s contract obligations.

(f) Whether the bidder and it subcontractors are properly licensed as required by the State of Georgia.

(g) Whether the bidder has been in business under the present company name for a minimum of 3 years and has NOT been judged in default or been provided a notice of breach of contract on any construction contract within that time.

BID REQUIREMENTS–5 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

17. Owner’s Right to Negotiate with the Lowest Bidder. In the event all responsive and responsible bids are in excess of the budget, the Owner, in its sole and absolute discretion and in addition to the rights set forth above, reserves the right either to (i) supplement the budget with additional funds to permit award to the lowest responsive and responsible bid, or (ii) to negotiate with the lowest responsive and responsible bidder (after taking all deductive alternates) only for the purpose of making changes to the Project that will result in a cost to the Owner that is within the budget, as it may be amended.

18. Contract Forms. The contract forms, including the payment and performance bonds, shall be as set forth in the General Conditions, Section 7 – Forms.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

BID REQUIREMENTS–6 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 BID FORM

BID REQUIREMENTS

BID FORM

To: OWNER BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF GEORGIA University of Georgia, Office of Procurement

Re: Project Name and No. J-308, Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements

Bid Date: 01/24/2017

THE BID:

Bid. Having carefully examined the Specifications entitled PROJECT NO. J-308, Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, and the Bidding Documents and Addendum (a) No.(s) ______, as well as the Site and conditions affecting the Work, bidder hereby proposes to furnish all services, labor, materials, and equipment called for by them for the entire Work, in accordance with the aforesaid documents, for the sum of:

______Dollars ($ ______) which sum is hereinafter called the Bid. The Bid shall be the amount of the Contract Sum executed between the Owner and the Contractor unless Alternates are accepted.

Alternates. We further propose that, should any of the following alternates be accepted and be incorporated in the Contract, the Bid will be altered in each case as follows:

None

Errors or Revisions. Prior to the bid opening date and hour, errors may be stricken or revisions may be made and corrections entered on this proposal form or on the bid envelope with sufficient clarity to be easily understood. All such annotations shall be binding on the bidder.

No Withdrawal. For and in consideration of the sum of $10.00, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, bidder and Owner agree that this bid may not be revoked or withdrawn after the time set for the opening of bids, except as provided in Georgia law, but is an irrevocable offer that shall remain open for acceptance for a period of thirty-five days following the time set for the opening of bids.

Execution of the Contract. If bidder is notified in writing by statutory mail of the acceptance of this bid within thirty-five days after time set for the opening of bids, bidder agrees to execute within ten days the Contract for the Work for the above stated Bid, as adjusted by the accepted Alternates, and at the same time to furnish and deliver to the Owner a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond on forms shown in Section 7 of the General Conditions of the Contract, both in an amount of equal to 100 percent of the Contract Sum.

Commencement and Completion of Work. Upon the Effective Date of the Contract, bidder agrees to commence all Preconstruction Activities. Upon issuance of a Proceed Order and in coordination with Rock Eagle Cabins 43-48 project schedule, bidder agrees to commence physical activities on the Site with adequate forces and equipment and to complete to Material Completion all work in 90 consecutive calendar days.

Bid Bond. Enclosed herewith is a Bid Bond (NO OTHER FORM ACCEPTABLE) in the amount of ______Dollars ($ ______) (being not less than five percent of the Bid). Bidder agrees that the above stated amount is the proper measure of liquidated damages that the Owner will sustain by bidder’s failure to execute the Contract or to furnish the Performance and Payment Bonds should bidder’s bid be accepted.

Obligation of Bid Bond. If this bid is accepted within thirty-five days after the date set for the opening of bids and bidder fails to execute the Contract within ten days after Notice of Successful Bid, or if bidder fails to furnish both Performance and Payment Bonds, the obligation of the Bid Bond will remain in full force and effect and the money payable thereon shall be paid into the funds of the Owner as liquidated damages for such failure; otherwise, the obligations of the Bid Bond will be null and void.

BID REQUIREMENTS–7 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 BID FORM

Bidder Certification

Certification under Oath. Under oath I certify that I am a principal or other representative of the bidder, and that I am authorized by it to execute the foregoing bid on its behalf; and further, that I am a principal person of the bidder with management responsibility for the construction for the bidder, and as such I am personally knowledgeable of all its pertinent matters. I further certify that this bid is made without prior understanding, agreement, or connection with any corporation, firm, or person submitting a bid for the same services, materials, labor, supplies, or equipment and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. Bidder and its principals understand that collusive bidding is a violation of state and federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage awards. Bidder agrees to abide by all conditions of this bid.

BY: ______Authorized Signature (BLUE INK)

______Printed Name Title

Sworn to and subscribed before me this Day of , 20 .

______Notary Public

My commission expires: ______

(SEAL)

NOTE: THE NOTARY SEAL MUST BE APPLIED UNDER GEORGIA LAW, WHETHER OR NOT THE LAW OF THE STATE WHERE EXECUTED PERMITS OTHERWISE.

BID REQUIREMENTS–8 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS

STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS: (To be subscribed and sworn to before a notary public.)

The bidder submits the following statement of bidder’s qualifications for consideration by the Owner.

Bidder’s Name: ______LEGAL NAME OF BUSINESS

Bidder’s Address: ______LEGAL BUSINESS ADDRESS (NO P.O. BOX, MUST BE PHYSICAL ADDRESS)

______CITY STATE ZIP

______MAILING ADDRESS IF DIFFERENT FROM ABOVE

Telephone Number: ______AREA CODE NUMBER

The full names of persons and firms interested in the foregoing bid as principals are as follows:

(1)______Circle One: President Partner Owner Other

(2)______Circle One: Vice President Secretary Partner Other

(3)______Circle One: Vice President Secretary Partner Other

Note: If incorporated: The names of both the President and Corporate Secretary must be indicated. If a partnership, all partners must be indicated.

Social Security Number or FEIN: ______

Contractor’s Georgia License Type and Number:

Contractor’s Federal Employment Verification Certification: (Must include completed Contractor Affidavit as found in Section 7 of the Contract)

The Contractor is registered with, authorized to use, is using and will continue to use, the federal work authorization program throughout the term of the contract, and holds the following authorization:

User Identification Number:

Date of Authorization:

State Where Organized or Incorporated: ______

Plan of Organization: (Circle One) Proprietorship Corporation Partnership Joint Venture Other (Describe)

Years Engaged in Construction Contracting in Present Firm Organization: ______years.

BID REQUIREMENTS–9 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS

Bidder Hereby Certifies that bidder: a. Has never refused to sign a contract at the original bid on a public works contract except as allowed under Georgia law. b. Has never been terminated for cause on a public works contract. c. Has had no (criminal or felony) convictions, suspensions, or debarments of the bidder, its officers, or its principals for building code violations, bid rigging, or bribery in the last ten years. d. Is not and its organization or its principals are not debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or otherwise excluded by any Federal or State department or agency from doing business with the Federal Government or a State. e. Has insurance required by the Contract Documents in place or has arranged to obtain it from an insurer authorized to do business in the State of Georgia. f. Has sufficient bonding capacity to obtain a payment and performance bond from a surety meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and authorized to do business in the State of Georgia. g. Has sufficient cash flow to perform this Project. h. Has been in business under the present company name for a minimum of 3 years and has NOT been judged in default or been provided a notice of breach of contract on any construction contract within that time.

Remarks or explanations of the above paragraphs a through h:

______

______

______

______

Bidder Certification

Certification under Oath. Under oath I certify that I am a principal or other representative of the bidder, and that I am authorized by it to execute the foregoing Statement of Bidder’s Qualifications is true and correct, including any explanation above and submitted under oath.

BY: ______Authorized Signature (BLUE INK PLEASE)

______Printed Name Title

Sworn to and subscribed before me this Day of , 20 .

______Notary Public

My commission expires: ______

(SEAL)

NOTE: THE NOTARY SEAL MUST BE APPLIED UNDER GEORGIA LAW, WHETHER OR NOT THE LAW OF THE STATE WHERE EXECUTED PERMITS OTHERWISE.

BID REQUIREMENTS–10 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS

Statistical Information. This request is made for statistical purposes only.

PLEASE INDICATE BELOW WHICH OF THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS APPLY TO YOUR COMPANY:

____ MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (MBE) – One of the following statements describes this business: a) Owned by a member of a minority race; or b) a partnership of which a majority of interest is owned by one or more members of a minority race; or c) a public corporation of which a majority of the common stock is owned by one or more members of a minority race. A member of a minority race is defined as a person who is a member of a race that comprises less than fifty percent of the total population of the State of Georgia. For recordkeeping purposes, this includes, but is not limited to, persons who are Black, Hispanic, Asian- Pacific American, Native American, or Asian-Indian American.

____ GEORGIA MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (GMBE) – Business meets the definition of a minority-owned business and, in addition, meets the following criteria: a) was organized in the State of Georgia; or b) reports income from the business for Georgia Income Tax purposes; or c) minority stockholders report earnings for Georgia Minority Business Enterprise. For more information, please contact the Board of Regents’ Office of Business Development by e-mail at [email protected].

____ NEITHER DESCRIPTION APPLIES TO YOUR COMPANY.

BID REQUIREMENTS–11 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT J-308, ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS BID REQUIREMENTS 09/19/2016 VERSION 07/01/2011

BID REQUIREMENTS BID SECURITY FORM

NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: Use of Surety’s standard Bid Bond form is acceptable as long as it substantially complies with the following:

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, {Insert Contractor’s Legal Name and Address} as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and {Insert Legal Name and Address of Surety}, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of {Insert State of Corporate Organization}, as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto:

OWNER: Attention: Phone Number: Facsimile Number: as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee in the sum of ______(Not less than five percent of the Bid) Dollars ($ ______), for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a Bid for ______; {Insert Owner’s Project Number and Project Description}

NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall accept the Bid of the Principal and (1) the Principal shall enter into a Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such Bid, and the Principal shall execute the Contract and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the Bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter such Contract and give such bond or bonds, and the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the difference hereof between the amount specified in said Bid and such larger amount for which the Obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said Bid; then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

Signed and sealed this ______Day of ______, 20___

Name of Contractor: Principal ______Witness By: (Seal)

Title

Name of Surety: Surety ______Witness By: (Seal) (*)

(*) Attach Power of Attorney

BID REQUIREMENTS–12 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT BID REQUIREMENTS VERSION 07/01/2011 GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS

GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 – GENERAL Part 1 – General Provisions 1.1.1 – General Matters 1.1.2 – Project Team, Cooperation, Partnering 1.1.3 – Constitutional Principles Applicable to State Public Works Projects. 1.1.4 – Third Party Beneficiary 1.1.5 – Notice 1.1.6 – Liquidated Damages 1.1.7 – Documents 1.1.8 – Defined Terms 1.1.9 – Basic Definitions Part 2 – Contractor’s General Responsibilities and Duties. 1.2.1 – Contractor’s General Responsibilities 1.2.2 – Contractor’s General Duties 1.2.3 – Audit 1.2.4 - Employment of Georgia Citizens and Use of Georgia Products and Georgia Forest Products Part 3 – Owner’s General Responsibilities and Rights. 1.3.1 – Owner’s Representative 1.3.2 – Design Professional 1.3.3 – Permits, Licenses, and Inspections 1.3.4 – Testing 1.3.5 – No Partial Occupancy 1.3.6 – Disqualification of Potential “Pre-Qualified” Subcontractors 1.3.7 – Owner’s Right to Perform Work Part 4 – Protection of Persons and Property 1.4.1 – Reasonable Precautions 1.4.2 – Duty to Protect Property 1.4.3 – Safety Precautions 1.4.4 – Emergencies 1.4.5 – Fire Protection 1.4.6 – Remedy Damages 1.4.7 – Written Program Part 5 – Bonds, Indemnity, and Insurance 1.5.1 – Bonds 1.5.2 – Liability and Indemnification 1.5.3 – Insurance Requirements Part 6 – Hazardous Conditions and Materials 1.6.1 – Hazardous Materials 1.6.2 – Responsibility and Warranty of Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers 1.6.3 – Hazardous Materials and Substances Used on the Job Site 1.6.4 – Hazardous Conditions Part 7 – Miscellaneous Provisions 1.7.1 – Legal Compliance 1.7.2 – Surveys, Permits and Regulations 1.7.3 – Open Records Act 1.7.4 – Use of Project Site 1.7.5 – Office for Contract Compliance Specialist (CCS) 1.7.6 – Utilities 1.7.7 – Royalties and Patents 1.7.8 – Separate Contracts 1.7.9 – Minority, Women and Disadvantaged Business Participation 1.7.10 – Assignment 1.7.11 – Interpretation of Contract Documents. 1.7.12 – Counterparts 1.7.13 – Forms and Specimens 1.7.14 – Entire Agreement SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE Part 1 – Pre-commencement Phase Services 2.1.1 – Pre-commencement Coordination I

DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT VERSION 07/01/2011

GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.1.2 – Construction Preparation Period 2.1.3 – Construction Management Plan 2.1.4 – Quality Control Program 2.1.5 – Construction Progress Schedule, Overall Project Schedule 2.1.6 – Progress Reports and Information 2.1.7 – Rental Rates and Wage Rates for Change Orders 2.1.8 – Unit Prices 2.1.9 – Building Commissioning Services Part 2 – Construction Documents and Site Plan 2.2.1 – Contract Documents 2.2.2 – Documents at the Project Site 2.2.3 – Submittals 2.2.4 – Manufacturer’s Recommendations 2.2.5 – Site Plan 2.2.6 – Geological and Archaeological Specimens

SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE Part 1 – Construction Phase Services 3.1.1 – Basic Construction Services 3.1.2 – Measurements and Dimensions 3.1.3 – Rain Water, Surface Water, and Back-up 3.1.4 – Dust Control 3.1.5 – Cutting, Patching and Fitting 3.1.6 – Space Conditions 3.1.7 – Cleaning Up 3.1.8 – Duty of Contractor to Report Defects 3.1.9 – Duty of Contractor to Report Conflicts Part 2 – Changes to the Work 3.2.1 – Acknowledgement of Existing physical Conditions 3.2.2 – Owner’s Right to Make Changes 3.2.3 – Changes Forbidden without Consent of Owner 3.2.4 – Form and Execution of Change Orders 3.2.5 – All Cost and Time Impacts to be Included 3.2.6 – Changes in Contract Time 3.2.7 – Determining the Cost to Owner for Changes 3.2.8 – Cost Allowable for Changes to the Work, Allowances for Contractor, and Permissible Expenditures 3.2.9 – Allowable Costs for Changes to the Work 3.2.10 – Costs Not Allowable for Changes in the Work 3.2.11 – Change Order Formats (Lump Sum, Force Accounts, Indeterminate Unit Pricing) 3.2.12 – Changes Due to Subsurface or Other Unforeseen Conditions 3.2.13 – Compensable Rock 3.2.14 – Claims for Extended General Conditions Costs 3.2.15 – Release of Claims 3.2.16 – Sole Source Designation Part 3 – Time. 3.3.1 – Time is of the Essence 3.3.2 – Competent Management of Time 3.3.3 – Contract Time 3.3.4 – Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion 3.3.5 – Construction Progress Schedule (Overall Project Schedule) 3.3.6 – Completion Date 3.3.7 – General Rule – No Damages for Delay 3.3.8 – Exception to General Rule – Compensable Delay 3.3.9 – Non Compensable Delay 3.3.10 – Submission of Claims for Compensable Delay and to Extend the Material Completion and Occupancy Date 3.3.11 – Recovery of Schedule Delays

Part 4 – Correcting the Work, Inspections, Covering and Uncovering Work 3.4.1 – Correcting the Work 3.4.2 – Inspections 3.4.3 – Covering and Uncovering Work

II

DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT VERSION 07/01/2011

GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.4.4 – Inspection Does Not Relieve Contractor Part 5 – Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers 3.5.1 – Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers 3.5.2 – Representation of Contractor 3.5.3 – Contractor Responsible for Acts and Omissions 3.5.4 – No Contract between Owner and Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers. 3.5.5 – Relationship of Contractor and Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers

SECTION 4 - COMPENSATION Part 1 – General. 4.1.1 – Payments 4.1.2 – Application for Payments 4.1.3 – Processing of Application for Payment (Periodical Estimates) 4.1.4 – Effect of Design Professional’s Certificate an Application for Payment. 4.1.5 – Payment Due 4.1.6 – Payment Due Dates and Interest 4.1.7 – Payments for Change Order Work Part 2 – Payments Withheld 4.2.1 – Payments Withheld Part 3 – Liens 4.3.1 – Public Property Not Subject to Lien 4.3.2 – Notice of Commencement 4.3.3 – Release of Liens

SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES, AND TERMINATION Part 1 - Owner’s Right to Suspend or Stop Work 5.1.1 – Owner’s Right to Suspend Work 5.1.2 – Owner’s Right to Stop Work 5.1.3 – Owner’s Rights Independent from Rights and Duty of the Design Professional Part 2 – Contract Adjustments and Disputes 5.2.1 – General Provisions 5.2.2 – General Claims for Contract Adjustments and Disputes 5.2.3 – Dispute Resolution 5.2.4 – Certain Claims Excluded From General Claims Part 3 – Termination 5.3.1 – Owner’s Right to Terminate Contract for Convenience 5.3.2 – Owner’s Right to Declare Default and/or Terminate Contract for Cause 5.3.3 – Contractor’s Right to Terminate 5.3.4 – Limitation of Payments 5.3.5 – Termination by Owner for Abandonment by Contractor 5.3.6 – Notices of Termination

SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION Part 1 – Material Completion 6.1.1 – Material Completion 6.1.2 – Effect of Achieving Material Completion 6.1.3 – Effect of Failure to Achieve Material Completion Part 2 – Final Completion 6.2.1 – Final Completion 6.2.2 – Effect of Achieving Final Completion 6.2.3 – Effect of Failure to Achieve Final Completion Part 3 – Inspections for Completion of the Work 6.3.1 – General Responsibility of the Contractor for Inspection 6.3.2 – Notice of Readiness for Inspection for Material Completion 6.3.3 – Conducting the Inspection for Material Completion 6.3.4 – Notification of Using Agency of Site Visits by the Contractor or Subcontractors 6.3.5 – Notification of Readiness for Interim Inspection for Punchlist Completion 6.3.6 – Conducting the Interim Inspection for Punchlist Completion 6.3.7 – Conducting the Inspection for Final Completion Part 4 – Final Documents 6.4.1 – Final Documents 6.4.2 – Presentation of Final Documents

III

DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT VERSION 07/01/2011

GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS

6.4.3 – Keys Part 5 – Payment for Material Completion and for Final Payment 6.5.1 – Payment for Material Completion 6.5.2 – Application for Payment for Material Completion 6.5.3 – Release of Contractor’s Retainage 6.5.4 – Effect of Payment for Material Completion and Release of Claims 6.5.5 – Final Payment 6.5.6 – Effect of Final Payment and Release of Claims Part 6 – Correction of the Work after Final Payment 6.6.1 – Non-Compliant or Defective Work 6.6.2 – Warranty and Guaranty 6.6.3 – Warranty Complaint Item Procedure

SECTION 7 – FORMS Performance Bond Payment Bond Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act Affidavit(s) Sub-Subcontractor Affidavit Non-Influence Affidavit Statutory Affidavit Five Year Bond on Roofs and Walls Specimen Certificate of Manufacturer Certificate of Insurance Bond to Discharge Claim Change Order Forms Application for Payment Form Subcontractor Retainage Release Certificate Final Certification of Costs

SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS

IV

DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT VERSION 07/01/2011

SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.1 General Matters.

1.1.1.1 This Contract and Affiliated Agreements – Requirement for Written Agreements. This Contract and all Affiliated Agreements, including any subsequent modifications, must be in writing, dated, and executed by the parties. Affiliated Agreements, including financial arrangements with respect to this Project, must be promptly and fully disclosed to the Owner upon their execution or modification.

1.1.1.2 Basic Statement of Owner Objectives. The Owner’s basic objectives are the construction of the Project within the limits of the funds available to Owner for construction of the Project, and in accordance with the approved Construction Documents.

1.1.1.3 Project Team. To accomplish Owner’s objectives, Owner intends to employ a team concept in connection with the construction of the Project. The basic roles and general responsibilities of team members are set forth in general terms below but are more fully set forth in the Design Professional Contract with respect to the Design Professional, in the Program Management Agreement with any Program Manager, and in this Contract with respect to the Contractor.

1.1.1.3.1 Relationship of Parties. The Owner and the Contractor agree to proceed with the Project on the basis of trust, good faith, and fair dealing and to cooperate fully with each other. The Owner and the Contractor shall do all things reasonably necessary to perform this Contract in an economical and timely manner, including without limitation, consideration of design modifications to enhance constructability and alternative materials or equipment, if considered necessary or convenient by the Owner. The Contractor agrees to procure or furnish, as permitted by the laws of Georgia, all Pre-Commencement phase services and construction phase services as set forth herein. The Owner shall endeavor to promote harmony and cooperation among the Owner, Program Manager, Design Professional, the Using Agency, Contractor and other persons or entities employed by the Owner for the Project.

1.1.1.3.2 Design Professional. The Design Professional is retained in accordance with the Design Professional Contract (i) for the design and preparation of Construction Documents that are necessary to implement the Program governing the construction of the Project or Components thereof, and the design and preparation of any necessary documents antecedent to preparation of such Construction Documents, or (ii) for construction contract administration of the Work under Contract Documents, or (iii) for both. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the Contract Documents are addressed to skilled tradesmen in the construction profession who shall be required to use their special skills and experience, through submittals and shop drawings, to translate the Design Professional’s design intent as expressed in the Contract Documents into a completed structure. The Contract Documents shall specify when shop drawings or submittals require the seal of a specialty consultant.

1.1.1.3.2.1 The basis of the Owner's engagement of the Design Professional is the "Design Professional Contract.” The Contractor is advised that both the Owner and the Design Professional have on file, at their respective places of business, copies of that executed agreement. The Design Professional is not the agent of the Owner, except to the extent so specified in writing, but is employed as a consultant to the Owner to assist the Owner in determining if the conditions of the contract have been met. All decisions of the Design Professional on matters of aesthetics are final, conclusive, and binding on all parties if consistent with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.1.1.3.2.2 The Contractor promptly shall request and review a copy of the Design Professional Contract during the Pre-commencement Phase and shall become familiar with the respective services, authorities, obligations, and responsibilities of the parties therein. Contractor agrees to develop a working relationship with the Design Professional to effectuate the purposes of the Project in accordance with the terms of this Contract and with consideration of the Design Professional’s responsibilities under the Design Professional Contract.

1 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.1.3.2.3 The Contractor acknowledges that the respective contracts require the Owner and the Design Professional to proceed with the Project on the basis of trust, good faith, and fair dealing, and they will take all actions reasonably necessary to ensure the Project proceeds to completion within the Owner's time and budgeting constraints. The Contractor also acknowledges that the Design Professional is to perform all tasks and services required of it under the Design Professional Contract. The Contractor further acknowledges that, in order for the Design Professional to perform its obligations, the Design Professional requires certain materials, information, or other submissions pursuant to the Contract Documents from the Contractor. The Contractor agrees to provide the Design Professional with the submittals required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor further agrees to cooperate with the Design Professional to ensure timely completion of all obligations under this Contract to complete the entire Project.

1.1.1.3.2.4 Contractor agrees that the services provided by the Design Professional under the Design Professional Contract are intended to coordinate and complement, but not to diminish, alter or substitute for, any of the services, authority, obligations, or responsibilities of the Contractor under this Contract. Contractor further agrees that the performance of services by the Design Professional in connection with the Project shall in no way relieve Contractor from any of its services, authority, obligations, or responsibilities under this Contract, and shall not alter or diminish those services, authority, obligations, or responsibilities in any way whatsoever.

1.1.1.3.3 Program Manager. Owner may designate a Program Manager to administer the Project and this Contract. In lieu of a Program Manager, Design Professional may be designated to perform the role of Program Manager. The Program Manager may also be designated as the Owner’s Representative, and if no Owner’s Representative is designated, the Program Manager shall be the Owner’s Representative.

1.1.1.3.4 Owner's Representative. Owner shall from time to time in writing designate one person as Owner's Representative under this Contract. Owner may designate the Program Manager, if any, as the Owner’s Representative. Owner's Representative so designated in writing shall serve as Owner's Representative under this Contract unless or until Owner gives notice in writing of the appointment of his successor. Owner or Owner's Representative may designate in writing assistants to serve as Owner's Representative with respect to the Project governed by this Contract or in different phases or in specific areas of responsibility with respect to the Project. All requests for consents and approvals required of Owner in connection with the Project, whether by Program Manager, Design Professional, or Contractor, shall be submitted to Owner's Representative, or if the matter is within the written designation of authority of his assistant, to his designated assistant. Design Professional and Contractor may rely upon written consents and approvals signed by the Owner's Representative, or his designated assistant acting within the scope of his written designation, as the consent and approval of Owner.

1.1.1.3.5 Using Agency, Using Agency’s Representative. The Project is intended for the benefit of the Using Agency. A copy of all matters submitted to Owner shall also be submitted to Using Agency for Using Agency’s information. The Using Agency may designate one or more representatives to participate with Owner in Owner’s activities under this Contract. Neither the Using Agency nor any representative of Using Agency shall have any authority to act for or in the name of the Owner. Participation in the Project by Using Agency or its representative(s) shall be solely advisory to the Owner. The Program Manager, Design Professional, Contractor, or any Separate Contractor must not act or rely solely upon any directive, interpretation, decision, act, or omission of Using Agency or the Using Agency’s Representative.

1.1.1.3.6 Owner’s Construction Inspector. Owner may from time to time in writing designate a person or firm as Owner's Construction Inspector under this Contract. The Owner’s Construction Inspector may be hired by Owner or hired under the Program Manager’s Contract or the Design Professional’s Contract and shall provide inspection services of the Work on behalf of the Owner. The presence of an Owner’s Construction Inspector does not relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibilities for quality control and independent testing set forth in the General Requirements. The Owner’s Construction Inspector has the authority to report any deviations from the Contract Documents directly to the Contractor’s superintendent at the job site for immediate action, and also to report same to the Program Manager or Design Professional, and Owner.

2 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.1.3.7 Representatives. The designated representatives of the Contractor and the Owner shall have full authority to act (other than for the receipt of notices that must be given as specified in Paragraph 1.1.5) in matters relating to this Contract until notice is given that such authority has been revoked. Contractor and the Owner may each rely upon the written certification of the other as to the appointment of a designated representative or the revocation of his authority. The Contractor shall designate, in writing, a representative authorized to act on the Contractor's behalf with respect to the Project. The Contractor's initial authorized representative shall be the Project Superintendent of the Contractor as identified by the Contractor. Contractor shall employ the Project Superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Site during the progress of the Work. The Contractor’s designee shall represent Contractor: All written communications given to the Contractor’s designee shall be binding upon Contractor.

1.1.1.3.8 Separate Contractor. Owner may select one or more Separate Contractors to perform work with respect to the Project or Components thereof. The Contractor shall afford the Owner's Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities and shall coordinate the Separate Contractors’ schedules with those of the Contractor. The Owner's Separate Contractors shall adhere to the Contractor's work rules, schedule, laydown areas, and safety requirements.

1.1.1.3.9 Commissioning Authority. Owner may select and employ a Commissioning Authority to perform building commissioning activities and monitor testing activities. The Commissioning Authority shall perform and coordinate and accomplish its work as set forth in Articles 1.3.4 and 2.1.9.

1.1.2 Project Team, Cooperation, Partnering.

1.1.2.1 Concept. It is the Owner's expectation that the Program Manager, Design Professional, Owner, Using Agency, Contractor, and any Separate Contractor, shall work as a Project Team to effect the commencement of and completion of construction in accordance with the Project Schedule, and to achieve Final Completion of the Project. Each team member shall communicate with all other team members to assure overall coordination, cooperation, and efficiency. Each team member shall cooperate fully with and coordinate fully with each other team member in order to achieve Project completion in an expeditious and economical manner. The Contractor shall schedule regular meetings of the key principals of the Project Team in an effort to solve problems in a partnering atmosphere to facilitate the ability of each team member to meet its business objectives, so long as its business objectives are consistent with the successful completion of the Project. It is the Owner’s intent that all consensus decisions of the Project Team, where differing from the Contract Documents, be reduced to writing in an appropriate Change Order.

1.1.2.2 Conference. Promptly after the execution of this Contract, Contractor shall confer with the Program Manager, Design Professional, Owner, and Using Agency to identify personnel and relevant organizational charts of each team member, and to establish working relationships with each team member.

1.1.2.3 Authority of Contractor. Contractor is, and at all times during the term of this Contract shall be, an independent contractor in the performance of its duties and obligations under this Contract. Contractor shall have no authority to bind or otherwise obligate Owner, orally, in writing or by any acts, unless specifically authorized by Owner in writing. Nothing contained in this Contract shall constitute or be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture, or any agency relationship, between Owner and Contractor.

1.1.2.4 Team Evaluation Process, Covenant not to Sue. If Team Evaluation is elected as part of this Contract, all team members agree to participate in good faith in the State of Georgia’s formal Team Evaluation Process [copies of which will be made available to any bidder on request]. By executing this agreement for construction services with the Owner, the Contractor waives any and all legal rights for defamation, libel or slander and covenants not to sue the Board of Regents, the Owner, the Design Professional, the Using Agency, other team members, and their respective representatives and agents for comments, rankings, and results related to the Contractor's performance posted in good faith as a part of, and in accordance with, said Team Evaluation Process. The Design Professional and other team members, in their agreements with the Owner, have executed, or will execute, a similar agreement.

1.1.3 Constitutional Principles Applicable to State Public Works Projects.

1.1.3.1 Title to Project Site. Title to the Site is vested in the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia as public property of the State of Georgia, and is not subject to levy or lien.

1.1.3.2 Title to Improvements and Delivered Materials. Title to all improvements constructed at the Site vests instanter in the Board of Regents. Title to all materials vests in the Board of Regents upon their delivery without rejection by the

3 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

Contractor at the Site, regardless of the status of payment or nonpayment of the costs thereto. Protection of laborers and Suppliers (regarding payment for services and materials) is effected through the provision of payment and performance bonds by the State.

1.1.3.3 Limited Waiver of Sovereign Immunity Ex Contractu. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that Owner is an agency or instrumentality of the State of Georgia, and as such is entitled to the protection of sovereign immunity. As set forth in Article I, Section II, Paragraph IX of the 1983 Georgia Constitution, sovereign immunity is waived “as to any action ex contractu for the breach of any written contract.” Contractor specifically acknowledges the constitutional and contractual requirements that written changes, modifications, and waivers to this Contract must be specifically executed by the Owner as set forth in the Contract Documents. Accordingly, Contractor specifically acknowledges the constitutional prohibitions against claims against Owner based solely upon oral statement, course of conduct, customs of the trade, quasi-contract, quantum meruit, or O.C.G.A § 13-4-4 (mutual departure from contract terms).

1.1.3.4 Limitations upon Authority of Agents. Contractor further acknowledges that Owner is an agency or instrumentality of the State of Georgia, and as such acts through specific public officials. The legal concepts of agency applicable to the Owner are solely as set forth in O.C.G.A. §45-6-5 and as further specified in the Contract Documents. Contractor specifically acknowledges the statutory and contractual requirements that written changes, modifications, and waivers to this contract must be executed only by the identified representatives of Owner as set forth in the Contract Documents. Accordingly, Contractor specifically acknowledges that any claims against Owner based upon the act of any non-authorized employee or official are invalid.

1.1.3.5 U.C.C. Not Generally Applicable. Contractor further acknowledges and agrees that Owner, as set forth in subsection (3) above, has granted only a limited waiver of sovereign immunity, such that the provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code (O.C.G.A §11-1-101 through §11-2-725) governing sales of goods do not apply to this Contract. Contractor specifically acknowledges the contractual requirements that written changes, modifications, and waivers to this contract must be specifically executed by the Owner as set forth in the Contract Documents. Accordingly, Contractor specifically waives and covenants not to make against Owner any claims based upon the Uniform Commercial Code. Contractor understands, however, that Contractor’s subcontracts with Suppliers and Subcontractors may in fact include sales of goods and therefore be properly governed by the Uniform Commercial Code; nonetheless Contractor covenants that any such application shall in no way be construed to have any legal effect upon this contract between Owner and Contractor.

1.1.4 Third Party Beneficiary. Contractor acknowledges, stipulates, and agrees that the Owner is a public department, agency, or commission of the executive branch of government of the State of Georgia performing an essential public and governmental function by means of the Contract. Contractor acknowledges, stipulates, and agrees that the Using Agency is an express third party beneficiary of this Contract. There are no individual or personal third party beneficiaries of this Contract.

1.1.5 Notice.

1.1.5.1 General Requirement. Any notice, election, demand, request, consent, approval, or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Contract shall be in writing signed by an officer or duly authorized representative of the party making same and shall be delivered personally or shall be sent by certified or statutory mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, shall be effective as of the date on which it is received or would have been received but for the refusal of the addressee to accept delivery, and shall be addressed as shown in the Contract. The persons and addresses to which notices should be given may be changed by notice given in accordance with this Article.

1.1.5.2 Copies of Notices to Owner. Wherever the Contract Documents provide that a copy of any notice, request, or demand filed with the Design Professional by the Contractor shall be furnished to the Owner, such notice, request, or demand shall not become effective until the Owner has received his copy. No notice in writing or given orally to the Design Professional or to the Contract Compliance Specialist is notice to the Owner unless copy of the aforesaid notice in writing shall have been properly served upon the Owner at the address shown in the Contract.

1.1.6 Liquidated Damages.

1.1.6.1 Time of the Essence. Time being of the essence of this Contract, and a material consideration thereof, it is mutually agreed by the parties hereto in case of the Contractor’s failure to complete the construction within the time specified, the Owner will be damaged thereby. The Contractor shall commence performance of the Work on the Site under this Contract as of the Proceed Order Date. The Contractor shall complete construction, except for Minor Items and Permitted Incomplete Work (see Article 6.1.1), not later than the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as adjusted by Change Order.

1.1.6.2 Liquidated Damages. Because it is difficult to definitely ascertain and prove the amount of said damages, inclusive of, but not limited to, expenses for inspection, superintendence, loss of use, and necessary traveling expenses, the Owner, Contractor, and Using Agency hereby agree that the amount of such damages shall be the daily

4 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

rate specified in the Contract, beginning upon the contractually required Material Completion and Occupancy Date and ending on the date that the Certificate of Material Completion is issued. The parties agree that the specified Liquidated Damages are not established as a penalty but are calculated and agreed upon in advance as a fair and equitable amount reasonably estimated in advance to cover losses to be incurred by the Owner and Using Agency for such delay or interruption in view of the uncertainty and impossibility of ascertaining actual damages that would be incurred.

1.1.6.2.1 Contractor Agrees to Pay. The Contractor agrees to pay the amount, computed by multiplying the Liquidated Damages set forth in the Contract by the number of days between the contractually required Material Completion and Occupancy Date and the date that the Certificate of Material Completion is issued.

1.1.6.2.2 Deducted as They Accrue. Liquidated Damages shall be deducted from periodic payments as they accrue and such deduction shall be in addition to the retainage provided for in the Contract. The remaining balance of any Liquidated Damages shall be deducted from the Payment for Material Completion to the Contractor or its Surety. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum is less than the total amount to be deducted for Liquidated Damages as herein above provided, the Contractor shall promptly pay to the Owner, upon the Owner's demand, the amount by which such sum exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum.

1.1.6.3 Limitation on Owner’s Damages. Except as otherwise set forth in the Contract Documents, damages of the Owner and Using Agency for delay shall be limited to the Liquidated Damages as defined herein. Nothing in this Article 1.1.6 shall be construed to limit Owner’s right to pursue damages or remedies for claims against the Contractor for reasons other than delay.

1.1.7 Documents.

1.1.7.1 Precedence of Documents and Changes. In the event of conflict, the Contract takes precedence over the Supplementary Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions take precedence over the General Conditions. No change to the Contract Documents is effective unless notice shall have been issued by the Owner bearing the imprimatur of the Owner as follows:

“By order of the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia, Owner.”

The Design Professional has no authority to amend the Contract Documents, orally or in writing, either expressly or by implication.

1.1.7.2 Copies of Contract Documents to Contractor. Without charge to the Contractor the Design Professional shall furnish to the Contractor up to twenty-five sets of completed Contract Documents in hardcopy, one set of reproducible and electronic background floor and reflected ceiling plan drawings and, if requested, one copy in read-only electronic format. The Contractor may obtain such additional sets of Contract Documents, as the Contractor deems necessary and shall pay the cost of reproduction of such additional sets to the Design Professional.

1.1.7.3 Marked-Up (“As-Built”) Documents. Prior to Final Completion, the Contractor shall provide one complete set of Marked-Up Documents to the Design Professional. The Marked-Up Documents shall consist of the Contract Documents annotated and changed to reflect the as-built condition of the Project, including all Change Orders, field instructions, answers to RFI’s, clarifications, sketches, delegated contractor design drawings and locations of utilities and other hidden elements.

1.1.7.4 Copies to the Owner. Upon Owner’s request, the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with copies of Project related correspondence, letters of transmittal, etc.

1.1.8. Defined Terms. Wherever used in the Contract Documents, the terms defined in this Contract will have the meanings indicated that are applicable to both the singular and plural, and to the masculine and feminine thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms.

1.1.8.1 Meaning of Words and Phrases. Unless the context or the Contract Documents taken as a whole indicate to the contrary, words used in the Contract Documents that have usual and common meanings shall be given their usual and common meanings; words having technical or trade meanings shall be given their customary meaning in the subject business, trade, or profession. Materials or work described in words that, so applied, have a well-known technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer to such recognized meaning.

5 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.8.2 Cross-References, Headings, and Citations to the Contract. Cross-references, headings, and citations to the Contract, if any, are for the convenience of the Contractor and the Owner and are not intended to be plenary or exhaustive nor are they to be considered in interpreting the Contract Documents or any part of the Contract Documents.

1.1.8.3 Install, Deliver, Furnish, Supply, Provide and Other Such Words. Install, deliver, furnish, supply, provide, and other such words mean that the Work in question shall be put in place by the Contractor ready for use unless expressly provided to the contrary.

1.1.8.4 Articles Not Plenary. This Article and Article 1.1.9 are not entire, plenary, or exhaustive of all terms used in the Contract and General Conditions that require definition. There may be definitions of other terms under articles to which the terms are related.

1.1.9 Basic Definitions.

1.1.9.1 Addenda. Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of bids that clarify, correct, or change any of the component parts of the Bidding documents.

1.1.9.2 Affiliate. With respect to Contractor, any firm, partnership, corporation or other legal entity that is owned by, under common ownership or control with, or having a common principal or shareholder with, the Contractor, whether such relationship is direct or indirect. In addition, unless the consequences of such relationship for the purposes of this Contract are expressly waived in writing by the Owner after full disclosure by the Contractor, the term “Affiliate” also includes any entity currently affiliated with Contractor as a partner or joint venturer with respect to any commercial venture, whether or not such venture includes the Project. See O.C.G.A. §13-10-23.

1.1.9.3 Affiliated Agreement. Any agreement concerning the Project between the Contractor and an Affiliate, including all modifications and amendments thereto.

1.1.9.4 Application for Payment. The form acceptable to Owner that is to be used by the Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting payment from the Owner and that is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents.

1.1.9.5 Asbestos. Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration.

1.1.9.6 Authorization for Using Agency to Enter. The Notice from Owner to the Contractor and the Using Agency, upon issuance of a Certificate of Material Completion, that the Using Agency is authorized to take possession of the Project.

1.1.9.7 Bid. The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the Contract Sum for all activities required by the Bidding Documents.

1.1.9.8 Bid Bond. A bond, required by law, with a surety in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, substantially in the form and substance specified in the Bidding Documents, with the Owner as obligee, and intended to secure the execution of the Contract by the Bidder.

1.1.9.9 Bidding Documents. The Construction Documents, the Invitation to Bid, the Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and all Addenda, upon which the Bidder submits a Bid.

1.1.9.10 Bulletin Written or graphic material issued after the award of the contract that clarifies, corrects, or proposes a change in any of the component parts of the Contract Documents.

1.1.9.11 Business Day. A business day is each calendar day other than Saturday, Sunday, and any holiday observed by Owner.

1.1.9.12 Change Order. A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract, signed by the Contractor and the Owner and ordinarily certified by the Design Professional, which may authorize a change or changes, including but not limited to a change to the Contract Sum, the Contract Time, or the Contract Documents

1.1.9.13 Claim. A demand or assertion by the Owner or the Contractor seeking an adjustment of the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The 6 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. A demand for money or services by a third party, including a Trade Contractor, Supplier, or subcontractor to the Contractor, is ipso facto not a Claim against the Owner.

1.1.9.14 Construction Documents. The architectural and engineering documents setting forth the design for the Project prepared by the Design Professional. Construction Documents include, but are not limited to, the Specifications, the Drawings, the Supplementary Conditions, the General Conditions, and all Addenda.

1.1.9.15 Construction Progress Schedule. A schedule indicating proposed activity sequences and durations, milestone dates for receipt and approval of pertinent information, preparation, submittal, and processing of Shop Drawings and Samples, delivery of materials or equipment requiring long-lead time procurement, and proposed date(s) of Material Completion and Occupancy and Final Completion. The schedule will be developed to represent the sixteen or seventeen CSI Specification Divisions. It shall have a minimum number of activities as required to adequately represent to Owner the complete scope of work and define the Project’s critical path and associated activities. If the Project is to be phased, then each individual Phase should be identified from start through completion of the overall Project and should be individually scheduled and described, including any Owner’s occupancy requirements and showing portions of the Project having occupancy priority. The format of the schedule will have dependencies indicated on a monthly grid identifying milestone dates such as construction start, phase construction, structural top out, dry-in, rough-in completion, metal stud and drywall completion, equipment installation, systems operational, Material Completion and Occupancy Date, final inspection dates, Punchlist, and Final Completion date.

1.1.9.16 Contract. The written document that is the evidence of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor.

1.1.9.17 Contract Compliance Specialist. A person, if so designated by the Owner, to record daily events at the Site, including deliveries of equipment and supplies, and the progress of the Work. The Contract Compliance Specialist is not an inspector, and has no authority or power to act as agent for the Owner or to approve or disapprove any action of the Contractor. The Contract Compliance Specialist has no authority to and shall not be requested to sign or initial documents such as delivery receipts, drayage or hauling receipts, or time and materials tickets, or other similar documents evidencing transactions among the Contractor and Subcontractors.

1.1.9.18 Contract Documents. The Contract Documents include the executed Contract, the Bid, the Bidding Documents, and all Change Orders.

1.1.9.19 Contract Sum. The amount of money payable by the Owner to the Contractor for completion of the Pre- Commencement Services and the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.1.9.20 Contract Time. The period of time established for completion of the Project by the Contract Documents. Contract Time commences upon the date specified in the Proceed Order and ends upon the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as it may be amended.

1.1.9.21 Contractor. The person or entity responsible for the proper completion of the activities described in the Contract Documents and who executes the Contract.

1.1.9.22 Cost of the Work. The sum of all allowable costs necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work.

1.1.9.23 Day. Unless otherwise stated, reference to the terms "day," "days," "month," or "months" mean calendar day, calendar days, calendar month, and calendar months, respectively.

1.1.9.24 Defective Work. Work that, for any reason, is not in compliance with the Contract Documents. Defective Work is usually identified in a Notice of Non-Compliant Work.

1.1.9.25 Design Professional Contract. The Contract between the Owner and the Design Professional for the design of the Project.

1.1.9.26 Design Professional. The architect or engineer or architectural or engineering firm selected by Owner (i) for the design and preparation of Contract Documents governing the construction of a Project, or (ii) for construction contract administration under the Contract Documents, or (iii) for both, all such services and the scope thereof to be set forth in the Design Professional Contract. The Design Professional is not an employee of the Owner but is engaged or retained by it for the purpose of performing design and construction administration services for the project. The term “Design Professional” includes architects, engineers, surveyors, designers, and other consultants retained by the Design Professional. 7 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.9.27 Drawings. That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by the Design Professional that graphically show the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined.

1.1.9.28 Effective Date of the Contract. The date indicated on the Contract or as otherwise specified therein.

1.1.9.29 Final Certificate, Design Professional’s Certificate of Final Completion. The Certificate issued by the Design Professional stating that all work has been completed in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents. See Section 6, Project Completion.

1.1.9.30 Final Completion. The full and final completion of all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.1.9.31 Final Notice of Non-Compliant Work. The Final Notice of Non-Compliant Work issued as a result of the Inspection for Material Completion, also known as the Final Punch List. Upon the completion or correction of this Non- Compliant Work (“punch list” work) the Design Professional will issue the Final Certificate.

1.1.9.32 Hazardous Substances. See Section 1 Part 6.

1.1.9.33 Material Completion and “Material Completion and Occupancy Date”. See Section 6 Part 1.

1.1.9.34 Milestone. A principal event specified in the Contract Documents including the Material Completion and Occupancy Date and other events relating to an intermediate completion date or time.

1.1.9.35 Notice. Written notice. See Article 1.1.5.

1.1.9.36 Notice of Apparent Successful Bid. The written notice by the Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, the Owner will sign and deliver the Contract. The Construction Preparation Period begins on the Effective Date of the Contract. (See Section 2, Part 1.)

1.1.9.37 Notice of Non-Compliant Work. A Notice of Non-Compliant Work shall be in writing, shall be dated, shall be signed by the Design Professional, and shall be addressed to the Contractor with a copy to the Owner, as set forth in Section 3, Part 4 (Correcting the Work) and Section 6, Part 6 (Correcting the Work after Final Payment).

1.1.9.38 Owner. The Board of Regents, by and through a State Agency, identified as such in this Contract with whom Contractor has entered into the Contract and for whom the Work is to be completed.

1.1.9.39 Overall Project Schedule. The Construction Progress Schedule that is approved by the Owner.

1.1.9.40 Pre-Commencement Phase Services. The services required to be provided by the Contractor for the Pre- Commencement Phase of the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents.

1.1.9.41 Proceed Order. The Proceed Order is a written notice from the Owner that includes a specified date (i.e. the Proceed Order Date) upon which the Contractor is authorized to commence physical work on the Site. Unless the Proceed Order states otherwise, the Proceed Order Date shall be the date upon which the Proceed Order is actually signed and dated by the Owner’s authorized representative. A Proceed Order is a condition precedent to the execution of any Work on the site by the Contractor. The Proceed Order was formerly referred to as the “Notice to Proceed.”

1.1.9.42 Project. The total and complete undertaking for the public works facility to be constructed under this Contract.

1.1.9.43 Project Manual. A bound manual prepared by the Design Professional. It includes the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, the Specifications, the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions.

1.1.9.44 Resident Engineer Inspector. Synonymous with Contract Compliance Specialist. See Paragraph 1.1.9.16.

1.1.9.45 Samples. Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. The Contractor shall furnish for approval all samples required by the Contract Documents. The Work shall be in accordance with approved samples.

8 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1.9.46 Separate Contractor. Any person or entity other than Contractor that enters into an agreement with Owner to perform the construction of all or any portion of the construction on a Project.

1.1.9.47 Site. Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by the Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by the Owner that are designated for the use of the Contractor. Also referred to as Project Site, Job Site and Premises.

1.1.9.48 Specifications. That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. The term "Specifications" shall also include all written matter in the Project Manual or on the drawings and any Addenda or Change Orders thereto.

1.1.9.49 Subcontractor. The generic term subcontractor as employed herein includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor.

1.1.9.50 Submittals. Shop Drawings, schedules, data, catalogue cuts, manufacturers' published recommendations, charts, bulletins, brochures, illustrations, circulars, roughing drawings or formulae, etc., that are specifically prepared, distributed, or assembled by or for Contractor or by Subcontractors, manufacturers, or Suppliers and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work or for use in installing the Work. The Contract Documents shall specify when shop drawings or submittals require the seal of a specialty consultant.

1.1.9.51 Successful Bidder. The responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive Bid.

1.1.9.52 Supplier. A manufacturer, fabricator, distributor, supplier, or vendor of goods or equipment in connection with the Work, or any other party having a Contract or Purchase Order with the Contractor or with a Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor.

1.1.9.53 Trade Contractor. A Subcontractor who furnishes and installs materials according to the plans and specifications of this Project but does not include one who merely furnishes materials. See 1.1.9.49.

1.1.9.54 Underground Facilities. All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including without limitation those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems.

1.1.9.55 Unit Price Work. Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices as defined and described in the Contract Documents. A percentage markup for overhead or profit shall be included in all unit prices.

1.1.9.56 Using Agency. The State entity for which the Project is being constructed. The term may include an institution (e.g., University of Georgia) that is a part of the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia.

1.1.9.57 Using Agency’s Representative. The Using Agency may designate from time to time a Using Agency’s Representative, who shall work with the Design Professional and the Owner’s Representative as a liaison with the Using Agency.

1.1.9.58 Work. All labor, materials, and services necessary to produce the construction of the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents, including the entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all equipment, fixtures, and supplies into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents.

9 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 2 – CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES

PART 2 – CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES

1.2.1 Contractor’s General Responsibilities.

1.2.1.1 Representations of Contractor.

1.2.1.1.1 Independent Contractor. The Contractor represents that it is an independent contractor, competent, knowledgeable, and familiar with the type of work contemplated by this Contract. The Contractor agrees and understands that neither it nor any of its agents or employees may act in the name of the Owner except and unless specifically authorized in writing by the Owner to do so. The Contractor shall furnish construction administration and management services and use the Contractor's best efforts to perform the Project in an expeditious and economical manner consistent with the interests of the Owner.

1.2.1.1.2 Familiarity with Project. Contractor represents that it has: (a) visited and examined the Site(s), (b) taken into account local conditions and observed conditions that affect the Project, the Work, or the cost thereof, (c) investigated the labor situation related to the Project, (d) examined the superintendence of the Project, the Work, the time of completion, and other relevant matters, and (e) has taken these into consideration in submitting his bid.

1.2.1.2 Responsibility to Coordinate. Contractor acknowledges its responsibility to coordinate the Work with that of Separate Contractors to be selected for the installation of other work within the Project, or in the proximity of the Project. Contractor expressly agrees to schedule and, with the assistance of Owner, coordinate the Work with such Separate Contractors and to permit each phase of the Project to be completed on schedule.

1.2.1.3 Project Delivery. Contractor shall construct the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents, and Contractor shall deliver the Project completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, substantially free from defects, and within the Contract Time.

1.2.1.4 Contractor's Warranty as to Performance. The Contractor warrants that he is familiar with the codes applicable to the Work and that he has the skill, knowledge, competence, organization, and plant to execute the Work promptly and efficiently in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor has the obligation to keep a competent superintendent on the Work during its progress, to employ only skilled workers, and to enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees. The Contractor is responsible for seeing that the Work is installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Failure or omission on the part of the Owner, representatives of the Owner, agents of the Owner, the Contract Compliance Specialist, engineers employed by the Design Professional, representatives of the Design Professional, or the Design Professional either to discover or to bring to the attention of the Contractor any deviation from, omission from, or noncompliance with the Contract Documents shall not be used by the Contractor or its surety as a defense for failure on his part to install the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or for any other neglect to fulfill requirements of the Contract; neither shall the presence of any one, or all, or any of the foregoing at the Site or the fact that any one, or all, or any of the foregoing may have examined the Work or any part of the Work be used as a defense by the Contractor against a claim for failure on his part to install the Work in accordance with the Contact Documents or for any neglect to fulfill requirements of the Contract. No requirement of this Contract may be altered or waived except by Change Order.

1.2.2 Contractor’s General Duties.

1.2.2.1 Construction Staging and Construction Services. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, construction, resources, work, and services necessary or incidental to completing the Work for each phase of the Project in a proper and timely manner in accordance with the Contract Documents and applicable laws.

1.2.2.2 Supervision and Direction. Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work using diligent skill and attention. Contractor shall be responsible for and shall coordinate all construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. (See Article 3.1.1 et seq.)

1.2.2.3 Enforce Discipline. Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among its employees, Subcontractors, and others performing the Work, and shall not employ or permit the employment of unfit persons or persons not skilled in the task assigned to them.

10 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 2 – CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND DUTIES

1.2.2.4 Security Clearances. Where work is required within a specially secured controlled access environment, work shall be performed by personnel who have passed a security screening.

1.2.2.5 Maintain Records. Contractor shall keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work. Contractor shall maintain records of the cost for the Work pursuant to and in compliance with GASB 34 accounting requirements and such other methods as Owner may require, including complete backup documentation for all pay applications.

1.2.2.6 Answer Questions. Contractor, with reasonable promptness and in accordance with time limits set by Owner, shall answer Owner's questions and provide Owner with requested Project information.

1.2.2.7 Acts and Omissions. Employees of or Subcontractors to the Contractor shall perform the Work required by this Contract. The Contractor is responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons.

1.2.2.8 Contractor. Contractor shall, in coordination with the Design Professional, accomplish the construction of the Project, including all required submittals, and such Change Orders as may be issued.

1.2.2.9 Meetings with the Owner. Contractor shall schedule and conduct meetings with the Owner, Design Professional, Separate Contractors, and appropriate Subcontractors, not less than biweekly, for the purpose of discussing the status and progress of the Work. Such meetings shall be held as often as Owner determines.

1.2.2.10 Schedule and Coordination Meetings. Contractor shall schedule and conduct meetings as necessary with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other appropriate Project Team Members to coordinate and schedule the Work.

1.2.3 Audit. At the request of the Owner, the Contractor shall allow the Owner the opportunity to select an auditor to examine and inspect the Project and the Contractor's books, records, and any and all accounts and similar data related to the Project. The Owner shall bear the cost of such audit. The auditor may sign a confidentiality agreement before conducting any such audit. Notwithstanding such agreement, Contractor understands and agrees that all project records are subject to the Georgia Open Records Act.

1.2.4 Employment of Georgia Citizens and Use of Georgia Products and Georgia Forest Products. Given that the Work provided for in this Contract is to be performed in Georgia, it is the wish of the Owner that materials and equipment manufactured or produced in Georgia shall be used in the Work and that Georgia citizens shall be employed in the Work at wages consistent with those being paid in the general area in which the Work is to be performed. This desire on the part of the Owner is not intended to restrict or limit competitive bidding nor to increase the cost of the Work; nor shall the fulfillment of this desire be asserted by the Contractor as an excuse for any noncompliance or omission to fulfill any obligation under the Contract. O.C.G.A. §§50-5-60 to 63 are further incorporated into the General Conditions of the Contract as expressed below:

(a) No contract for the construction of, addition to, or repair of any facility, the cost of which is borne by the State, or any department, agency, commission, authority, or political subdivision thereof shall be let, unless said contract contains a stipulation therein providing that the Contractor, Construction Manager or Subcontractor shall use exclusively Georgia forest products in construction thereof, when forest products are to be used in such construction, addition or repair, and if Georgia forest products are available. (b) These provisions shall not apply when in conflict with Federal law, rules, and regulations concerning interstate commerce or construction.

11 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 3 – OWNER’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS

PART 3 – OWNER’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS

1.3.1 Owner’s Representative.

1.3.1.1 Written Designation. The Owner shall designate, in writing, a representative authorized to act on the Owner's behalf with respect to the Project. The Owner hereby designates the party identified in the Contract as its initial authorized representative and reserves the right to designate additional or replacement representatives by written notice to the Contractor.

1.3.1.2 Accessibility. The Owner's Representative shall be readily accessible (either on site or by computer, phone, fax or otherwise), shall be well acquainted with the Project, and shall have authority promptly to render decisions and to furnish information required of, or to be provided by, the Owner hereunder.

1.3.1.3 Independent Review and Inspection. The Owner may undertake independent inspection of the installation of the Work. Such independent inspector shall operate on behalf of the Owner and shall act to protect the best interests of the Owner.

1.3.2 Design Professional.

1.3.2.1 Design Professional to Design Work. The Design Professional Contract requires the Design Professional to design and to prepare the Contract Documents, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Contractor upon request. The Design Professional Contract requires the Design Professional to designate a readily accessible representative (either on Site or by computer, phone or fax or otherwise) who shall have authority promptly to render decisions and to furnish information required of the Design Professional.

1.3.2.2 Copies of Contract Documents to Contractor. The Design Professional Contract requires that the Contractor be furnished, free of charge, up to twenty-five sets of completed Contract Documents in hard copy, one full set of reproducible drawings and electronic background floor and reflected ceiling plan drawings and, if requested, one complete copy in read-only electronic format. The Contractor may obtain such additional sets of Contract Documents as the Contractor deems necessary and shall pay the cost of reproduction of such additional sets to the Design Professional.

1.3.2.3 Contract Administration. The Design Professional shall provide periodic review of the Work to assess compliance with the Contract Documents. The Design Professional shall not review any Work in respect to safety. The Design Professional is not the agent of the Owner, but is engaged as a consultant to the Owner to assist the Owner in determining if the conditions of the contract have been met. He is the agent of the Owner only when in special instances he is authorized in writing by the Owner so to act, and in such instances he shall, upon request, show the Contractor written authority. He has authority to stop the Work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to enforce the proper execution of the Contract.

1.3.2.4 Impartial Decisions. The Design Professional is the interpreter of the conditions of the Construction Contract and the judge of its performance, in the first instance. The Design Professional shall side neither with the Owner nor with the Contractor, but shall use its powers to enforce performance by both.

1.3.2.5 Design Professional Decisions. Design Professional’s decisions must be in writing and signed by the Design Professional of Record.

1.3.2.5.1 Promptness. The Design Professional shall make decisions within fourteen calendar days after proper presentation of evidence on (1) any issue, claim, or dispute of the Owner or Contractor, or (2) a demand of the Owner or Contractor for a decision on any matter relating to the execution or progress of the Work.

1.3.2.5.2 Additional Time. If because of events beyond the Design Professional’s reasonable control, it is not able to meet the specified time period, then it should be entitled to ask the Owner for additional time, which request shall not be unreasonably denied.

1.3.2.5.3 Protests of Design Professional’s Decisions. All decisions of the Design Professional on any claim, dispute, or demand shall be final and binding on the Contractor in the absence of written notice of protest from the Contractor received by the Owner within fourteen calendar days of the date of the decision of the Design Professional is received by the contractor. See Section 5 Part 2.

12 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 3 – OWNER’S GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS

1.3.2.6 Aesthetics. All decisions of the Design Professional on matters of aesthetics are final, conclusive, and binding on all parties if consistent with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.3.2.7 Succession. In case of the termination of the employment of the Design Professional, the Owner shall appoint a capable and reputable Design Professional against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract shall be that of the former Design Professional.

1.3.3 Permits, Licenses, and Inspections. The Owner shall cooperate with the Contractor in obtaining building and other permits, licenses, and inspections. See also Subparagraph 2.1.2.2.3 and Article 2.1.5.

1.3.4 Testing. The Owner shall provide and pay for initial and subsequent independent construction testing as required by the Contract Documents. Laboratories for testing services shall be selected by, engaged by, and responsible to the Design Professional. In the case of tests (a) prescribed in the Contract Documents or any part thereof, or (b) requested by the Design Professional, the Contractor must give notice to the selected testing agency stating the date and the hour when he will be ready for the test to be made. In the event the test fails or the Contractor is not ready for the test, the expense of the services of the testing laboratory shall be deducted from the Contract Sum, upon notice to the Contractor by the Owner accompanied by a copy of the invoice for the testing services for the test that failed or for which the Contractor was not ready. The notice and readiness provisions of this article do not apply to verification of design mix on concrete.

1.3.5 No Partial Occupancy. There shall be no partial occupancy by the Using Agency of the Project prior to the achievement of Material Completion. This provision may be modified in the Supplementary General Conditions only for phased construction projects with stand-alone components, or may be modified by Change Order.

1.3.6 Disqualification of Potential “Pre-Qualified” Subcontractors. The Owner may disqualify for just cause any pre- qualified potential subcontractors identified in the Bidding Documents. Owner shall pay any difference in the cost of the Work resulting from such disqualification.

1.3.7 Owner’s Right to Perform Work. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with Separate Contractors on the Site. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall assert such claims as provided in Section 5, Part 2 of the General Conditions.

13 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 4 – PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

PART 4 – PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY

1.4.1 Reasonable Precautions. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for the safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (a) employees performing the Work and other persons, including without limitation the General Public, who may be affected thereby; (b) the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site, under care, custody, or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors; or (c) other property at or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, replacement or other rearrangement in the course of construction.

1.4.2 Duty to Protect Property. The Contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection of the Work from damage and shall protect all other property on the Site from damage, injury, or loss regardless of who may be the owner of said property. He shall make good any such damage, injury, or loss.

1.4.3 Safety Precautions. The Contractor shall comply with the rules and regulations of OSHA and the Department of Labor (O.C.G.A. Section §34-2-6), and, where not inconsistent with the foregoing, the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" issued by the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc., for safety and prevention of accidents, and shall maintain an accurate record of all cases of death, occupational disease, and injury requiring medical attention or causing loss of time from work arising out of and in the course of employment on work under the Contract. The Contractor alone shall be responsible for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of his plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage that may result from their improper construction, maintenance, or operations. He shall erect and properly maintain at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, proper safeguards for the protection of workers and the public and shall post danger warnings against any hazards created by the construction operations. The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of his organization, normally the superintendent, whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents.

1.4.4 Emergencies. In an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property or the Work or of adjoining property, the Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent imminent damage, injury, or loss.

1.4.5 Fire Protection. Contractor shall take adequate and reasonable precautions to protect the Work against damage by fire and smoke. For example, without limitation, Contractor shall do the following:

(a) Provide fire extinguishers or fire hoses in readily accessible locations; (b) Periodically inspect fire extinguishers, remove discharged extinguishers immediately, and replace with new or recharged extinguishers; (c) Keep fire extinguishers or fire hoses within five (5) feet of any welding or open flame operations; (d) Remove oil-soaked and paint-soaked materials, including paper and rags, from the Site daily, and more frequently as necessary, to eliminate danger of fire. (e) Prohibit workers from smoking during operations involving combustible adhesives, solvents, mastics, or other fire hazard materials.

1.4.6 Remedy Damages. The Contractor shall promptly remedy damages and loss to property at the Site caused by the Contractor, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or any such Subcontractor, or by anyone for whose acts the Contractor or any such Subcontractor may be liable. Should the Contractor cause damage to any Separate Contractor‘s work, the Contractor agrees, upon due notice, to settle with the Separate Contractor.

1.4.7 Written Programs. Contractor shall have written environmental, quality control, crisis/emergency management, health and safety programs in place with a designated (qualified) coordinator as the point of contact during the project. Such plans shall be on the Site and the superintendent and the project management team shall be familiar with and utilize such programs.

14 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 5 – BONDS, INDEMNITY, AND INSURANCE

PART 5 – BONDS, INDEMNITY, AND INSURANCE

1.5.1 Bonds

1.5.1.1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond. The Contractor shall furnish both a performance bond and a payment bond in the exact form set forth in Section 7, (Forms) of these General Conditions.

1.5.1.2 Required Qualifications for Surety. The Contract provides that the surety and insurance companies must be acceptable to the Owner. Only those sureties listed in the Department of Treasury’s Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) are acceptable to the Owner. All bonds at the time of issuance must be issued by a company authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact the business of suretyship in the State of Georgia, and shall have a Best Policyholders Rating of "A-" or better and with a financial size rating of Class V or larger.

1.5.1.3 Penal Amount of Bonds, State Law. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that, pursuant to O.C.G.A. §§13-10-2, 13-10-20, 13-10-40 and 13-10-60, the performance bond and the payment bond must be in a penal amount equal to at least 100% of the Contract Sum. Accordingly, the Contractor warrants and agrees that, for any Change Order increasing the Contract Sum by five percent or more or when the total cost of the work has increased by five percent or more, it shall obtain a written amendment to the payment bond and the performance bond increasing the penal amounts of both bonds to 100% of the Contract Sum, effective as of the date of the Change Order. The premium increase, if any, may be properly included in the cost of the Change Order. The Design Professional shall approve no payment for the work provided by the Change Order until the Contractor has provided the written amendment to the Owner.

1.5.2 Liability and Indemnification.

1.5.2.1 General Liability. The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner from the time of the signing of the agreement or the beginning of the first work, whichever shall be earlier, for all injury or damage of any kind resulting from any negligent act or omission or breach, failure or other default regarding the Work by the Contractor, or any of its Subcontractors, its agents, employees or others working at the direction of the Contractor or on its behalf, regardless of who may be the owner of the property.

1.5.2.2 Indemnification Agreement. Contractor hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the State of Georgia and its departments, agencies and instrumentalities and all of their respective officers, members, employees and directors (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Indemnitees") from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses, including attorneys' fees, due to liability to a third party or parties, for any loss due to bodily injury (including death), personal injury, and property damage arising out of or resulting from the performance of this Contract or any act or omission on the part of the Contractor, its agents, employees or others working at the direction of Contractor or on its behalf., or due to any breach of this Contract by the Contractor, or due to the application or violation of any pertinent Federal, State or local law, rule or regulation. This indemnification extends to the successors and assigns of the Contractor. This indemnification obligation survives the termination of the Contract and the dissolution or, to the extent allowed by law, the bankruptcy of the Contractor. If and to the extent such damage or loss (including costs and expenses) as covered by this indemnification is paid by the State Tort Claims Trust Fund, the State Authority Liability Trust Fund, the State Employee Broad Form Liability Fund, the State Insurance and Hazard Reserve Fund, and other self-insured funds (all such funds hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Funds") established and maintained by the State of Georgia Department of Administrative Services Risk Management Division (hereinafter "DOAS") the Contractor agrees to reimburse the Funds for such monies paid out by the Funds.

1.5.2.2.1 This indemnification does not extend beyond the scope of this Contract and the work undertaken thereunder. Nor does this indemnification extend to claims for loses or injuries or damages incurred directly by the Indemnitees due to breach, negligence or default by the Indemnitor under the terms and conditions of this Contract.

1.5.2.2.2 This indemnification does not extend to claims for loses or injuries or damages incurred by the Indemnitees due to any negligent act, error, or omission of a design professional in the performance of professional services that fails to meet the applicable professional standard of care, skill and ability as employed by others in their profession.

1.5.2.3. DOAS. Risk Management will endeavor to notify affected insurers of claims made against the State that fall within this indemnity. In the event of litigation, the Attorney General will endeavor to keep the Contractor and its general liability insurer as named on the insurance certificate informed regarding the claims and settlement.

1.5.3 Insurance Requirements. 15 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 5 – BONDS, INDEMNITY, AND INSURANCE

1.5.3.1 Insurance Certificates. The Contractor shall, in accordance with 2.1.2.2, procure the insurance coverages identified below at the Contractor’s expense (e.g. within the bid price and Contract Sum) and shall furnish the Owner an insurance certificate listing the Owner as the certificate holder and as an additional insured. Evidence of insurance coverages shall be provided on the form shown in Section 7 or on a form acceptable to the Owner. The insurance certificate must provide the following:

(a) Name and address of authorized agent (b) Name and address of insured (c) Name of insurance company(ies) (d) Description of policies (e) Policy Number(s) (f) Policy Period(s) (g) Limits of liability (h) Name and address of Owner as certificate holder (i) Project Name and Number (j) Signature of authorized agent (k) Telephone number of authorized agent (l) Mandatory thirty day notice of cancellation or non-renewal (except ten days for non payment).

1.5.3.2 Insurer Qualifications, Insurance Requirements. Each of the insurance coverages required below (i) shall be issued by a company licensed by the Insurance Commissioner to transact the business of insurance in the State of Georgia for the applicable line of insurance, and (ii) shall be an insurer (or, for qualified self-insureds or group self insureds, a specific excess insurer providing statutory limits) with a Best Policyholders Rating of "A-" or better and with a financial size rating of Class V or larger. Each such policy shall contain the following provisions:

1.5.3.2.1 The insurance company agrees that the policy shall not be canceled, changed, allowed to lapse or allowed to expire until thirty days after the Owner has received written notice thereof, as evidenced by return receipt of certified mail or statutory mail, or until such time as other insurance coverage providing protection equal to protection called for in this Contract shall have been received, accepted and acknowledged by the Owner. Such notice shall be valid only as to the Project as shall have been designated by Project Number and Name in said notice.

1.5.3.2.2 The policy shall not be subject to invalidation as to any insured by reason of any act or omission of another insured or any of its officers, employees, agents or other representatives ("Separation of Insureds").

1.5.3.2.3 Each Insurer is hereby notified that the statutory requirement that the Attorney General of Georgia shall represent and defend the Indemnities remains in full force and effect and is not waived by issuance of any policy of insurance. In the event of litigation, any settlement on behalf of the indemnities must be expressly approved by the Attorney General. The Contractor and its insurance carrier may retain, but are not obligated to retain, counsel to assist with the defense of the Indemnities, in which case there will be mutual cooperation between the Attorney General and such counsel. See O.C.G.A. § 45-15-12.

1.5.3.2.4 All deductibles shall be paid for by the Contractor.

1.5.3.2.5 Self-insured retention, except for qualified self-insurers or group self-insurers, in any policy shall not exceed $100,000.00.

1.5.3.3 Required Insurance Coverages. The Contractor also agrees to purchase insurance and have the authorized agent state on the insurance certificate that the Contractor has purchased the following types of insurance coverages, consistent with the policies and requirements of O.C.G.A. §50-21-37. The minimum required coverages and liability limits are as follows:

1.5.3.3.1 Workers' Compensation Insurance. The Contractor agrees to provide at a minimum Workers' Compensation coverage in accordance with the statutory limits as established by the General Assembly of the State of Georgia. A group insurer must submit a certificate of authority from the Insurance Commissioner approving the group insurance plan. A self-insurer must submit a certificate from the Georgia Board of Workers’ Compensation stating the Contractor qualifies to pay its own workers’ compensation claims. The Contractor shall require all Subcontractors performing work under this Contract to obtain an insurance certificate showing proof of Workers' Compensation Coverage and shall submit a certificate on the letterhead of the Contractor in the following language:

16 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 5 – BONDS, INDEMNITY, AND INSURANCE

This is to certify that all subcontractors performing work on this Project are covered by their own workers' compensation insurance or are covered by the Contractor’s workers’ compensation insurance.

1.5.3.3.2 Employers' Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall also maintain Employer's Liability Insurance Coverage with limits of at least:

(i) Bodily Injury by Accident $1,000,000 each accident; (ii) Bodily Injury by Disease $1,000,000 each employee; and (iii) Bodily Injury/Disease Aggregate $1,000,000 each accident.

The Contractor shall require all Subcontractors performing work under this Contract to obtain an insurance certificate showing proof of Employers Liability Insurance Coverage and shall submit a certificate on the letterhead of the Contractor in the following language:

This is to certify that all subcontractors performing work on this Project are covered by their own Employers Liability Insurance Coverage or are covered by the Contractor’s Employers Liability Insurance Coverage.

1.5.3.3.3 Commercial General Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall provide Commercial General Liability Insurance (2001 ISO Occurrence Form or equivalent) that shall include, but need not be limited to, coverage for bodily injury and property damage arising from premises and operations liability, products and completed operations liability, blasting and explosion, collapse of structures, underground damage, personal injury liability and contractual liability. The CGL policy must include separate aggregate limits per Project and shall provide at a minimum the following limits:

Coverage Limit 1. Premises and Operations $ 1,000,000.00 per Occurrence 2. Products and Completed Operations $ 1,000,000.00 per Occurrence 3. Personal Injury $ 1,000,000.00 per Occurrence 4. Contractual $ 1,000,000.00 per Occurrence 5. General Aggregate $ 2,000,000.00 per Project

Additional Requirements for Commercial General Liability Insurance are shown below at Paragraph 1.5.3.3.6.

1.5.3.3.4 Commercial Business Automobile Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall provide Commercial Business Automobile Liability Insurance that shall include coverage for bodily injury and property damage arising from the operation of any owned, non-owned, or hired automobile. The Commercial Business Automobile Liability Insurance Policy shall provide not less than $1,000,000 Combined Single Limits for each accident. Additional Requirements for Commercial Business Automobile Liability Insurance are shown below at Paragraph 1.5.3.3.6.

1.5.3.3.5 Commercial Umbrella Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall provide a Commercial Umbrella Liability Insurance to provide excess coverage above the Commercial General Liability, Commercial Business Automobile Liability and the Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability to satisfy the minimum limits set forth herein. The umbrella coverage shall follow form with the Umbrella limits required as follows:

For Contract Amounts Less For Contract Amounts Equal to or Than $5,000,000.00: Greater than $5,000,000:

$ 2,000,000 per Occurrence $2,000,000 per Occurrence $ 4,000,000 Aggregate $10,000,000 Aggregate

Additional Requirements for Commercial Umbrella Liability Insurance are shown below at Paragraph 1.5.3.3.6.

1.5.3.3.6 Additional Requirements for Commercial Policies in Paragraphs 1.5.3.3.3 through 1.5.3.3.5

(a) The policy shall name as additional Insureds the officers, members, and employees of the Owner and the Using Agency. (b) The policy must be on an "occurrence” basis.

1.5.3.3.7 Builders Risk Insurance. Contractor shall provide a Builder’s Risk Policy to be made payable to the Owner and Contractor, as their interests may appear. The policy amount should be equal to 100% of the Contract Sum, written on a Builder’s Risk “All Risk”, or its equivalent. The policy shall be endorsed as follows:

17 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 5 – BONDS, INDEMNITY, AND INSURANCE

The following may occur without diminishing, changing, altering or otherwise affecting the coverage and protection afforded the insured under this policy:

(i) Furniture and equipment may be delivered to the insured premises and installed in place ready for use; and (ii) Partial or complete occupancy by Owner; and (iii) Performance of work in connection with construction operations insured by the Owner, by agents or lessees or other Contractors of the Owner or Using Agency

In the event that the Contract is for renovation, addition or modification of an existing structure and Builders Risk Insurance is not available, the Owner will accept an Installation Floater Insurance Policy with the above endorsements in lieu of the Builders' Risk Insurance Policy. Such floater must insure loss to materials and equipment prior to acceptance by Owner and must be on an ALL RISK BASIS with the policy written on a specific job site.

1.5.3.3.8 Disposition of Insurance Documents. One original certificate of insurance with all endorsements attached must be deposited with Owner for each insurance policy required.

1.5.3.4 Termination of Obligation to Insure. Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary, the obligation to insure as provided herein shall not terminate until the Design Professional shall have executed the Certificate of Material Completion.

1.5.3.5 Failure of Insurers. The Contractor is responsible for any delay resulting from the failure of his insurance carriers to furnish proof of proper coverage in the prescribed form.

18 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 6 – HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS AND MATERIALS

PART 6 – HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS AND MATERIALS

1.6.1 Hazardous Materials.

1.6.1.1 Definition.

1.6.1.1.1 The term "Hazardous Materials shall mean any material or substance within the meaning and definition for “Hazardous Substance” and/or “Hazardous Waste” as those terms are employed and set forth in the Georgia Hazardous Site Response Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act as amended, 42 USC § 6901 et seq., and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively "CERCLA") and any corresponding state or local law or regulation, and shall also include: (a) any Pollutant or Contaminant as those terms are defined in CERCLA; (b) any Solid Waste or Hazardous Constituent as those terms are defined by, or are otherwise identified by, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act as amended, 42 USC § 6901 et seq., and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively "RCRA") and any corresponding state or local law or regulation; (c) crude oil, petroleum and fractions of distillates thereof and petroleum releases ; (d) any other material, substance or chemical defined, characterized or regulated as toxic or hazardous under any applicable law, regulation, ordinance, directive or ruling, including, but not limited to, Asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB),and, (e) any infectious or medical waste or environmental contamination as defined by any applicable federal or state laws or regulations.

1.6.1.1.2 The term “Hazardous” Materials does not include those materials that are expressly and specifically required to be installed under the Contract Documents.

1.6.1.1.3 The term “Hazardous” Materials does not include products or materials that are commonly used in construction or industrial practice so long as they are used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions or Material Safety Data Sheets issued for the product or materials. (See Article 1.6.3 below.)

1.6.1.2 Obligation to Notify Owner of Existing Hazardous Materials. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner and the Design Professional, both orally and in writing, of the presence and location of any physical evidence of, or information regarding the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Site of which it becomes aware. If the Contractor encounters Hazardous Materials on the Site the Contractor shall (i) immediately stop performance of Work or that portion of the Work affected by or affecting such Hazardous Materials; (ii) secure the contaminated area against intrusion; (iii) not disturb or remove the Hazardous Materials; (iv) not proceed, or allow any subcontractor or supplier to proceed, with any Work or other activities in the area affected by such Hazardous Materials until such materials have been properly remediated and until directed in writing to do so by the Owner; and, (v) take any other steps necessary to protect life and health and the surrounding environment. The Contractor shall be entitled to adjustment of the Contract Time and the Contract Sum pursuant to Section 5, Part 2 of these General Conditions in order to compensate for the impact of any required demolition, re-work, shutdown, delay, protection of work, disruption, and start-up resulting from the encountering of such Hazardous Materials on the Site for which the Contractor is not responsible.

1.6.1.3 Prohibition Against Selecting and Installing Products Containing Hazardous Materials. The Contractor shall not select, install or otherwise incorporate any products or materials containing Hazardous Materials within the boundaries of the Site. Should the Contractor or any Subcontractors have knowledge that, or believe that, an item, component, material, substance, or accessory within a product or assembly selected by the Contractor or any Subcontractor may contain Hazardous Materials it is the Contractor’s responsibility to secure a written certification from the manufacturer of any suspected material which identifies the specific Hazardous Material(s) contained, together with the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for such materials which shall be submitted to the Owner and Design Professional.

1.6.1.4 Fill, Backfill and Landscaping. No soil found on Site, or transported to the Site from remote locations, which contains debris or waste or Hazardous Materials shall be used for fill, backfill or landscaping topsoil.

1.6.2 Responsibility and Warranty of Subcontractors, Trade Contractors and Suppliers. Products that are specified by reference standards or in descriptive manner without a manufacturer’s name, model number or trade name, to be selected by the Contractor, shall not contain Hazardous Materials in any form, except as and to the extent permitted in 1.6.1, above, and 1.6.3, below. The Contractor shall require that each of its Subcontractors and Suppliers warrant to the Owner and Design Professional that all materials, products and assemblies, other than those which specifically and expressly required by the Contract Documents, incorporated, or submitted for incorporation into this Project, are free of Hazardous Materials. This warranty shall also include all materials, components, and accessories not specifically enumerated or detailed in the Contract Documents but which are required by performance specifications or recommended by manufacturers for complete installation of materials, products and assemblies.

19 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 6 – HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS AND MATERIALS

1.6.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances Used On the Job Site. Products containing Hazardous Materials may be employed in the performance of work by the Contractor and its Subcontractors, as allowed by subparagraph 1.6.1.1.2 and 1.6.1.1.3 above, as a means and methods application or as part of its performance of the Work, such as chemicals used on the Site, but only provided that: (i) such products are used In accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and Material Safety Data Sheets; (ii) such products are rendered harmless upon completion of the affected Work; (iii) reasonable precautions can be and are taken to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons involved in the Work or in its proximity, including the ultimate users of the completed Work; (iv) the Contractor shall make available to the Owner and the Design Professional copies of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for any such products used on the Site, and (v), the Contractor shall immediately notify Owner, Design Professional and appropriate regulatory agencies if there is a spill or release or misuse of any such product used on the Site that exceeds State or Federal reportable limits.

1.6.4 Hazardous Conditions. The Contractor and Owner acknowledge that previously unknown hazardous conditions may be uncovered at any job site, and in particular where existing structures are being demolished and/or remodeled to accommodate new construction or to reutilize existing facilities. Should a hazardous condition not involving Hazardous Materials as set forth above be encountered on the Site, and should reasonable safety precautions be deemed by the Contractor in good faith to be inadequate to prevent foreseeable personal injury to persons encountering the hazardous condition, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the hazardous condition, stop work in the affected area and immediately report the hazardous condition to the Design Professional and Owner in writing. The Owner shall undertake, or shall contract (by Change Order) with the Contractor or contract with a Separate Contractor, to resolve the condition. So long as the hazardous condition did not result from activities or substances brought on the Site by the Contractor, the Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Time and the Contract Sum as set forth in Paragraph 1.6.1.2 above.

20 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 7 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

PART 7 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1.7.1 Legal Compliance.

1.7.1.1 General. This Contract shall be governed by the law of Georgia. The Contractor shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, and orders of any government agency having jurisdiction in the performance of the Work and shall ensure the compliance of its Subcontractors.

1.7.1.2 Specific Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Paragraph, the following laws are specifically referenced:

1.7.1.2.1 The Drug-Free Workplace Act, O.C.G.A. § 50-24-1, et seq.

1.7.1.2.2 Preference for Georgia Supplies, materials, equipment, and agricultural products, O.C.G.A. §§50-5-60 through 61.

1.7.1.2.3 Preference for Georgia forest products, O.C.G.A. § 50-5-63.

1.7.1.2.4 Preference for local sellers of Georgia products, O.C.G.A. § 50-5-62.

1.7.1.2.5 Standards and Requirements for Construction, Alterations, etc., O.C.G.A. § 8-2-1 et seq.

1.7.1.2.6 Control of Soil Erosion and Sedimentation, O.C.G.A. § 12-7.1, et seq.

1.7.1.2.7 Regulation of Fire and other Hazards, O.C.G.A. § 25-2-1 et seq.

1.7.1.2.8 Regulation of Blasting Operations, O.C.G.A. § 25-2-1 et seq. and 25-9-1 et seq.

1.7.1.2.9 Providing safe workplace, O.C.G.A. §s 34-2-10 and 34-7-20

1.7.1.2.10 Georgia Facility Protection Act, O.C.G.A. § 25-9-1 et seq. (See Article E-12(f))

1.7.1.2.11 High Voltage Safety Act, O.C.G.A. § 46-3-30 et seq.

1.7.1.2.12 Access and Use by Physically Handicapped Persons, O.C.G.A. § 30-3-1 et seq.

1.7.1.2.13 Small and Minority Business Enterprises, O.C.G.A. §s 50-5-120 et seq. and 50-5-130 et seq.

1.7.1.2.14 Trading with the State or State Officials, O.C.G.A. §s 45-10-20 to 45-10-71.

1.7.1.2.15 Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. § 2000a through 2000h-6

1.7.1.2.16 Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. § 621 et seq.; 42 U.S.C. § 6101 et seq.

1.7.1.2.17 Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.

1.7.1.2.18 Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U. S. C. § 651 et seq.

1.7.1.2.19 Federal Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act, 42 U. S. C. § 11001 et seq.

1.7.1.2.20 Georgia Open Records Act, O.C.G.A. §50-18-70 et seq.

1.7.1.2.21 Georgia Blasting Standards Act, O.C.G.A. § 25-8-1 et seq. and Blasting, Excavating Nearby Underground Gas Pipes and Utilities, 25-9-1 et. seq.

1.7.1.2.22 Scaffolding and Staging Statute, O.C.G.A. §34-1-1 et seq.

1.7.1.2.23 Department of Labor Rules and Regulations, O.C.G.A. § 34-2-6 et seq.

1.7.1.2.24 Hazardous Chemical Protection and Right to Know Act, O.C.G.A. § 45-22-2 et seq.,

21 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 7 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1.7.1.2.25 Retainage on Public Works Contracts, 0.C.G.A. §13-10-80 et seq.

1.7.1.2.26 Compliance with “federal work authorization programs” and federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 by Georgia Public Employers, contractors and subcontractors, O.C.G.A. §13-10-90 et seq.

1.7.1.3 Building Codes. The following Building Codes, in the latest editions approved by the Georgia Department of Community Affairs, shall be used. (See O.C.G.A. §8-2-20.) The Design Professional will designate any additional codes or special modifications in the Supplementary General Conditions. As of the year 2000, these codes are published jointly by the Southern Building Code Congress International, the International Code Council, the Building Officials and Code Administrators, International, and the International Conference of Building Officials, and are commonly referred to as the International Building Codes.

1.7.1.3.1 Georgia State Minimum Standard Building Code (International Building Code, 2000 Edition) with Georgia Amendments.

1.7.1.3.2 Georgia State Minimum Standard Mechanical Code (International Mechanical Code, 2000 Edition), with Georgia Amendments.

1.7.1.3.3 Georgia State Minimum Standard Gas Code (International Fuel Gas Code, 2000 Edition), with Georgia Amendments.

1.7.1.3.4 Georgia State Minimum Standard Plumbing Code (International Plumbing Code, 2000 Edition), with Georgia Amendments.

1.7.1.3.5 Georgia State Minimum Standard Electric Code (National Electrical Code, 2002 Edition), with Georgia Amendments.

1.7.1.3.6 Georgia State Minimum Standard Energy Code (International Energy Conservation Code, 2000 Edition), with Georgia Amendments.

1.7.1.3.7 Georgia State Minimum Standard Fire Prevention Code (International Fire Code, 2003 Edition), with Georgia Amendments.

1.7.1.4 Fire, Life Safety, and Accessibility Codes. The following codes, in the versions approved by the Georgia State Fire Marshal/Fire Safety Commissioner and Department of Human Resources, shall be used. The Design Professional will designate any additional codes or special modifications in the Supplementary General Conditions.

1.7.1.4.1 Georgia State Life Safety Code (NFPA 101)

1.7.1.4.2 State Accessibility Codes (See O.C.G.A. §30-3-3)

1.7.1.4.3 Rules and Regulations of the Georgia Safety Fire Commissioner (See O.C.G.A. §§25-2-4,12.)

1.7.1.4.4 Swimming Pool Permits and Regulations (See O.C.G.A. §31-45-3, Rules and Regulations Chapter 290-5-57)

1.7.1.5 Latest Edition. The latest edition approved by the implementing agency of the regulations, rules, and codes listed in Paragraphs 1.7.1.3 and 1.7.1.4 above, with all amendments as of the date of the opening of bids, shall govern the installation of all Work and is adopted and incorporated into the Contract Documents and made a part thereof by reference, Provided, however that the drawings and specifications shall be adhered to in all cases where they call for quality of materials, quality of workmanship, or quality of construction which is equal to or in excess of the quality required by the above stated codes and Provided also: That there may be no variances from the drawings and specifications except to the extent that the said variances shall be necessary in order to comply with the above stated codes. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to familiarize himself with the requirements of the above stated codes. If there are any express requirements in the drawings or specifications that are at variance to the above stated codes, all changes in the Work necessary to eliminate or add to the said requirements and make the Work conform to the above stated codes shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract for changes in the Work.

22 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 7 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

1.7.1.6 Compliance with Executive Orders Concerning Ethics. The Contractor warrants that he and his firm have complied in all respects with the Governor’s Executive Orders concerning ethics matters, including, but not limited to, Executive Order dated January 13, 2003 (establishing Code of Ethics for Executive Branch Officers and Employees, including provisions governing former officers and employees); Executive Order dated October 1, 2003 (governing vendors to state agencies and disclosure and registration of lobbyists); and O.C.G.A. Sections 21-5-70(5), 21-5-71 and 21-5-73, all as amended effective January 9, 2006 (requiring registration and disclosure filings by state agency vendor lobbyists). In this regard, the Contractor certifies that any lobbyist employed or retained by the Contractor or his firm has both registered and made the required disclosures required by the Executive Orders, as amended.

1.7.1.7 Compliance with Federal and State Work Authorization and Immigration Laws. The Contractor and all subcontractors, suppliers and consultants must comply with all federal and state work authorization and immigration laws, and must certify compliance using the form set forth in Section 7 (“Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act Affidavits”). The required certificates must be filed with the Owner and copied maintained by the Contractor as of the beginning date of this contract and each subcontract, supplier contract, or consultant contract, and upon final payment to the subcontractor or consultant. State officials, including officials of the Georgia Department of Audits and Accounts, officials of the Owner, retain the right to inspect and audit the Project Site and employment records of the Contractor, subcontractors and consultants without notice during normal working hours until Final Completion, and as otherwise specified by law and by Rules and Regulations of the Georgia Department of Audits and Accounts.

1.7.2 Surveys, Permits, and Regulations. The Owner shall furnish all surveys unless otherwise specified. Permits and licenses of a temporary nature necessary for the prosecution of the Work shall be obtained and paid for by the Contractor. Permits, licenses, and easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities shall be obtained and paid for by the Owner unless otherwise specified. The Contractor and its Subcontractors must pay any municipal or county occupational licenses, taxes, or fees, if any. The Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations bearing on the conduct of the Work. If the Contractor observes that the drawings or specifications are at variance with any such laws, ordinances, rules or regulations, he shall promptly notify the Owner in writing, and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract for changes in the Work. If the Contractor performs any Work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules or regulations without such notice to the Owner, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to impose design responsibility on the Contractor except as noted in the Contract Documents.

1.7.3 Open Records Act. Owner and Design Professional and Contractor acknowledge and agree that all records of the project and the Work, including records of Subcontractors, are subject to the Georgia Open Records Act, O.C.G.A. §50-18-70 et seq., with particular attention being called to O.C.G.A. §50-18-70(a) regarding the records of private persons, firms, corporations, or other private entity engaged in performance of services or functions on behalf of a state agency, public agency or public office.

1.7.4 Use of Site. The Contractor has a revocable license to come on, use, and perform Work upon the Premises, shall confine thereto his plant, his apparatus, the staging and storage of materials, the operations of his forces and the Work to limits indicated by law, ordinances, permits, or the Contract Documents, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Premises with his materials. The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the Work to be loaded with weight that will endanger its safety. The Contractor shall enforce Contract requirements regarding signs, advertisements, fires, and smoking and shall remove from the Premises and properly dispose all trash and debris.

1.7.5 Office for Contract Compliance Specialist (CCS). The Contractor shall provide at his expense a temporary office, services, utilities, equipment, and supplies at the Site for the use of the CCS. The office shall be a minimum of 100 square feet in size; weather-tight; and shall be provided with heat, ventilation, cooling, electric lights, adequate windows, and securable access. The following services shall be provided: at least four dual-plug 110 v. electrical outlets, two private telephone connections and local telephone service. The following equipment for the CCS’s exclusive use shall be provided: a desk with drawers, two chairs, a four drawer metal file cabinet, a plan table and rack, a telephone with messaging capability, and connection, cables/electrical surge protection for the electronic equipment and for the CCS’s computer. The following items, which may be used in common with the Contractor’s facilities, shall be provided: wet (flush) toilet, potable water and soap for hand washing, potable water suitable for drinking, access to fax machine and copier, and use of a room with table and chairs to accommodate meetings of a minimum of eight (8) people. The use of a temporary portable wet toilet with a holding tank is acceptable only when a sanitary sewer is not available on the Site. Toilet tissue and paper hand towels shall be provided at all times. At the completion of the project, all of the equipment provided will be returned to the Contractor. The Contractor is not responsible for providing the following items for the CCS: computer equipment, internet access, long distance, stationery supplies, and personal safety equipment.

1.7.6 Utilities. Pending the extension and connection of permanent water, permanent gas, permanent sewer taps, and permanent electric power, the Contractor shall obtain temporary water, temporary gas, temporary electric power, and provide 23 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 1 – GENERAL PART 7 – MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS sewage disposal at his own expense. In the absence of provisions to the contrary, the Contractor shall pay for all utilities services until Material Completion has been achieved.

1.7.7 Royalties and Patents. The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. He shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent rights and shall save the Owner harmless from loss on account thereof. The Owner shall defend and be responsible for all such loss when a particular process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified.

1.7.8 Separate Contracts. The Owner reserves the right at any time and from time to time upon notice to Contractor to perform, or cause to be performed by other Contractors, other work at the Site in connection with the development of the Project that is not contemplated hereby or that is contemplated hereby if the Contractor and the Owner shall be unable to agree upon a Change Order incorporating such work as Work of the Contractor under this Contract. In either case, the Owner shall assure that such personnel or Contractors do not cause any conflict with the Work of Contractor. Contractor shall afford the Owner and other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction, protection, and storage of material and equipment at the Site and the execution of work, and shall properly connect, if required by Contract Documents, and coordinate its work with theirs. If any work by the Owner or its other Contractors increases Contractor's costs or extends the time of performance, Contractor shall be entitled upon timely claim to a Change Order for payment by Owner of any reasonable costs actually incurred by Contractor as a result thereof and to an extension of time for performance for such reasonable time as the Design Professional shall determine. Contractor has no responsibility hereunder to certify the suitability or correctness of any work performed by Owner's own personnel or other Contractors under direct contract with the Owner. This Article also applies to installation of loose equipment and fixtures by the Owner, Using Agency, or a Separate Contractor.

1.7.9 Women, and Disadvantaged Business Participation.

1.7.9.1 Good Faith Efforts. Contractor shall, to the extent consistent with quality, price, risk and other lawful and relevant considerations, use its good faith efforts to achieve participation by minority, women, and disadvantaged business enterprise participation in Work and services contracted to Contractor under this Contract.

1.7.9.2 Policy of the State of Georgia. It is the policy of the State of Georgia that minority business enterprises shall have the maximum opportunity to participate in the State purchasing process. Therefore, the State of Georgia encourages all minority business enterprises to compete for, win, and receive Contracts for goods, services, and construction. In addition, the State encourages all companies to sub-contract portions of any State Contract to minority business enterprises. It is the wish of the Owner that minority businesses be given the opportunity to propose on the various parts of the Work. This desire on the part of the Owner is not intended to restrict or limit competitive selection or to increase the cost of the Work. The Owner supports a healthy free market system that seeks to include responsible businesses and provides ample opportunity for business growth and development.

1.7.9.3 Minority Vendor Designee. The minority vendor designee of the Owner shall be specified in the Supplementary General Conditions or the Instructions to Bidders. For more information, please contact the Board of Regents’ Office of Business Development by e-mail at [email protected].

1.7.10 Assignment. The Contractor shall not assign the Contract or sublet it as a whole nor shall the Contractor assign any moneys due or to become due to him hereunder. Contractors may subcontract portions of the Work, normally performed by Subcontractors.

1.7.11 Interpretation of Contract Documents. The Contract Documents shall be construed neither against nor in favor of either party, but shall be construed in a neutral manner.

1.7.12 Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in multiple counterparts. All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument. One (1) counterpart of this Contract shall be delivered to the Owner and one (1) counterpart to the Contractor.

1.7.13 Forms and Specimens. The forms and specimens In Section 7 are incorporated by reference herein and shall be executed in substantial conformance as required or convenient in describing obligations under the Contract Documents.

1.7.14 Entire Agreement. The Contract Documents referenced herein constitute the entire Contract between the Owner and the Contractor with respect to the Project and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, and agreements. Except as set forth herein, there are no other promises, understandings, agreements, representations or warranties, oral or written, expressed or implied between the parties. This Contract may not be changed, modified, or terminated, in whole or in part, nor any provision waived except by Change Order.

24 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE PART 1 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE SERVICES

SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE

PART 1 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE SERVICES

2.1.1 Pre-commencement Coordination. As early as practicable and reasonably in advance of the commencement of Work on the Project, the Contractor shall schedule and conduct an initial construction coordination meeting for the purpose of determining and developing the appropriate and necessary processes and procedures for proper planning and coordination for the installation of all the Work. The meeting shall include all of the Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, , and Suppliers materially involved in such installation of the Work. The Contractor shall assure that each necessary Subcontractor involved in performance of the Work shall be present and represented by a knowledgeable person with authority to reach agreement on the coordination procedures and processes involving its portion of the Work. The Owner shall be represented at this initial meeting by the Owner’s Representative, and shall require that authorized and knowledgeable representatives of each of the separate disciplines in the design team, comprising the Design Professional and all Consultants contributing to the design preparation, shall also be present at the initial meeting. If necessary, additional meetings shall be scheduled by the Contractor with all of the affected parties to continue review and resolution of any real or apparent conflicts or interferences.

2.1.2 Construction Preparation Period.

2.1.2.1 Requirement for Project Planning. No physical work will begin on the construction site until the receipt of a Proceed Order issued by the Owner. The Contract assumes that a Proceed Order will be issued in not more than sixty days from the Effective Date of the Contract. Failure of the Contractor to provide the necessary documentation for the issuance of a Proceed Order shall not entitle the Contractor to any extension of time. If a Proceed Order is not issued within sixty days from the award of the Contract and non-issuance is due to nonperformance by the Contractor, the Contractor may be in default.

2.1.2.2 Timing of Submission of Documents. No Proceed Order shall be issued until the Owner has received, in good and proper order, the following documents. The documents shall be submitted in accordance with the following schedule:

2.1.2.2.1 Within ten days of the Notice of Apparent Successful Bid:

(a) Contract executed by Contractor (b) Payment and Performance Bonds in accordance with Article 1.5.1

2.1.2.2.2 Within fourteen days of the Effective Date of the Contract:

(a) Proof of Insurance as required in Paragraph 1.5.3.1 (b) List of intended Subcontractors

2.1.2.2.3 Prior to the issuance of the Proceed Order, but in any event, within sixty days of the Effective Date of the Contract:

(a) Submittal and Shop Drawing Schedule as required in Article 2.2.3 (b) Construction Progress Schedule as required in Article 2.1.5 (c) Documents Review Report as required in paragraph 2.1.2.3 (d) Construction Management Plan as required in Article 2.1.3 (e) Documentation necessary for receiving land disturbance permits, See Article 2.2.5 (f) Contractor’s Quality Control Program as required in Article 2.1.4 (g) Written Safety Program as required in Article 1.4.7 (h) Contractor’s Schedule of Rental Rates and Wage Rates

25 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE PART 1 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE SERVICES

2.1.2.3 Document Review and Verification. Within one business day of receipt of the Effective Date of the Contract Contractor shall commence a review of the plans and Specifications, to identify conflicts, omissions, or constructability issues in the documents. Contractor shall prepare a report containing a list of issues and suggested modifications identified. He shall provide a copy of the report to the Design Professional and the Owner prior to the end of the Construction Preparation Period. If a fire protection sprinkler system is required, the Contractor shall submit to the Design Professional the certificate of competency of the fire protection sprinkler system Trade Contractor as required by State of Georgia Fire Protection and Safety Code. The certificate of competency shall be provided to the Design Professional prior to any work being performed on the fire protection sprinkler system. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to impose design responsibility on the Contractor except as noted in the Contract Documents.

2.1.3 Construction Management Plan. Contractor shall prepare and furnish to the Owner a thorough and complete plan for the management of the Project from issuance of the Proceed Order through the issuance of the Design Professional's Certificate of Material Completion. Such plan shall include, without limitation, an estimate of the manpower requirements for each trade and the anticipated availability of such manpower, a schedule prepared using the critical path method that will amplify and support the schedule required in Article 2.1.5 below, and the Submittal Schedule as required in Article 2.2.3. The Contractor shall include in his plan the names and resumés of the Project Superintendent, Project Manager and the person in charge of Safety.

2.1.4 Quality Control Program.

2.1.4.1 Responsibility for Quality of Materials and Installation. Contractor acknowledges that he has full, total, and complete responsibility for providing materials, labor, and all other items necessary for providing the level of quality specified in the Contract Documents. He agrees that this responsibility is indivisible, non-delegable, non- transferable, and not diminished by any inspections provided by the Design Professional or his consulting engineers, nor by any inspections provided by the Owner. In recognition of this, Contractor will prepare for submission and review by the Design Professional, a written program describing the efforts that will be taken to insure the proper quality level is achieved. The program shall be submitted prior to the issuance of a Proceed Order.

2.1.4.2 Written Program. Contractor’s written Quality Control Program shall describe in detail the steps the Contractor will take to ensure quality and will include, without limitation, those personnel, in addition to the Superintendent, who will provide review and verification of the proper installation of the Work. Each Subcontractor having responsibility for more than $100,000 of the contract cost shall be addressed in the plan. The written program shall include affidavits from each of the involved Subcontractors acknowledging their responsibilities under the Contract in general and the Quality Control Program specifically.

2.1.5 Construction Progress Schedule; Overall Project Schedule. The Contractor shall submit for review by the Design Professional and approval by the Owner a Construction Progress Schedule based upon the Design Professional’s Preliminary Design and Construction Schedule and prepared using a CPM (Critical Path Method) process within sixty days after the Effective Date of the Contract, utilizing a full-featured software package in a form satisfactory to the Design Professional and Owner, showing the dates for commencement and completion of the Work required by the Contract Documents, including coordination of mechanical, plumbing, and electrical disciplines, as well as coordination of the various subdivisions of the Work within the Contract. Milestones must be clearly indicated and sequentially organized to identify the critical path of the Project. The Construction Schedule will be developed to represent the CSI specification divisions. It shall have the minimum number of activities required to adequately represent to the Owner the complete scope of Work and define the Project’s (and each Phase’s if phased) critical path and associated activities. The format of the Construction Progress Schedule will have dependencies indicated on a monthly grid identifying milestone dates such as construction start, phase construction, structural top out, dry-in, rough-in completion, metal stud and drywall completion, equipment installation, systems operational, inspections for Material Completion and Occupancy Date, and Final Completion Date. The Contractor shall submit, along with the Construction Progress Schedule, the Submittal Schedule for approval by the Design Professional, correlating the associated approval dates for the documents with the Construction Progress Schedule. Upon recommendation by the Design Professional and approval by the Owner, the Construction Progress Schedule shall become the Overall Project Schedule, which shall be utilized by the Design Professional, Owner and Contractor. The Contractor must provide the Design Professional and the Owner with monthly updates of the Overall Project Schedule indicating completed activities and any changes in sequencing or activity durations, including approved change orders. See also Article 3.3.5.

26 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE PART 1 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE SERVICES

2.1.6 Progress Reports and Information. When required, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner such schedule of quantities and costs, payrolls, bills, vouchers, correct copies of all subcontracts, statements, reports, correct copies of all agreements, correspondence, and written transactions with the surety on the performance bond that have any relevance to the Work, estimates, records, and other data as the Owner may request that concerns the Work performed or to be performed under this Contract. When requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall give the Owner access to its records relating to the foregoing. (See also Article 1.2.3, Audits.) The above reports shall include, but are not limited to, (a) written notice of dates by which specified Work will have been completed, (b) written notice of dates by which Non- Compliant Work will be made good, (c) written notice that Non-Compliant Work has been made good, (d) written notice as to the date or dates by which Work that has not been performed with equal steps and at the same rate required by the Overall Project Schedule shall have been brought into conformity with the Overall Project Schedule, (e) date by which any undisputed claim of a Subcontractor supplier, or laborer shall have been paid, (f) written advice regarding the nature and amount of any disputed claim of a Subcontractor, supplier, or laborer, and (g) information regarding Work performed under Change Orders.

2.1.7 Rental Rates and Wage Rates for Change Orders. As soon as is practical, but prior to the completion of the Construction Preparation Period and in any event prior to the commencement of any Work on the Site, the Contractor shall submit in accordance with the style and format of a specimen to be furnished by the Owner for consideration of the Owner the following: (1) a proposal for rental rates on heavy construction equipment that shall apply in the event Change Order Work is performed, and (2) a proposal for wage rates for the types of project labor that shall apply in the event of the execution of any Change Order Work. Under penalty of false swearing, a principal of the contracting firm shall certify that the proposal for rental rates and proposal for wage rates do not exceed current costs for like services. The Owner will in no event consider a rental rate in excess of eighty percent of the rate set forth in the latest edition of the "Compilation of Nationally Averaged Rental Rates for Construction Equipment" of the Associated Equipment Distributors unless the rates proposed in excess of eighty percent are supported by proof satisfactory to the Owner that the excess rates are reasonable. If the equipment is owned by the Contractor the costs shall be charged at a maximum of eighty percent of market monthly rental rates for the amount of time used. If applicable, transportation costs may be included. The decision of the Owner shall be final, binding and conclusive on all parties. Rental rates shall be payable only for the actual time the equipment is required on the Site.

2.1.8 Unit Prices.

2.1.8.1 During Construction Preparation Period. Prior to the completion of the Construction Preparation Period, the Contractor shall establish with the Owner Unit Prices not already bid. Examples include additional installation of stormwater management BMPs, any other anticipated Change Order Work that can utilize Unit Prices, or for any items of Work considered necessary by the Design Professional and not established in the Contract Documents.

2.1.8.2 During Construction. Upon request of the Owner the Contractor shall submit written proposals for unit prices to be applied in the event Change Order Work is authorized by the Owner to be performed under Case (b).

2.1.8.3 Calculation of Unit Prices. Unit Prices include all sums for payment, repayment, reimbursement, remittance, remuneration, compensation, profit, cost, overhead, expense, loss, expenditure, allowance, charge, demand, hire, wages, salary, tax, cash, assessment, price, money, bill, statement, dues, recovery, restitution, benefit, recoupment, exaction, or injury. Unit prices to cover the addition or reinstallation of stormwater management BMPs shall be calculated by type and linear foot. Unit Prices shall not include any Time Dependent Overhead Costs, as such costs will be added as appropriate pursuant to Section 3, Part 3. The Contractor shall certify that the Unit Prices submitted do not exceed current costs in the industry or trade for like services or materials.

2.1.9 Building Commissioning Services. The Owner may provide as a part of its testing services the Building Commissioning services involving the project’s HVAC and exhaust systems, temperature control systems, fire detection and alarm systems, emergency power and lighting system, fire suppression system, security locks and security locking control systems, food service equipment (if applicable), and laundry equipment (if applicable). In the event the Using Agency’s Program specifies additional commissioning services, the Owner shall procure such services as well. The Owner, through its Executive Administrator, may engage an independent Commissioning Authority. It is the intent of this Article that the Commissioning Authority enforce the requirements mentioned herein and certify that the systems and equipment listed all function properly prior to the initiation of each final inspection.

2.1.9.1 Initial Building Commissioning Plan. The Owner may develop with its Commissioning Authority, the Contractor and the Design Professional, an initial Building Commissioning plan to consist of the following:

27 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE PART 1 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE SERVICES

2.1.9.1.1 The Building Commissioning Plan shall include a summary of understanding of the design intent for each of the relevant building systems and equipment. Each design intent summary shall establish critical performance criteria that indicates whether a system is properly functioning.

2.1.9.1.2 The Building Commissioning Plan shall include a commissioning schedule listing the duration of each commissioning activity such as system and equipment manual submittal and approval, equipment start-up, and system and equipment training, and combining all such activities in a manner reflecting the inherent subsidiary relationships between activities. This schedule shall be used as a basis for accomplishing the commissioning portion of the Overall Progress Schedule.

2.1.9.2 Define Duties. The Contractor, in coordination with the Commissioning Authority and the Design Professional, shall during preparation of the Contract Documents clearly define all duties and activities required of the various Trade Contractors relating to Building Commissioning, any necessary order in which these activities and duties must take place, and define all critical performance criteria to be achieved.

2.1.9.3 Inspect, Review and Monitor. The Commissioning Authority shall inspect, review and monitor all Building Commissioning related construction activities for timeliness, completeness and conformance with the criteria established by the contract documents, and report same to the Contractor, Owner and the Design Professional. The Contractor and Commissioning Authority shall coordinate and supervise the training activities of each system.

28 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE PART 2 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE PLAN

PART 2 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE PLAN

2.2.1 Contract Documents.

2.2.1.1 Familiarity with Contract Documents. Contractor represents that it has reviewed or will review and become familiar with the Contract Documents, not later than the commencement of the construction phase.

2.2.1.2 Identification of Construction Documents. The Design Professional shall identify the Construction Documents, which shall include, but are not limited to, the Specifications, the Drawings, and all Addenda. The Construction Documents are included within the Contract Documents.

2.2.1.3 Correlation and Intent. It is the intention of the Owner, Design Professional, and Contractor that the Construction Documents include all items necessary for proper execution and full and final completion of the Work. The Contract and Construction Documents (the Contract Documents) are complementary, and what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. Performance by the Contractor is required to the extent consistent with and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the design intent as expressed in the Contract Documents. The intention of the Owner and the Design Professional is that the Contract and Construction Documents include all labor and materials, equipment, and transportation necessary for the proper execution of the work. It is not intended, however, that materials or work not covered by or properly inferable from any heading, branch, class, or trade of the specifications shall be supplied unless noted on the drawings.

2.2.1.4 Arrangement. of Specifications. The Specifications are separated into numbered and titled divisions for convenience of reference. Neither the Owner nor the Design Professional shall assume any responsibility for defining the limits of any subcontracts on account of the arrangement of the Specifications. Notwithstanding the appearance of such language in the various divisions of the Specifications as, "The Plumbing Contractor,” "The Electrical Contractor," "The Roofing Contractor," etc., the Contractor is responsible to the Owner for the entire Contract and the execution of all of the Work referred to in the Contract Documents. No partial sets of Bidding Documents shall be issued by the Design Professional. Any partial documents issued by the Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

2.2.1.5 Conflicts. The following general principles shall govern the settlement of disputes that may arise over conflicts in the Contract Documents: (a) as between figures given on drawings and the scaled measurements, the figures shall govern; (b) as between large-scale drawings and small-scale drawings, the larger scale shall govern; (c) as between the Contract and the Specifications, the requirements of the Contract, as executed, shall govern. Conflicts noted shall be reported to the Design Professional. The principles set forth herein shall not alter the provisions of Paragraph 1.1.7.1. Schedules, lists, indexes, tables, inventories, written instructions, written descriptions, summaries, statements, classifications, Specifications, written selections, or written designations, although appearing on the drawings, are deemed to be and are Specifications.

2.2.1.6 Requests for Information (RFI). In the event the Contract Documents are not complete, definite, and clear, the Contractor shall request the Design Professional in writing for additional instructions and shall furnish the Owner a copy of the RFI. With reasonable promptness but not more than five days thereafter, the Design Professional shall furnish complete, definite, and clear instructions in writing, or by means of drawings, or both. In the event such additional instructions are given orally for expediency, they shall be confirmed in writing or by drawings or both within five days following the oral instructions. Any such additional instructions shall be consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable therefrom. The Work shall be executed in conformity with the aforesaid instructions. The Design Professional shall furnish the Owner a copy of all additional instructions issued to the Contractor. If, because of events beyond its reasonable control, the Design Professional is not able to meet the specified time period, then it is entitled to ask for additional time from the Owner.

2.2.1.7 Effect of Addenda, Bulletins, and Change Orders. No special implication, interpretation, construction, connotation, denotation, import, or meaning shall be assigned to any provision of the Contract Documents because of changes created by the issuance of any (1) Addendum, (2) Bulletin, or (3) Change Order other than the precise meaning that the Contract Documents would have had if the provision thus created had read originally as it reads subsequent to the (1) Addendum, (2) Bulletin, or (3) Change Order by which it was created.

29 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE PART 2 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE PLAN

2.2.1.8 Intellectual Property Rights in Construction Documents, Drawings, and Models. The drawings, Specifications and other documents prepared by the Design Professional pursuant to this Contract (including, without limitation, the Construction Documents), are the property of the Owner, whether or not the Project for which they are made commences or completes construction. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in such drawings, Specifications, and other similar or related documents; Owner shall retain all common law, statutory, and other intellectual property rights with respect thereto. The Contractor must deliver remaining copies of such documents to the Owner upon request or upon completion of the Work, except that the Contractor may keep one copy of such documents for its files. The Contractor shall only use such drawings, Specifications and other documents for this Project. Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor or material or equipment supplier may use such drawings, Specifications, and other documents on other projects without the specific written consent of the Owner. All models are the property of the Owner.

2.2.2 Documents at the Project Site.

2.2.2.1 Drawings and Specifications at the Project Site. The Contractor shall keep at the Site at least one copy of the Contract Documents and Change Orders, all in good order and available to the Design Professional and to his representatives.

2.2.2.2 Recording Changes. The Contractor shall record all changes and shall annotate a copy of the drawings to reflect the as-built condition as required in Paragraph 1.1.7.3 above.

2.2.3 Submittals. Submittals required by the Contract Documents shall be prepared specifically for the Work by the Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Submittals are not Contract Documents.

2.2.3.1 Submittal Schedule. Within sixty days after the Effective Date of the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a Submittal Schedule for review and approval of the Design Professional. In establishing the Submittal Schedule the Contractor shall take into account large submittal documents that will require longer review times, e.g., submittals with over fifty sheets of drawings. The Design Professional’s approval shall be based on conformance of the Submittal Schedule with the Overall Project Schedule, subject to change from time to time in accordance with the progress of the Work.

2.2.3.2 Submission and Approval. The Contractor’s Submittals must comply with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall review and approve all Submittals prior to submission. The Contract Documents shall specify when shop drawings or submittals require the seal of a specialty consultant. The Contractor shall submit copies of Submittals as required by the Contract Documents for the Work of the various trades. The Design Professional shall review, approve, or take other appropriate action with respect to shop drawings, samples, or other submissions of the Contractor, including, but not limited to, confirming conformance with the design concept of the Project and with the Contract Documents. The Design Professional shall respond to and return said items to the Contractor within fourteen calendar days from receipt provided that the Submittals are submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the required Submittal schedule. The Design Professional shall review and give comment or approval to Submittal schedule within fourteen calendar days from receipt. Large submittal documents may require longer review times, e.g., submittals with over fifty sheets of drawings. If, because of events beyond its reasonable control, the Design Professional is not able to meet the specified time period, then it is entitled to ask for additional time from the Owner. The Contractor shall make all corrections required by the Design Professional and furnish such corrected copies as may be needed. If the Contractor believes that any corrections required by the Design Professional constitute a change to the contract, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Design Professional and Owner and request instructions. By forwarding the approved Submittals to the Design Professional, the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field measurements, and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such Submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. The Design Professional’s approval of Submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility for errors of any sort in Submittals or schedules. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require Submittals until the Design Professional has approved the respective Submittal. The Contractor shall maintain at the Site one copy of all approved Submittals.

2.2.3.3 Cost of Additional Review. The Design Professional shall be responsible for an initial and one subsequent review of the Submittal. Where the subsequent Submittal is not accepted due to noncompliance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be responsible for payment for the additional time required by the Design Professional to complete the Submittal review.

30 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 2 – PRE-COMMENCEMENT PHASE PART 2 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE PLAN

2.2.4 Manufacturer's Recommendations. All work or materials shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and requirements. The Contractor shall obtain the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements, for its use at the Site in executing the Work, copies of bulletins, circulars, catalogues, or other publications bearing the manufacturer’s titles, numbers, editions, dates, etc. If the manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements are not available, the Contractor shall request installation instructions from the Design Professional.

2.2.5 Site Plan.

2.2.5.1 General. The Design Professional is responsible for providing the initial sealed Site Plan as a part of the Bidding Documents. During the Pre-Commencement phase, the Contractor shall review the initial Site Plan and make and submit recommendations for any changes to the initial Site Plan. The Contractor is required to obtain the land disturbance permit(s) applicable to the Owner that implement the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) requirements for stormwater management for construction activities from the appropriate issuing authority. Compliance requires that there be properly designed Best Management Practices (BMPs), properly installed BMPs, and inspection and maintenance of the installed BMPs.

2.2.5.2 Implementation. The Design Professional will depict upon the Site Plan its initial recommendations as to elements of the erosion, sedimentation, and pollution control plan, specifying his recommended design of BMPs for the Project, including stormwater management facilities, and other like matters. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to review the design of the BMPs and submit any changes to the plan, including the Contractor’s desired use of entrances to the Site, Contractor’s trailer(s) location, laydown areas and other similar matters affecting the design and implementation of the BMPs. The Design Professional and Contractor shall arrive at a final sealed Site Plan for submission to the permitting officials that enables the land disturbance permitting of the Project. The Design Professional and Contractor shall resolve with the local permitting official any deficiencies by the end of the Pre-commencement period.

2.2.5.3 Installation, Inspection, and Maintenance. The Contractor is responsible for installation and maintenance of the BMPs as a part of its Bid. The Design Professional shall obtain the services of a qualified testing laboratory to inspect the BMPs in accordance with the permits, the costs of such inspections to be borne by the Owner. In the event of Abnormal Weather Conditions or force majeure, the Contractor shall be compensated for re-installation of BMPs at established Unit Prices.

2.2.6 Geological and Archeological Specimens. If, during the execution of the Work, the Contractor, any Subcontractor, or any servant, employee, or agent of either should uncover any valuable material or materials, such as, but not limited to, treasure trove, geological specimens, archival material, archeological specimens, or ore, the Contractor acknowledges that title to the foregoing is vested in the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Owner upon the discovery of any of the foregoing, shall take reasonable steps to safeguard it, and seek further instruction from the Design Professional. Any additional cost incurred by the Contractor shall be addressed under the provision for changed conditions. The Contractor agrees that the Geological and Water Resources Division and the Historic Preservation Division of the Georgia Department of Natural Resources may inspect the Work at reasonable times.

31 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 1 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE SERVICES

SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE

PART 1 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE SERVICES

3.1.1 Basic Construction Services.

3.1.1.1 Requirement to Commence Work. The Contractor shall under all circumstances commence work under this Contract no later than ten days after the Proceed Order Date of the Proceed Order.

3.1.1.2 Payment for Services and Work. Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, labor, services, water, tools, equipment, light, power, transportation, and other utilities and facilities necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work.

3.1.1.3 Quality of Materials and Workmanship. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new, and both workmanship and materials shall be of good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and work. The burden of proof is on the Contractor.

3.1.1.4 Quality and Discipline of Employees. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good order among his employees and shall not employ on the work any unfit person or anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him.

3.1.1.5 Failure of the Contractor to Supply Workmen. A Notice of Non-Compliant Work may be issued for failure of the Contractor to supply enough workers or enough materials or proper materials.

3.1.1.6 Superintendence and Supervision by Contractor.

3.1.1.6.1 Supervision by Contractor. The Contractor shall give efficient supervision to the work, using his best skill and attention. He shall carefully study and compare all drawings, specifications, and instructions and shall at once report to the Design Professional any error, inconsistency, or omission that he may discover, but he shall not be held responsible for their existence or discovery.

3.1.1.6.2 Superintendent of Contractor. The Contractor shall keep on this work during its progress and until the Final Certificate has been executed by the Design Professional a competent Project Superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to the Design Professional and Owner. The Project Superintendent shall not be changed except with the consent of the Owner and the Design Professional unless the superintendent proves to be unsatisfactory to the Contractor and ceases to be in his employ. The superintendent represents the Contractor and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.

3.1.1.6.3 Replacement Project Superintendent. If the Contractor terminates the Project Superintendent or, if the Contractor, for any reason, engages a Project Superintendent different from the one originally assigned to the Project, Contractor must ensure that the replacement Project Superintendent has similar qualifications and experience as the originally identified Project Superintendent. Furthermore, the Contractor must obtain the Owner's prior written approval before engaging a permanent replacement Project Superintendent.

3.1.2 Measurements and Dimensions. Before ordering material or doing work that is dependent upon coordination with building conditions, the Contractor shall verify all dimensions, elevations, grades, and pitch by taking measurements at the building and shall be responsible for the correctness of same. Any discrepancies between the drawings and/or specifications and the existing conditions shall be referred to the Design Professional for additional instructions before any work affected thereby is begun.

3.1.3 Rain Water, Surface Water, and Back-up. The Contractor shall protect all Work, including but not limited to, excavations and trenches, from rainwater, surface water, and back up of drains and sewers. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, pumps, shoring, enclosures, and equipment necessary to protect and to keep the Work free of water.

3.1.4 Dust Control. Dust-proof enclosures or partitions for protection wherever dusty or dirty work is performed and dampening of debris to avoid dusting when removed shall be provided and included as a cost of the work.

3.1.5 Cutting, Patching, and Fitting. The Contractor shall do all cutting, patching, and fitting of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and fit.

32 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 1 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE SERVICES

3.1.6 Space Conditions. All pipes passing through floors, walls, and ceilings shall be installed with sufficient space between them to permit installation of pipe insulation and floor, wall, and ceiling plates without cutting of insulation or plates. Roughed-in dimensions shall be prepared by the Contractor to accomplish this requirement. The Contractor shall locate all equipment that must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fully accessible positions. This provision includes but is not limited to valves, traps, cleanouts, motors, controllers, switchgear, drain points, filter, access doors, and fire dampers. If spaces, dimensions, or other design conditions do not permit compliance with the present article, the Contractor shall file a request in writing with the Design Professional for additional instructions, furnishing a copy to the Owner.

3.1.7 Cleaning Up.

3.1.13.1 During Construction. At all times, the Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste material or rubbish caused by his employees, Trade Contractors, or work. Periodically during the course of the Work he shall remove all his rubbish from and about the building and all his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave his work "broom-clean" or its equivalent, unless more exactly specified. Prior to Final Completion by a Trade Contractor of any Trade Contract, Contractor shall require the Trade Contractor to remove from the Work and Site all temporary systems, tools, equipment, machinery, and surplus materials not required for the continued performance of any Work under the Trade Contract or this Contract. In case of dispute, after 48 hours written notice the Owner may remove the rubbish and charge the cost to the Contractor.

3.1.13.2 Prior to Material Completion. Prior to the inspection for Material Completion of the Project Contractor shall remove from the Site all wastes and rubbish, clean all tile and glass surfaces, replace broken glass, remove stains, paint spots, and clean and polish all plumbing fixtures and equipment, leave the Work “vacuum clean” or its substantial equivalent, all hard surface floors swept and mopped, all carpeted floors vacuumed, all surfaces other than floors dusted, blower dusted, or wiped (depending on type of surface) and surface blemishes cleaned, all glazing washed [both sides], and all electrical and mechanical equipment and fixtures cleaned, with all ductwork cleaned and filters replaced, if such are dirty, before other cleaning is started, and re-cleaned if any dust or dirt has gotten into the ductwork during the cleaning process. The Contractor shall restore existing facilities such as roads, other paved surfaces, fencing, curbing and the like at the Site to at least their preconstruction conditions; provided, however, the Contractor may, in an orderly fashion, leave such equipment and supplies at the Site as necessary to achieve Final Completion of the Project. This cleaning must be completed before the Contractor can expect the Design Professional to commence the inspection for Material Completion. To achieve Material Completion, the Contractor shall have fully cleaned the Site – all debris must have been removed from the site and all paved surfaces must have been broom swept and thoroughly hosed down.

3.1.8 Duty of Contractor to Report Defects. If any part of the Contractor’s work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any Separate Contractor to the Owner, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Design Professional any apparent defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.

3.1.9 Duty of Contractor to Report Conflicts. To ensure the proper execution of his subsequent work, the Contractor shall measure work already in place and shall at once report to the Design Professional any discrepancy between the executed Work and the drawings or specifications.

33 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

3.2.1 Acknowledgement of Existing Physical Conditions. In undertaking the work under this Contract, the Contractor acknowledges that he has visited the premises and has taken into consideration all open and apparent conditions that might affect his work. No claim based on lack of knowledge of existing conditions shall be allowed unless the existing physical conditions cannot be discovered by a reasonably observant person. Any claims relating to conditions that are materially different from the Contract Documents that were not open and apparent may be adjusted as provided in this Part.

3.2.2 Owner’s Right to Make Changes. Without invalidating the Contract, the Owner, by Change Order and without notice to the sureties, may authorize or order extra work or changes by altering, adding to, or deducting from the Work or the Contract Time, the Contract Sum being adjusted accordingly. All Change Orders shall be performed under the conditions of the original Contract except that any claim for extension of time caused thereby shall be adjusted at the time of signing of the Change Order. (See Change Order formats in Section 7.) Prior to the issuance of the Proceed Order, the Contractor and the Owner shall advise each other in writing of their designees authorized to accept and approve changes to the Contract Sum and the limits to each designee's authority. Should any designee or limits of authority change during the time this Contract is in effect, the Contractor or Owner shall give written notice to the other as provided in Article 1.1.5. There is no legal limitation on the Owner’s right to make changes such as may be, in the Owner’s sole discretion, useful or desirable to the Project.

3.2.3 Changes Forbidden without Consent of Owner. Neither the Design Professional nor the Contractor shall make any change whatsoever in the work without an approved Change Order. In the absence of an approved Change Order, the Contractor shall have no claim for payment, repayment, reimbursement, remittance, remuneration, compensation, profit, cost, overhead, expense, loss, expenditure, allowance, charge, demand, hire, wages, salary, tax, cash, assessment, price, money, bill, statement, dues, recovery, restitution, benefit, recoupment, exaction, injury, damages, or time based upon or resulting from any change. The provisions of this Article do not apply to emergencies as described in Article 1.4.4.

3.2.4 Form and Execution of Change Orders.

3.2.4.1 The Change Order. The Change Order is the instrument by which adjustments in the Contract Sum and the Contract Time are effected. The Change Order shall be accompanied by a breakdown as set forth in Paragraph 3.2.7.4. The breakdown is for the purpose of enabling the Design Professional and the Owner to make a judgment on the dollar amount of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and is not a part of the Change Order. No condition, term, qualification, limitation, exception, exemption, modification, or proviso, except as set forth in this Part, shall appear in the breakdown. Only such conditions, terms, qualifications, limitations, exceptions, exemptions, modifications, and provisos as are permitted under this Part are valid. The Design Professional shall certify to the dollar amount and description of the adjustments permitted by the Change Order.

3.2.4.2 Execution of Change Orders. Change Orders shall be signed by the Contractor, ordinarily certified by the Design Professional, and approved by the Owner in accordance with the form of Change Order prescribed by the Owner. No request for payment by the Contractor for a Change Order shall be due, nor shall any such request appear on an Application for Payment, until the Change Order is executed by the Owner. In the event of emergency (see Article 1.4.4) or significant impact to the Overall Project Schedule, the Owner shall direct the Change Order to proceed upon a Force Account until the cost and time is resolved in the manner set forth in Paragraph 3.2.7.3 below.

3.2.4.3 Disagreement between Design Professional and Contractor.

3.2.4.3.1 As to Contract Sum. Should the Design Professional disagree with the Contractor as to the amount of the adjustment to the Contract Sum and such disagreement is not resolved between them within seven days, the Owner, if it desires the Change Order work to proceed, may direct a Change Order for Force Account or Indeterminate Units.

34 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

3.2.4.3.2 As to Contract Time. Should the Design Professional disagree with the Contractor as to the amount of the adjustment to the Contract Time and such disagreement not be resolved between them within seven days, the decision of the Design Professional as to any adjustment in the Contract Time, including any designation by the Design Professional of such time as is eligible for Time Dependent Overhead Costs, shall be final, subject to protest to the Owner of the Design Professional’s decision as set forth in Section 5 Part 2.

3.2.4.3.3 As to Other Disagreements. Should the Design Professional disagree with the Contractor as to matters other than Contract Sum or Contract Time, the dispute shall be resolved by the Owner as set forth in Section 5, Part 2.

3.2.4.4 Change Order Conditions. All Change Orders are issued under the following conditions and shall contain the following language as appropriate:

3.2.4.4.1 For Lump Sum Change Order: The payment and extension of time (if any) provided by this Change Order constitutes compensation in full to the Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers for all costs and markups directly and indirectly attributable to the Change Order herein, for all delays related thereto and for performance of changes within the time stated.

3.2.4.4.2 For Force Account or Indefinite Amount Change Order: The payment and extension of time (if any) provided by this Change Order constitutes interim compensation to the Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers for actual costs and markups directly and indirectly attributable to the Change Order herein, for all delays related thereto and for performance of changes within the time stated.

3.2.4.4.3 For All Change Orders: Any changes or reservations by the Contractor to the representations and releases in the Change Order, or refusal of the Contractor to execute the Change Order, shall be a material breach of this Contract that may be sufficient cause to issue a declaration of default.

3.2.5 All Cost and Time Impacts to be Included. Each Change Order shall include all time and monetary impacts of the change. Failure to include a change in Contract Time or in Contract Sum in Change Orders shall be considered a zero price/zero time Change Order and shall waive any change in Contract Time and Contract Sum. Commencement of Work upon a Change Order is conclusive proof that the Contractor accepts the Change Order.

3.2.6 Changes in Contract Time. All Change Orders must state that the Contract Time and the Material Completion and Occupancy Date either are not changed or are increased or decreased by a specific number of Days. The CONTRACTOR must provide written justification for the extension to the Design Professional and to the Owner. The written justification must demonstrate an anticipated actual increase in the time required to complete the Work beyond that allowed by the Contract as adjusted by prior Change Orders to the Contract. No extension to the Contract Time shall be allowed unless the additional or changed Work increases the length of the critical path beyond the Material Completion and Occupancy Date. If approved, the increase in time required to complete the Work shall be added to the Contract Time. The Owner may decrease, by Change Order, the Contract Time when an Owner-requested deletion from the Work results in a decrease in the actual time required to complete the Work as demonstrable on the critical path of the Construction Progress Schedule. Eligibility and processing requirements for Time Dependent Overhead Costs for compensable delay is addressed in Article 3.3.8 and 3.3.10.

3.2.7 Determining the Cost to Owner for Changes. The cost to the Owner of any change shall be determined in one or more of the following ways:

3.2.7.1 Lump Sum. The Change Order cost is determined by mutual agreement as a lump sum amount changing the Contract Sum allowed for completion of the Work. The Change Order shall be substantiated by documentation itemizing the estimated quantities and costs of all labor, materials and equipment required as well as any mark-up used. The price change shall include the cost percent allowed for the Contractor's overhead and profit and, if eligible, Time Dependent Overhead Costs.

3.2.7.2 Unit Price Work. The Change Order cost is calculated by using unit prices and calculating the number of net units of Work in each part of the Work that is changed, either as the Work progresses or before Work on the change commences, and by then multiplying the calculated number of units by the applicable unit price set forth in the Contract or multiplying by a mutually agreed unit price if none was provided in the Contract. No

35 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

additional percentage markup for overhead or profit shall be added to the unit prices as this markup is included within the unit prices. Time Dependent Overhead Costs will be added if eligible.

3.2.7.3 Force Account. The Change Order cost is accomplished by Force Account in the event the Contractor and Design Professional cannot agree on the cost of the Change Order or the cost cannot be reasonably determined prior to beginning the Work.

3.2.7.3.1 A Force Account is the establishment by the Owner’s Incumbrance Record of a maximum dollar amount (Stipulated Maximum Sum) beyond which no changed work may be undertaken, subject to amendment, for funding all costs of a Change Order. As the Work authorized by the Change Order progresses, the Contractor must provide an accounting of actual costs incurred in accomplishing the Work. The accounting must include an annotated copy of the Overall Project Schedule to accurately show the status of the Work at the time the Change Order utilizing a Force Account is issued, to show the start and finish of the changed Work, and to show the status of the Work when the changed Work is completed.

3.2.7.3.2 Actual costs, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by the Owner, shall not exceed those prevailing for the trades or crafts, materials, and equipment in the locality of the Project, may include only those items listed as allowable in Article 3.2.9, and shall not include any of the costs listed as not allowable in Article 3.2.10. The Owner shall be permitted, on a daily basis, to verify such records and may require such additional records as are necessary to determine the cost of the change to the Work.

3.2.7.3.3 The Owner shall prescribe the dollar limit for a Force Account in writing by authorizing a Stipulated Maximum Sum of money to be committed toward execution of the said change, and the Contractor shall have no authority to perform any change that will cost the Owner in excess of the Stipulated Maximum Sum. The Stipulated Maximum Sum shall be based on the estimated cost of the Work and the Contractor's allowance for overhead and profit as set forth in 3.2.8 below, including any time extension, Time Dependent Overhead Costs (if eligible), and a reasonable contingency. It shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to apply in writing to the Owner, NOT to the Design Professional, for an increase in the Stipulated Maximum Sum if the total value of the Work is approaching and might exceed the Stipulated Maximum Sum.

3.2.7.3.4 Within fourteen days of the conclusion of such Work ordered by Force Account, the Contractor and the Owner shall arrive at the total lump sum cost for the Change Order. Such lump sum cost shall be incorporated into and finalize the Change Order, and shall reference and close the Incumbrance Record establishing the Force Account.

3.2.7.4 Breakdown of Expenditures. The Contractor shall review any Owner requested or directed change and shall respond in writing within fourteen calendar days after receipt of the proposed change (or such other reasonable time as the Owner may direct), stating the effect of the proposed change upon his Work, including any increase or decrease in the Contract Time and Sum. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner and the Design Professional an itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices and expenditures for labor and materials used in computing the proposed change in Contract Sum, in the form prescribed by the Owner, and the breakdown shall be accompanied by the following declaration:

I do solemnly swear to the best of my knowledge, information, and belief, that the costs shown hereinabove do not exceed current costs for like services or materials in the locality of the Project and, in the case of a Force Account, the costs represented do not exceed the actual costs to the Contractor; and that the quantities shown do not exceed actual requirements.

The Contractor shall obtain and furnish as back up to the Contractor’s breakdown a separate breakdown for each subcontractor's charges prepared by each subcontractor on the letterhead of the subcontractor and properly signed by the subcontractor. The Owner shall review the Contractor’s proposal and respond to the Contractor within fourteen days of receipt.

36 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

3.2.8 Cost Allowable for Changes to the Work, Allowances for Contractor, and Permissible Expenditures.

3.2.8.1 Overhead and Profit. The percentage for overhead and profit to be used in calculating additive changes in the Work (not including changes covered by unit prices) shall not exceed the percentages for each category listed below. Said percentages for overhead and profit shall be applied only on the net cost of the changed Work, (i.e., the difference in cost between original and revised Work).

3.2.8.1.1 Contractor. If the Contractor does all or part of the changed Work with employees that work directly for the Contractor, its markup for overhead and profit on the changed Work the Contractor performs with its employees shall be twenty-five percent of the first $50,000 of the net Allowable Costs, and twenty percent of the remaining net Allowable Costs, if any.

3.2.8.1.2 Subcontractor. If a Subcontractor does all or part of the changed Work with employees that work directly for the Subcontractor, the Subcontractor's markup for overhead and profit on the Work the Subcontractor performs with its employees shall be twenty-five percent of the first $50,000 of the net Allowable Costs, and twenty percent of the remaining net Allowable Costs, if any. Determination of a Subcontractor’s extended overhead costs, if any, is the responsibility of the Contractor.

3.2.8.1.3 Contractor’s Markup on Subcontractor’ Work. The Contractor's management markup on the subcontractor's net additional allowable expenditures shall be seven and one half percent. The Contractor shall not be permitted the overhead and profit markup on Time Dependent Overhead Costs, but shall be permitted a management markup of five percent on Time Dependent Overhead Costs.

3.2.8.1.4 Second and Lower Tier Subcontractor. If a Subcontractor at any tier does all or part of the changed Work with its employees, the Subcontractor's markup on the Subcontractor’s work with its employees shall be twenty-five percent of the first $50,000 of the cost, and twenty percent of the remaining cost, if any. The management markup of a Subcontractor's work by the Contractor and all intervening tiers of Subcontractors shall not exceed seven and one half percent for the Contractor and any Subcontractor, or a total of fifteen percent for the changes to the Work.

3.2.8.2 The above percentages shall be applied to the net Allowable Costs, if any, as limited and defined in this Part. If the net difference between Allowable Costs and credits to the Owner results in a decrease in the Owner’s cost, the amount of credit allowed the Owner shall be the net decrease without any allowance for profit and overhead. Other than any eligible Time Dependent Overhead Costs, all costs that are not Allowable Costs in Article 3.2.9 or are disallowed in Article 3.2.10 shall be considered as overhead and shall be exclusively compensated in the allowances provided for in paragraph 3.2.8.1 above.

3.2.9 Allowable Costs for Changes in the Work. Allowable cost for changes to the Work are limited to the following:

3.2.9.1 Labor costs for employees directly employed in the change in the Work, including salaries and wages plus the cost of payroll charges and fringe benefits and overtime premiums, if such premiums are explicitly authorized by the Owner, set at rates established in the manner set forth in Article 2.1.7.

3.2.9.2 Materials incorporated into the change to the Work, including costs of transportation, handling, fuel, and on-site storage, if applicable.

3.2.9.3 Equipment incorporated in the changed Work or equipment used directly in accomplishing the Work. If the equipment is rented expressly for accomplishing the change in the Work, that cost shall be the rental rate according to the terms of the rental agreement, which the Owner shall have the right to approve, or shall be set at rates established in the manner set forth in Article 2.1.7. The decision of the Owner shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

3.2.9.4 Costs of increases in premiums for the Contractor’s Payment Bond and Performance Bond or for bond premiums for its Subcontractors, to the extent that such increased costs are a result of coverage adjustments for changes in Work approved by the Owner. Prior to requesting payment for the Change Order work, the Contractor shall provide proof of its notification to the Surety of the change in the Work and of the Surety's agreement to include such change in its coverage. The cost of the increase in premium shall be an allowable cost but shall not be marked up. In no event shall a cost in excess of two percent of the cost of the change be allowable.

37 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

3.2.9.5 Sales, consumer, use, and other applicable taxes that are legally in effect at the time the change order is approved.

3.2.9.6 Any other costs directly attributable to the change in the Work, such as professional engineering costs, except those set forth in Articles 3.2.8 and 3.2.10.

3.2.9.7 For Change Order Work directed by the Owner, where the headquarters of the Subcontractor actually performing the work is more than 100 miles from the Project Site, the Subcontractor may include in the cost of the Change Order a stipend of fifty dollars per day for each worker performing work at the Site if that worker is receiving a per diem under present company policy, not to exceed the number of workers and number of days determined by Design Professional’s decision to be attributable to the new work so ordered, so long as the number of workers and number of days attributable to any deleted work is deducted there from. No allowance for overhead or profit as set forth in Article 3.2.8 may be added to the Change Order cost on account of the stipend amount, and the full amount of the stipend must be actually paid to the eligible worker or it shall be forfeited by the Contractor and Subcontractor(s).

3.2.9.8 The Owner may require any or all of the following documentation to be provided by the Contractor to support the Allowable Costs:

(a) certified payroll records showing the name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate, and extension for each laborer, foreman, supervisor or other worker; (b) equipment type & model, dates, daily hours, total hours, rental rate or other specified rate, and extension for each unit of equipment; (c) invoices for materials showing quantities, prices, and extensions; (d) daily records of waste materials removed from the Site and/or fill materials imported to the Site; (e) certified measurements of over excavations, piling installed and similar work; and/or (f) transportation records for materials, including prices, loads, and extensions.

3.2.10 Costs Not Allowable for Changes in the Work. Costs not allowable under any circumstances are as follows:

3.2.10.1 Costs due to the negligence of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or other persons for whom the Contractor is responsible, including but not limited to costs of delay, costs for the correction of Non-Compliant Work, costs for improper disposal of material, costs for equipment wrongly supplied, costs for the Contractor’s delay in performing the Work, or costs for delay in ordering and obtaining normally available materials or equipment.

3.2.10.2 Home office expenses, including payroll costs for the Contractor's or any Subcontractors’ officers, executives, administrators, accountants, counsel, engineers, timekeepers, estimators, clerks, and other similar administrative personnel employed by the Contractor, whether at the Site or in the Contractor's or a Subcontractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work (including those referred to as “Eichlay costs”). These costs are deemed overhead included in the percentage markups allowable in Article 3.2.8 above.

3.2.10.3 Home and branch office expenses that include, but are not limited to, expenses of Contractor's home and branch offices, Contractor's capital expenses, interest on Contractor's capital used for the Work, charges for delinquent payments, small tools, incidental costs, rent, utilities, telephone and office equipment, and other general overhead expenses of the home and branch office (including those referred to as “Eichlay costs”).

3.2.10.4 Where Work is deleted from the Contract (by Bulletin, Change Order, or otherwise) prior to commencement of that Work without substitution of other similar Work, one hundred percent of the Contract Sum attributable to that Work shall be deducted from the Contract Sum. However, in the event that material submittals have been approved and orders placed for said materials, a lesser amount as justified by proper documentation shall be deducted from the Contract Sum. The credit if any to the Owner for reduced premiums on payment bonds and performance bonds shall be in all cases one hundred percent of the credit. If the deductive Change Order affects the critical path or the schedule and it causes an overall reduction in the Contract Time, jobsite time dependent expenses shall be included in the deduction at the rate established in the Contract for Time Dependent Overhead Costs.

3.2.10.5 Wages of a foreman, if the foreman is concurrently supervising other Work at the Site.

3.2.10.6 Premiums for bonds required of Subcontractors by the Contractor. 38 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

3.2.11 Change Order Formats. Formats for Lump Sum Change Orders and for Change Orders based upon either a force account or upon unit pricing with an indeterminate number of units are in Section 7, Forms.

3.2.12 Changes due to Subsurface or Other Unforeseen Conditions.

3.2.12.1 Subsurface Conditions. Unless the Contract Documents stipulate specific quantities and units of rock or unsuitable soils, the Contractor shall assume material below the surface of the Earth to be earth and other material that can be removed by power shovel or similar equipment. Should conditions encountered below the surface of the ground be at variance to the number of unit requirements as indicated by drawings or specifications, and absent an agreed-upon unit price established prior to the bid by Addendum, or after contract execution by Change Order, the Contract Sum and/or time shall be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents for changes in the work.

3.2.12.2 Other Unforeseen Conditions. If unknown physical conditions are encountered at the Site that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall give notice to the Design Professional promptly before conditions are further disturbed, but in no event later than two business days after the first observance of the conditions. The Design Professional shall promptly investigate such conditions and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time required for performance of any part of the Work, the Design Professional may recommend an adjustment by Change Order to the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Design Professional determines that the conditions at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Design Professional shall so notify the Owner and the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Protest by either party of the Design Professional’s decision shall be in accordance with Section 5, Part 2.

3.2.13 Compensable Rock. CAUTION: No rock for which extra compensation is expected to be received shall be removed except pursuant to and in conformity with a written authorization or order of the Owner. Unless otherwise provided in the Bid Documents, no removal of rock as defined herein shall be included in the Bid. Shale, rottenstone, or stratified rock that can be loosened with a pick or removed by a hydraulic excavator equivalent to a Caterpillar Model 215, a single engine pan (Caterpillar 621 or equivalent) that is pushed by a crawler tractor (Caterpillar D-8K or equivalent), or similar equipment shall not be classified as rock.

3.2.13.1 Definitions of Compensable Rock. Rock, for the purposes of pricing its removal, is defined as follows:

3.2.13.1.1 Rippable Rock. Rippable rock is defined as any material that can be ripped with a single-tooth hydraulic ripper drawn by a crawler tractor having a minimum draw bar pull rated at not less than 56,000 pounds (Caterpillar D-8K or equivalent) and occupies an original volume of at least one cubic yard.

3.2.13.1.2 Mass Rock. Mass rock is defined as any material that cannot be ripped with a single- tooth hydraulic ripper drawn by a crawler tractor having a minimum draw bar pull rated at not less than 56,000 pounds (Caterpillar D-8K or equivalent) and occupies an original volume of at least one cubic yard.

3.2.13.1.3 Trench Rock. Trench rock is defined as any material that must be removed from a trench that cannot be excavated with a hydraulic excavator having a bucket curling force rated at not less than 18,300 pounds (Caterpillar Model 215 or equivalent) and occupies an original volume of at least one-half cubic yard.

3.2.13.1.4 Caisson Rock. Caisson Rock is defined as material that must be removed from a shaft which cannot be penetrated faster than two feet per hour (fifteen minute minimum) using a rock auger with bullet-shaped hardened steel teeth (Kennametal bits or equivalent), and the drilling equipment should have the capacity to produce a continuous torque of at least 1,000,000 inch pounds and a downward force of at least 50,000 pounds (a Hughes LLDH in good working condition) for piers up to seventy two inches in diameter. Use of equipment with greater torque or downward force modifies the definition of refusal to be the point at which the equipment cannot penetrate faster than two feet per hour (fifteen minute minimum). In rare cases, refusal may occur on a rock seam or boulder above the general massive rock surface. The compensation for Caisson Rock should include only material that cannot be penetrated by the rock auger at the specified rate.

39 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

3.2.13.2 Pricing for Compensable Rock. All compensable rock shall be priced by unit prices upon volume prior to removal and shall be calculated by survey and engineering calculations. No rock shall be priced by truckload, bucket load, or other similar pricing methods. Unit prices shall be determined prior to removal, either in the Contract Documents or by Change Order. Unit prices shall be inclusive of all profit and overhead, except for Time Dependent Overhead Costs. Unit prices shall include the following:

(a) Excavation and removal of all rubble; (b) Addition and removal of overburden for blasting; (c) Excavation of all blast rubble; (d) Replacement of suitable soils in areas of overblasting or over removal; and (e) All costs of labor, equipment, supplies, blasting materials, safety requirements, drayage, haulage, and disposal, including offsite disposal costs.

The Contractor expressly agrees that the Contractor’s sole monetary remedy for extensions of Contract Time due to removal of rock that materially affects the completion of the Work by lengthening the critical path of the Overall Project Schedule shall be the daily rate established in the Time Dependent Overhead Costs in the Contract. Extensions of Time and compensation for Time Dependent Overhead Costs for compensable rock are to be processed as a Change Order pursuant to Article 3.2.6.

3.2.14 Subcontractor Claims for Extended General Conditions Costs. The daily rate for Time Dependent Overhead Costs established in the Contract is intended to compensate the Contractor for the additional jobsite overhead costs resulting from any compensable time extension. The Contractor, in its sole discretion, shall be responsible for allocating the Time Dependent Overhead Costs among its affected subcontractors and itself. Owner’s payment of the Time Dependent Overhead Costs to the Contractor, and Contractor’s allocation thereof, shall constitute the only monetary compensation the Contractor and subcontractors shall be entitled to receive as reimbursement for Time Dependent Overhead Costs incurred as a result of any compensable delay to the Project.

3.2.15 Release of Claims. The execution by the Contractor of a Change Order shall be and operate as a release to the Owner of all claims by the Contractor and of all liability owing to the Contractor for all things done or furnished in connection with the Work described in the Change Order. The execution of any Change Order by the Owner shall not be an acceptance of any Work or materials not in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor shall it relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship or operate to release the Contractor or his surety from any obligation arising under the Contract or the Performance Bond or Payment Bond.

3.2.16 Sole Source Designation for Change Order Work.

3.2.16.1 Definition of Sole Source. As used in this Article 3.2.16, “Sole Source” means a Trade Contractor or Supplier or Subcontractor specified by name in a Bulletin as the exclusive source from which conforming goods or services may be obtained. Designation of goods or services by reference to a named source accompanied by the qualification “or equal” or similar language is not a designation of a Sole Source as that term is defined herein.

3.2.16.2 Limitations. This Article 3.2.16 applies only to Bulletins referenced in a proposed Change Order that designates a Sole Source that was not designated in the Bidding Documents. Except as stated in this Article, the Contractor’s inability to obtain payment and performance bonds from Sole Source Subcontractors or warranties from Subcontractors, as required under the Bidding Documents for this Contract, shall not otherwise excuse the Contractor from its bonding and warranty obligations under this Contract.

3.2.16.3 Sole Source as Grounds for Rejection of a Change Order. If a Change Order is submitted to Contractor for the purposes of adding a Bulletin to this Contract and said Bulletin designates a Sole Source from which Contractor is required to procure goods or services necessary to perform the Work, which Sole Source has not been designated previously, Contractor shall be entitled to reject the proposed Change Order if the designated Sole Source refuses to provide to Contractor the warranties, bonds, terms or schedule required under the Contract Documents, including any warranty or terms or schedule required by Bulletins referenced in the proposed Change Order. In such event, Contractor shall give written notice to the Owner rejecting the proposed Change Order and, if possible, shall accompany said written notice with a proposal from Contractor for changes or modifications to the Bulletin so as to eliminate the Sole Source designation but to achieve goods or services equal in quality or function. The Owner may then require the Design Professional to revise the subject Bulletin so as to eliminate the designation of the Sole Source by incorporation of Contractor's proposal or otherwise. Upon revision of the Bulletin by the Design Professional and approval thereof by the Owner, the Owner shall again submit to the Contractor a proposed Change Order for the purpose of adding the revised Bulletin to this Contract. If the Owner decides to retain the Sole Source in the Change Order and Contractor 40 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 2 – CHANGES TO THE WORK

cannot acquire the full contractually required warranties from the Sole Source, Contractor shall be held only to the warranty terms and schedule obtainable from the Sole Source.

3.2.16.4 No Excuse Without Notice. If Contractor accepts a proposed Change Order adding a Bulletin to this Contract that designates a Sole Source without invoking this Article and putting the Owner on notice, Contractor shall not be excused from its obligations with respect to the described Work by reason of the refusal of a designated Sole Source to provide warranties as required under this Contract.

41 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 3 – TIME

PART 3 – TIME

3.3.1 Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Contract and all obligations hereunder.

3.3.2 Competent Management of Time. The Contractor has represented to the Owner, in order to be awarded this contract, that the Contractor is experienced in managing construction in accordance with contract requirements and in a timely manner and that the Contractor has included in his proposal sufficient sums to carefully and competently manage this project for completion within the stipulated Contract Time.

3.3.3 Contract Time.

3.3.3.1 Fair and Reasonable. The Contractor has carefully examined and analyzed the Site, the Contract Documents, and all known factors related to his ability to complete this project within the Contract Time stipulated. By submitting his bid for this project, the Contractor agrees that the stipulated Contract Time is fair and reasonable.

3.3.3.2 Delays. The parties recognize there may be delays to perform Change Order work in the event that conditions encountered at the Site are different from those indicated in the Contract Documents, or to perform Change Order work to correct errors in the plans and specifications. Execution of any change must be authorized. In such event, there shall be an adjustment in the Contract Sum as provided in the Contract Documents for changes in the Work, The parties agree that such delays are not a ground for claiming extraordinary remunerations except as set forth in this Contract in Article 3.3.8 below.

3.3.4 Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion.

3.3.4.1 Commencement, Prosecution, and Completion of Work. The Contractor will be required (a) to commence the Work under this Contract on the applicable Proceed Order Date, (b) to prosecute the Work with faithfulness and energy (c) to install the various parts of the work with equal steps shown on the Overall Project Schedule and at the same rate (or better) shown on the Overall Project Schedule and (d) to complete the Work within the Contract Time, as adjusted. Commencement of the Work shall mean actual physical work on the Site. Unless otherwise agreed, and subject to Change Orders, Material Completion of the Project must be achieved on or before the date established as the Material Completion and Occupancy Date under the Schedule.

3.3.4.2 Contractor’s Acceleration for failure to meet Schedule Requirements. In the event the Contractor shall be delinquent in respect to achieving the Milestone dates established in the Overall Project Schedule, Contractor shall, within seven days after receipt of written demand of the Owner, cause its employees and Subcontractors to perform work at an accelerated pace with hours and days in addition to the normal working hours and working days, as necessary to promptly bring the Work into compliance with the Overall Project Schedule. Fulfillment of this requirement as to overtime work shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for breach of the covenant as to time. For account of recovery of lost time required of the Contractor for its breach of covenant as to time, the Contractor shall be entitled to no claim against the Owner for any payment, repayment, reimbursement, remittance, remuneration, compensation, profit, cost, overhead, expense, loss expenditure, allowance, charge, demand, hire, wages, salary, tax, cash, assessment, price, money, bill, statement, dues, recovery, restitution, benefit, recoupment, exaction, injury or damages.

3.3.5 Construction Progress Schedule (Overall Project Schedule).

3.3.5.1 Submittal, Approval, and Updates. Not later than sixty days after the Effective Date of the Contract, but prior to the Proceed Order, the Contractor must submit a Construction Progress Schedule in accordance with Section 2.1.5.

3.3.5.2 Approval of Overall Project Schedule. . Upon recommendation by the Design Professional and approval by the Owner, the Construction Progress Schedule shall become the Overall Project Schedule, and becomes a part of this Contract. The Overall Project Schedule shall govern the schedule of activities of the Contractor under this Contract

3.3.5.3 Monthly Updates. The Contractor must provide the Design Professional and the Owner with monthly updates of the Overall Project Schedule indicating completed activities and any changes in sequencing or activity durations. (See also Articles 2.1.2 and 2.1.5).

3.3.6 Completion Date. The Work under this Contract shall be completed by midnight of the date required in the Contract as the Material Completion and Occupancy Date unless extended by approved requests for extension of time. 42 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 3 – TIME

3.3.7 General Rule – No Damages for Delay, Extension of Time Sole Remedy. Contractor shall not be entitled to any damages for delay or to any other reimbursement as a Cost of the Work, or to an increase in the contract amount, or to payment, damages, monies, or compensation of any kind from Owner for direct, indirect, impact, or disruption damages (including but not limited to costs of acceleration of Work or any Phase thereof) arising because of delay or other hindrance of any kind whatsoever; except as specifically permitted by Article 3.3.8. Extension of the time is the Contractor's sole remedy for any delays not the fault of the Contractor.

3.3.8 Exception to General Rule – Compensable Delay. The extension of the Contract Time and the adjustment to the Contract Sum specifically provided for in this Article shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for delays, hindrances, interferences or resulting inefficiencies and re-sequencing.

3.3.8.1 Compensable Delay – Unavoidable Delay.

3.3.8.1.1 Delay by Owner or Design Professional. If the Contractor is delayed in the progress of the Work between the Proceed Order Date and the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as amended, by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's employees, Design Professional or Separate Contractors employed by the Owner, or by other causes beyond the Contractor’s control which the Design Professional determines are the fault of the Owner or the Design Professional and may justify delay, then the Contract Time will be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Design Professional and the Owner may determine; provided, however, that (i) such delays extend the Overall Project Schedule’s critical path; (ii) the Contractor has taken all reasonable actions to mitigate the effects of the delay on the Work; (iii) the fault or negligence of the Contractor, the Contractor's agents or employees did not materially contribute to such causes; and (iv) the Contractor shall have notified Owner of the cause or causes of such delay within fourteen days from the date on which the Contractor first becomes aware of such delay.

3.3.8.1.2 Delay in Responses to Submittals. Any claim by Contractor for a change in the Material Completion and Occupancy Date due to delay of responses to submittals may be made during the time while the failure of the Design Professional to act or perform continues, or within seven days after such failure to act or perform has been cured. If no Submittal Schedule or agreement as required in Paragraph 2.2.3.1 is agreed upon, then a claim for delay will be allowed only after the Design Professional has been allowed fourteen days to take action. Any claim for extension of time must be reasonable and take into consideration the nature of the submittal.

3.3.8.1.3 To be Processed as a Part of the Change Order Process. Extensions of Time and compensation for Time Dependent Overhead Costs for Unavoidable Delay are to be processed as a Change Order pursuant to Article 3.2.6.

3.3.8.2 Compensable Delay – Certain Change Orders.

3.3.8.2.1 Owner-Requested Changes. If the Owner requests changes in the Contract Documents that would materially affect the completion of the Work by lengthening the critical path of the Overall Project Schedule, the Design Professional shall determine the appropriate number of days and thereby extend the Material Completion and Occupancy Date. The Contractor expressly agrees that the Contractor’s sole monetary remedy for such extensions of Contract Time shall be calculated at the daily rate established for Time Dependent Overhead Costs in the Contract.

3.3.8.2.2 Other Change Orders. For Change Orders involving the following situations that would materially affect the completion of the Work by lengthening the critical path of the Construction Progress Schedule, the Design Professional shall determine the appropriate number of days and thereby extend the Material Completion and Occupancy Date. The Contractor expressly agrees that the Contractor’s sole monetary remedy for such extensions of Contract Time shall be calculated at the daily rate established for Time Dependent Overhead Costs in the Contract.

(a) Changes due to Subsurface or Other Unforeseen Conditions, Article 3.2.12. (b) Changes for Compensable Rock, Article 3.2.13. (c) Changes deleting work, Paragraph 3.2.10.4

3.3.8.2.3 To be Processed as a Part of the Change Order Process. Extensions of Time and compensation for Time Dependent Overhead Costs for all Change Orders are to be processed as a part of each Change Order pursuant to Article 3.2.6. 43 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 3 – TIME

3.3.8.3 Compensable Delay – Force Majeure. If, between the Proceed Order Date and the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as amended, the CM/GC is unable to perform or is delayed in the performance of any of the terms and provisions of this Contract, that materially affects the completion of the Work by lengthening the critical path of the Construction Progress Schedule, as a result of (i) governmental preemption of materials in connection with a national emergency declared by the President of the United States; (ii) riot, insurrection, acts of terror or terrorism or other civil disorder affecting performance of the Work; (iii) labor strikes that could not be reasonably anticipated, or (iv) earthquakes, or unusual and extreme weather conditions constituting Acts of God, then, and in any such event, such inability or delay shall be excused, and the time for completing the affected portions of the Project (and the entire Project, if applicable) shall be extended for such reasonable period of time as the delay has affected the critical path of the performance of the Work hereunder.

3.3.8.3.1 Mitigation of Delay. Contractor shall take all reasonable actions to minimize the delay caused by any of the above factors, and shall notify Owner in writing with a copy to the Design Professional of any event allowing for excuse or delay not later than seven days after the Contractor first becomes aware of the event, or should have become aware, of the event; otherwise Contractor will be deemed to have waived the excuse or delay.

3.3.8.3.2 To be Processed as a Part of the Change Order Process. Extensions of Time and compensation for Time Dependent Overhead Costs for Force Majeure are to be processed as a Change Order pursuant to Article 3.2.6.

3.3.8.4 Compensable Delay – Abnormal Weather. Extensions of time will be granted for abnormal inclement weather conditions that delay the critical path of the progress of the work.

3.3.8.4.1 Abnormal weather delay is defined as days lost to weather conditions either (i) in excess of days specified in the Supplementary General Conditions, or (ii) if not defined in the Supplementary General Conditions, as days in excess of a local historic average prevailing at the Site recorded by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) for the 120 months immediately preceding the Proceed Order Date.

3.3.8.4.2 Not later than ten days after of the first occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim or with respect to claims for extension of time as a result of abnormal weather, and not later than ten days after the end of each calendar month thereafter, the Contractor shall file a claim with the Design Professional with a copy to the Owner. By not later than fifteen days from the receipt of the claim, the Design Professional shall render a decision concerning the allowance of an extension of time and shall report his decision to both the Contractor and the Owner.

3.3.8.4.3 Extensions of Time and compensation for Time Dependent Overhead Costs for Abnormal Weather are to be processed as a Change Order pursuant to Article 3.2.6.

3.5.8.5 Protest. The Design Professional’s decision as to abnormal weather delay shall be subject to protest by either the Contractor or the Owner as set forth in Section 5, Part 2.

3.3.9 Non-Compensable Delay. Contractor understands, acknowledges and agrees that delays occasioned by the events and occurrences set forth below are not compensable delays and do not constitute reason for extending the Date for Material Completion and Occupancy. It is Contractor's responsibility to make adequate provision for the following in scheduling the Work:

3.3.9.1 Normal Weather Conditions. Weather conditions other than those that substantially vary from the normal climatology conditions that prevailed at the Site for the preceding 120 months, as evidenced by data published by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.

3.3.9.2 Delay in Delivery of Materials or Equipment. Delay in delivery of materials or equipment for any cause other than those specified in Paragraph 3.3.8.3. No claim will be approved if materials or equipment are delayed due to Contractor's tardy procurement or expediting.

3.3.9.3 All Other Delay. All delay not covered in Article 3.3.8.

3.3.10 Submission of Claims for Compensable Delay and to Extend the Material Completion and Occupancy Date. 44 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 3 – TIME

3.3.10.1 Time for Submission. Except as specified below, any claim by Contractor for a change in the Contract Time or the Material Completion and Occupancy Date shall be made within fourteen days of the day on which the Contractor becomes aware of the event on which the claim is based or, if the Contract Documents specify a shorter or longer period with respect to such event, within the period specified by the Contract Documents.

3.3.10.2 Delay Claim Must Be In Writing. Any claim to extend the Contract Time and Material Completion and Occupancy Date must be in writing, must set forth in detail the basis for the claim and the number of days of delay claimed, must be correlated with the approved Overall Project Schedule, must be executed by the Contractor and delivered to the Design Professional and the Owner, and must be reviewed and an appropriate time assessed by the Design Professional.

3.3.10.3 When Delay Claim Deemed Waived. Any claim to extend the Contract Time and Material Completion and Occupancy Date not made in writing to Owner within the above time periods shall be deemed waived and shall not thereafter be valid. In the case of a continuing delay as a result of a single event, only one claim submission is necessary.

3.3.10.4 Design Professional to Decide. The Contract Time and the Material Completion and Occupancy Date may be extended for such reasonable time as the Design Professional may decide, and the Overall Project Schedule shall then be updated.

3.3.10.5 Payment for Extensions of Contract Time. The Contractor expressly agrees that the Contractor’s sole monetary remedy for Compensable Delay shall be calculated at the daily rate established for the Time Dependent Overhead Costs in the Contract.

3.3.10.6 Claims Related to Extraordinary Time Dependent Overhead Cost. In situations where Time Dependent Overhead Costs are authorized, and the cost incurred exceeds 170% of the established Time Dependent Overhead Cost daily rate, then the Contractor may submit a claim under this article for consideration of such extraordinary additional cost.

3.3.11 Recovery of Schedule Delays.

3.3.11.1 Recovery of Schedule Delays. If the Design Professional determines that the Project is one week or more behind schedule, per the approved Overall Project Schedule, the Design Professional shall so notify the Contractor in writing. Within seven days of the date of the Design Professional's notice, the Contractor shall deliver to the Design Professional and Owner a written plan explaining how the Contractor intends to bring the Project back on schedule. The Contractor's plan must provide sufficient detail to allow the Design Professional and Owner to determine the proposal's feasibility.

3.3.11.2 Recovery of Schedule Delays During Last Sixty Days of Contract Time. At any time during the last sixty days of the Contract Time that the Design Professional finds that the Contractor is behind schedule per the Contract Time, as amended, the Design Professional shall notify the Contractor in writing. Within seven days of the date of the Design Professional's notice, the Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Design Professional and Owner a written plan explaining how the Contractor intends to bring the Project back on schedule. The Contractor's plan must provide sufficient detail to allow the Design Professional and Owner to determine the proposal's feasibility.

45 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CORRECTING THE WORK INSPECTIONS PART 4 – COVERING AND UNCOVERING WORK

PART 4 – CORRECTING THE WORK, INSPECTIONS, COVERING AND UNCOVERING WORK

3.4.1 Correcting the Work.

3.4.1.1 Notice of Non-Compliant Work. A Notice of Non-Compliant Work shall be in writing, shall be dated, shall be signed by the Design Professional, shall be addressed to the Contractor with a copy to the Owner, and shall contain three elements as follows:

3.4.1.1.1 Description of Work.

(a) that has been omitted or (b) that is unexecuted as of the date of the Notice of Non-Compliant Work, the time for its incorporation into the work as planned in the Overall Project Schedule having expired, or (c) that has not been executed in accordance with the methods and materials designated in the Contract Documents.

3.4.1.1.2 Contract References: Citation of the provision or provisions of the Contract Documents which specify the Work to be executed.

3.4.1.1.3 Time for Compliance. Fixing of a reasonable space of time within which the Contractor shall have made good the deficiency (which said space of time shall not be deemed to be an extension of Contract Time) for filing the Notice of Readiness for Inspection for Material Completion pursuant to Article 6.3.2 nor shall it be deemed to be authorization for amendment to the Overall Project Schedule.

3.4.1.2 Failure to Supply Workmen or Materials or to Prosecute the Work. A Notice of Non-Compliant Work may be issued for failure of the Contractor to supply enough workers or enough materials or proper materials to prosecute the Work. A Notice of Non-Compliant Work in such event may be based on Article 3.3.2 (Competent Management of Time), and upon the definition of Work as set forth under Paragraph 1.1.9.58.

3.4.1.3 Removal and Making Good of Non-Compliant Work. The Contractor shall remove from the Site within the space of time designated in Notice of Non-Compliant Work all work determined by the Design Professional as failing to conform to the contract, whether incorporated in the work or not, and the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute the work in accordance with the Contract and without expense to the Owner and shall bear the expense of making good all work of other contractors destroyed by such removal or replacement. The Contractor shall supply any omitted work and perform all unexecuted work within the space of time fixed by the Design Professional in Notices of Non-Compliant Work.

3.4.1.4 Remedy of the Owner for Breach of Notice of Non-Compliant Work.

3.4.1.4.1 Failure to Make Good a Deficiency. If the Contractor does not make good a deficiency within a reasonable space of time fixed in a Notice of Non-Compliant Work, the Owner may do any of the following:

(a) Remove the Non-Compliant Work and store it at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay the expenses of such removal and storing within ten days after receipt of written demand of the Owner, the Owner may upon three days' notice in writing to the Contractor sell such materials at private sale or at auction and shall account for the net proceeds thereof after deducting all proper costs incurred by the Owner.

(b) Supply omitted work, perform unexecuted work, or replace and re-execute work not done in accordance with the methods and materials designated in the Contract Documents, and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor. The Design Professional shall approve the amount charged to the Contractor.

46 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CORRECTING THE WORK INSPECTIONS PART 4 – COVERING AND UNCOVERING WORK

3.4.1.4.2 Other Remedies. The remedies stated in this article are in addition to the remedies otherwise available to the Owner, do not exclude such other remedies, and are without prejudice to any other remedies. Time limits stated in Notices of Non-Compliant Work are of the essence of the contract. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Owner in writing, the making good of Non-Compliant work shall physically commence at the Site in not more than seven days after receipt of the Notice of Non- Compliant Work, except that in case of emergency correction shall physically commence at the Site at once, and except that the Contractor shall in any event physically commence the correction at the Site early enough to complete within the space of time allowed in the Notice of Non-Compliant Work. The Owner shall give prompt consideration to reasonable requests for delay in commencement of the making good of Notices of Non-Compliant Work. The making good of Non-Compliant work shall be completed within the space of time allowed in the Notice of Non-Compliant Work unless the Contractor shall have requested from the Design Professional an increase in the amount of time allowed and the Design Professional shall have given notice to the Contractor in writing, with copy to the Owner, stating the additional amount of time, if any, allowed.

3.4.1.5 Notice of Correction from Contractor. The Contractor shall give prompt notice in writing to the Design Professional, with copy to the Owner, upon completion of the correction of the Non-Compliant work. In the absence of such notice, it shall be and is presumed under this Contract that there has been no correction, supplying remedy, or performance of unexecuted work.

3.4.1.6 The Owner's Right to Correct Work. If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or fail to correct Non-Compliant Work or fail to perform any provision of this Contract, the Owner, after three days' written notice to the Contractor, may without prejudice to any other remedy he may have (including without limitation remedies against the Contractor’s surety), make good the deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from the payment then or thereafter due the Contractor.

3.4.2 Inspections.

3.4.2.1 Access to Work. The Design Professional, the Owner, and their representatives shall have access at all times to the work wherever it is in preparation or progress, and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access and for inspection.

3.4.2.2 Notice of Readiness for Inspection to Design Professional from Contractor Prior to Covering Work. If the specifications, the Design Professional's instructions (either in the specifications or issued later in writing), laws, ordinances or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved, the Contractor shall give the Design Professional timely notice in writing of its readiness for inspection. If the inspection is by any authority other than the Design Professional, the Contractor shall give timely notice of the date fixed for such inspection. Inspections by the Design Professional shall be made promptly and, where practicable, at the source of supply.

3.4.2.3 Fire Marshal Inspections.

3.4.2.3.1 General. The State Fire Marshal may make inspections at any time. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to request an inspection at eighty percent completion and at 100% completion and to give notice when all items on the 100% inspection report have been completed. Requests shall be in writing with a copy to the Owner and Design Professional.

3.4.2.3.2 Inspections Defined. The basic definitions for eighty percent and 100% inspections are as follows:

(a) Eighty Percent Inspection: The structural components are in place and open for review of the fire safety components. NOTE: Structural components include the following: fire walls, vertical shafts, stairways, smoke stops, hazardous area separation, roof and ceiling assemblies, corridor and door width, and HVAC system.

(b) 100% Inspection: The Contractor has completed all of the items on the eighty percent inspection report and has the certificate of occupancy in hand.

47 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CORRECTING THE WORK INSPECTIONS PART 4 – COVERING AND UNCOVERING WORK

3.4.2.4 False Start. In the event the Contractor shall have issued notice of readiness prematurely, his action shall be deemed to be a "false start.” The Contractor shall be liable for the damage resulting from the aforesaid false start, including, but not limited to, the salary, professional fees, and travel and living expenses of the person or parties inconvenienced by the aforesaid false start.

3.4.2.5 Certificate of Occupancy. The Contractor’s obligation under the Contract is to install the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, obtain the Certificate of Occupancy from the State Fire Marshal or his deputy, and forward it to the Design Professional as a part of the final close out procedures. The Design Professional’s obligation is to design the Work to comply with the applicable codes and to qualify for a Certificate of Occupancy.

3.4.3 Covering and Uncovering Work.

3.4.3.1 Re-examination or Re-testing of Work Covered Pursuant to Consent of Design Professional. Re- examination or re-testing of questioned Work previously covered pursuant to consent of the Design Professional may be ordered by the Design Professional. If so ordered the Work must be uncovered by the Contractor. The Owner shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement or of re-testing if such Work is found in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall pay such cost if such Work is found not in accordance with the Contract Documents unless the Contractor can show that a Separate Contractor caused the defect in the Work. In that event, the Owner shall pay such cost. Re-examination or re-testing under the terms of this Paragraph applies only to Work that has been covered with consent of the Design Professional. Work covered without consent of the Design Professional must be uncovered for examination as provided below.

3.4.3.2 Re-examination or Re-testing of Work Covered Without Consent of Design Professional. If any Work should be covered without approval or consent of the Design Professional or contrary to any provision of the Contract Documents, such Work must be uncovered for examination by the Design Professional at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall be liable for the costs resulting from the aforesaid uncovering, including, but not limited to, the salary, professional fees, and travel and living expenses of the person or parties inconvenienced thereby.

3.4.4 Inspection Does Not Relieve Contractor. Under the Contract Documents, the Contractor acknowledges that it has the responsibility for furnishing all services, labor, supplies, and materials for the entire Work in accordance with such documents. No provisions of this article nor any inspection of the Work by the Owner, representatives of the Owner, the Using Agency, Contract Compliance Specialist, clerk-of-the-works, engineers employed by the Design Professional, representatives of the Design Professional, or the Design Professional shall in any way diminish, relieve, or alter said responsibility and undertaking of the Contractor. Neither shall the omission of any of the foregoing to discover or to bring to the attention of the Contractor the existence of any Work or materials injured or done not in accordance with said Contract Documents in any way diminish, relieve, or alter such obligation of the Contractor nor shall the aforesaid omission diminish or alter the rights or remedies of the Owner as set forth in the Contract Documents. The Contract Compliance Specialist has no power to make decisions, to accept or reject work, or to consent to the covering of Work. The Contract Compliance Specialist owes no duty to the Contractor.

48 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS, TRADE CONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS

PART 5 – SUBCONTRACTORS, TRADE CONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS,

3.5.1 Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers.

3.5.1.1 Submission of List. Within fourteen days of the Effective Date of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit in writing to the Design Professional a list of the names of Subcontractors that the Contractor intends to employ on the Work. The list of Subcontractors is not submitted for approval but is for the purpose of establishing the following:

3.5.1.1.1 What trades and portions of the work are to be performed under subcontract, and.

3.5.1.1.2 The names of the parties selected by the Contractor to perform work by subcontract, the aforesaid selection being a matter lying solely within the discretion of the Contractor.

3.5.1.1.3 The Contractor shall identify each minority owned and each female owned Trade Contractor and Subcontractor or Supplier performing work on or supplying material to the project.

3.5.1.1.4 By not later than the tenth day of the month following the end of each quarter the Contractor shall submit to the owner a list of all minority and female owned Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, or Supplier performing work on or supplying material to the Project and the amount paid to each for that quarter.

3.5.1.2 No Approval of Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers. Neither the Owner nor the Design Professional undertakes to pass upon or approve any Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, or supplier.

3.5.2 Representation of Contractor. The Contractor represents that the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Trade Contractors selected by it are reputable, skilled, reliable, competent, qualified in the trade or field in which they are to perform on the Project, and thoroughly familiar with the codes and laws applicable to their work.

3.5.3 Contractor Responsible for Acts and Omissions. The Contractor agrees that he is as fully responsible for the acts and omissions of his Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, Suppliers, and employees, and further of all persons directly or indirectly employed by them, as the Contractor is for the acts and omissions of employees and persons directly employed by the Contractor. The failure of a Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, supplier, or employee to perform shall not be asserted by the Contractor as an excuse for any omission from or noncompliance with requirements of the Contract Documents; nor shall the Contractor be entitled to an extension of time solely because of failure of a Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, supplier, or employee to perform. The subcontracting of work does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for the execution of the work and for compliance with all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not assert negligence, inefficiency, insolvency, bankruptcy, or incompetence of any Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, supplier, or employee as excuse for the existence of any noncompliance with or omission to fulfill any obligation under the Contract either as to timely performance or as to compliance with methods and materials designated in the Contract Documents; nor shall the Contractor assert nonperformance of a Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, supplier, or employee as excuse for the existence of any noncompliance with or omission to fulfill any obligation under the Contract. As to Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, supplier, and employees of the Contractor, the doctrine that a principal is liable for the acts and omissions of his agent shall be binding on the Contractor in his relationship to the Owner, and the Contractor may not reverse the aforesaid doctrine by contract or legal mechanism.

3.5.4 No Contract between Owner and Any Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, Supplier, or Employee. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between the Owner and any Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, Supplier, or employee of the Contractor or its Subcontractors..

3.5.5 Relationship of Contractor With Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, and Suppliers.

3.5.5.1 Obligations of Each. The Contractor agrees to bind every Subcontractor, Trade Contractor, Supplier (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Subordinate Contractor”) to the terms of the Contract Documents insofar as they are applicable to its work, including the following provisions of this Article:

49 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS, TRADE CONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS

3.5.5.1.1 The Contractor Agrees:

(a) To be bound to the Subordinate Contractor by all the obligations that the Owner owes to the Contractor under the Contract Documents.

(b) To pay the Subordinate Contractor upon the payment of certificates issued under the schedule of values described in the General Conditions the amount allowed to the Contractor on account of the Subordinate Contractor's work to the extent of the Subordinate Contractor's interest therein within seven days of receipt of payment from the Owner; provided, however, that retainage shall be released to the Subordinate Contractor as provided by law and in accordance with the statutory affidavit set forth in Section 7, Forms.

(c) To pay the Subordinate Contractor upon the payment of certificates issued otherwise than the schedule of values such manner that at all times the Subordinate Contractor's total payments shall be as large in proportion to the value of the work done by the Subordinate Contractor as the total amount certified and paid to the Contractor is to the value of the work done by the Subordinate Contractor.

(d) To pay the Subordinate Contractor a just share of any property insurance money received by the Contractor and due to Subordinate Contractor for work performed by Subordinate and paid for by insurance.

(e) That no claim for services rendered or materials supplied or other matters by the Contractor against the Subordinate Contractor shall be valid unless written notice thereof is given by the Contractor to the Subordinate Contractor prior to or during the first ten days of the calendar month following that in which the Contractor determines that the claim is chargeable against that Subordinate Contractor.

(f) To give the Subordinate Contractor, upon its request, an opportunity to be present with Contractor and to submit evidence in any dispute involving rights of the Subordinate Contractor.

3.5.5.1.2 The Contractor Agrees to require its Subcontractors to do the following:

(a) To be bound to the Contractor by the terms of the Contract Documents and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Contractor by the aforesaid documents assumes toward the Owner.

(b) To submit to the Contractor applications for payment in such reasonable time as to enable the Contractor to apply for payment under these General Conditions.

(c) To make all claims for extras, for extensions of time or for damages to the Contractor in the manner provided in the General Conditions for like claims by the Contractor upon the Owner, except that the time for making such claims to the Contractor is within ten days after the initial event leading to the claim.

(d) To pay their Subordinate Contractors upon the payment of certificates issued under the schedule of values described in the General Conditions the amount allowed on account of such Subordinate Contractor's work to the extent of such Subordinate Contractor's interest therein within seven days of its receipt of payment; provided, however, that retainage shall be released as provided by law and in accordance with the statutory affidavit set forth in Section 7, Forms.

(e) To pay their Subordinate Contractors upon Subcontractor’s receipt of payment such that at all times their Subordinate Contractors’ aggregate payments shall be in proportion to the Work performed by each of the Subordinate Contractors.

3.5.5.2 Owner Not Obligated to Any Subcontractor, Subordinate Contractor, Trade Contractor, or Supplier. There is no obligation on the part of the Owner to pay to or to see to the payment of any sums to any 50 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 3 – CONSTRUCTION PHASE PART 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS, TRADE CONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS

Subcontractor, Subordinate Contractor, Trade Contractor, Supplier, laborer, employee, or person supplying labor, materials, machinery or equipment to the Project.

3.5.5.3 Term “Substantial Completion” Deleted. The term “substantial completion,” if found, is hereby deleted and is of no force in all Subcontracts, Trade Contracts, and in the Trade Sections of the Contract Documents. In certain contexts, the term may be superseded by the term “Material Completion” as defined in this Contract.

3.5.5.4 Failure to Incorporate Terms in Subcontracts. The Contractor agrees that failure on his part to incorporate this Article 3.5.5 in all Subcontracts, Trade Contracts, or Supplier contracts, is a material breach of an essential covenant of this Contract, and further agrees that in the event of such breach the Contractor shall, within five days after demand of the Owner, furnish proof in writing that the deficiency has been remedied to the end that (1) the Contractor may not maintain that it is beyond his competence to require performance of terms of the contract by a subcontractor and (2) no subcontractor may maintain that he has not assumed toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities that the Contractor has assumed toward the Owner. Failure on the part of the Contractor to effect remedy as above within five days after receipt of written demand of the Owner shall be grounds for issuance of a declaration of default by the Owner.

51 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 4 – COMPENSATION PART 1 – GENERAL

SECTION 4 – COMPENSATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

4.1.1 Payments. The Owner will make progress payments to the Contractor in accordance with Section 4 of the General Conditions. Final Payment will be made in accordance with Section 6 of the General Conditions. The date and amount of payment are subject to Section 4, Part 2. Sums retained by the Owner remain the property of the Owner until such time as the Contractor shall have become entitled to receive such payment pursuant to Section 6 of the General Conditions by furnishing the remainder of the Work and services required by the Contract Documents.

4.1.2 Application for Payments.

4.1.2.1 Form of Application. The Contractor shall periodically submit to the Design Professional an Application for Payment on the form set forth in Section 7 (sometimes called a "Periodical Estimate") for each payment requested, and, if requested by the Owner or Design Professional, shall attach backup materials including, but not limited to, receipts or other vouchers, showing his payments for materials and labor, including payments previously made to Subcontractors.

4.1.2.2 Initial Breakdown and Periodical Payments. Each Application for Payment shall be submitted at least ten days before each payment falls due, and the Contractor shall, before the first application, shall submit to the Design Professional a Schedule of Values of the various parts of the work, including quantities, aggregating the total sum of the Contract, divided in the same manner set forth in the Application for Payment Form set forth in Section 7 showing the Contractor’s right to the payment claimed and so arranged and so itemized as to meet the approval of the Design Professional and, further, if requested, supported by such evidence as to its correctness as the Design Professional may direct.

4.1.2.3 Materials Stored. If the Application for Payment includes materials delivered and suitably stored at the Site but not incorporated in the work, they shall, if required by the Owner or the Design Professional, be conditional upon submission by the Contractor of bills of sale or such other procedure as will establish the Owner's title to such material or otherwise adequately protect the Owner's interest. The Contractor is responsible for the existence, protection, and, if necessary, replacement of materials until execution of the Final Certificate of the Design Professional. The Owner shall not pay for any materials stored off-site.

4.1.2.4 Retainage.

4.1.2.4.1 Withholding of Retainage; Conversion to Lump Sum. Retainage shall be withheld from each periodic payment to the Contractor in the amount of ten percent of the sum of the total amount earned for work–in-place (original Contract), total amount earned for work-in-place (Change Orders), and Value of Materials stored at the Site. After one-half of the Contract Sum, including Change Orders, becomes due and the Work meets all of the following conditions:

(a) On or ahead of the Overall Project Schedule; and (b) There are no breaches of Notices of Non-Compliant Work; and (c) There is no delinquency in the completion of work and filing of the final breakdown and accounting pursuant to any Change Orders utilizing a Force Account;

then, if the Contractor requests and the Design Professional approves in writing, the sum being withheld as retainage will be converted to a lump sum and held by the Owner until Material Completion.

4.1.2.4.2 Reinstatement of Retainage. The Owner will withhold no further retainage from payments to the Contractor unless one or more of the following events occur:

(a) The percentage of work complete falls behind the percentage required by the Overall Project Schedule by as much as five percent; or (b) The Contractor breaches a Notice of Non-Compliant Work; or (c) The Contractor becomes delinquent in regard to the filing of the final breakdown and accounting pursuant to any Change Orders utilizing a Force Account;

in which event or events the Owner shall reinstate the ten percent retainage on all Applications for Payment due to be paid while one or more of the events continues to exist. The Contractor will be given written notice of the reinstatement of the retainage.

52 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 4 – COMPENSATION PART 1 – GENERAL

4.1.2.4.3 Reconversion to Lump Sum. If the Contractor subsequently:

(a) Recovers all lost time and puts the work back on schedule; and (b) Remedies all breaches of Notices of Non-Compliant Work; and (c) Supplies a proper breakdown and accounting pursuant to any Change Orders utilizing a Force Account;

then the sums withheld while either or all of the events existed will be again converted to a lump sum.

4.1.2.5 Subcontractor’s Retainage Release. At the discretion of the Owner and request by Contractor, an amount equal to the subcontract retainage of a Subcontractor may be separately released from the retainage held by the Owner as he completes his work. An application in accordance with the Owner’s specimen (See Section 7, Forms) for release of a Subcontractor's retainage shall contain a release of all claims by the Subcontractor and shall bear the original certificates of the Subcontractor, the Contractor, and the Design Professional that the Subcontractor's work has been fully performed and that the sum for which payment is requested is due by the Contractor to the Subcontractor. Checks releasing a Subcontractor's retainage shall be made payable to the Contractor, the Contractor’s surety, and the Subcontractor and shall be mailed to the Contractor’s surety. This article does not create any contractual relationship between the Owner and the Subcontractor or any duty of the Owner to any Subcontractor.

4,1.2.6 Accounting Format. Applications for Payment shall be broken down by CSI Category and, in certain situations, by CSI Description and capital asset category, as set forth in the form for Application for Payment. The purpose is to provide appropriate backup documents for the Contractor’s Final Certification of Costs in conformance with GASB 34 accounting standards. See Section 7 – Forms, “Application for Payment” and Final Certification of Costs.

4.1.3 Processing of Application for Payment (Periodical Estimates). The Contract Compliance Specialist (CCS) will review the Application for Payment prepared and executed by the Contractor and, if he concurs, execute a certificate on the face of the Application for Payment as to its accuracy. The Design Professional shall visit the Site after the Contractor and CCS have agreed on the Application for Payment and conduct such inspections and reviews as are necessary to make a decision as to the accuracy of the Application for Payment. If the CCS and the Contractor cannot agree on the appropriateness of the Application for Payment in question, the Design Professional shall make a decision. Upon determining the appropriateness of the Application, the Design Professional shall execute the certificate on the Application for Payment and forward it to the Owner for payment. Not later than seven days after receipt of the Application for Payment, the Design Professional shall issue its certificate for such amount as it decides to be properly due or state in writing its reasons for withholding any sums in its certificate.

4.1.4 Effect of Design Professional’s Certificate on an Application for Payment. No certificate issued by the Design Professional, nor payment made to the Contractor by the Owner, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the Owner shall be an acceptance of any work or materials not in accordance with the Contract Documents.

4.1.5 Payment Due. Payment of an Application for Payment shall be due ten days after receipt by the Owner of the certification of the Application for Payment by the Design Professional.

4.1.6 Payment Due Dates and Interest. Should the Owner fail to pay a proper invoice within thirty calendar days of receipt, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing by certified or statutory mail. If the Owner fails to pay within five business days of receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall receive, in addition the sum named in the proper invoice, interest thereon at the rate of one half percent per month on the unpaid balance as may be due.

4.1.7 Payments for Change Order Work. Payments will not be made for any changes in the Work until a Change Order has been executed.

53 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 4 – COMPENSATION PART 2 – PAYMENTS WITHHELD

PART 2 – PAYMENTS WITHHELD

4.2.1 Payments Withheld.

4.2.1.1 Payments Withheld or Nullified. The Design Professional or the Owner may withhold or, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, nullify the whole or a part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss because of the following conditions:

(a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims or liens filed (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractor or Supplier for materials or labor. (d) A reasonable doubt that the Contract can be completed for the balance then unpaid. (e) Damage to a Separate Contractor or to the Owner or a third party. (f) Failure to maintain a rate of progress consistent with the Milestones. (g) Failure to supply enough skilled workers or proper materials. (h) Court-ordered retention. (i) State Tax Forms not on file. (j) Breach of this Contract

4.2.1.2 Withheld Payments Restored. When the conditions above are remedied, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.

54 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 4 – COMPENSATION PART 3 - LIENS

PART 3 - LIENS

4.3.1 Public Property Not Subject to Lien. The Contractor acknowledges that, pursuant to law, the Site is public property of the State of Georgia and is not subject to lien or levy. The Contractor will notify the Owner of any liens or levies against the Site of which it becomes aware. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and shall use its best efforts to assist in securing the release of any liens or levies of which it becomes aware.

4.3.2 Notice of Commencement. A Notice of Commencement shall be filed by the Contractor with the Clerk of the Superior Court in the county in which the Project is located, pursuant to O.C.G.A. §13-10-62.

4.3.3 Release of Liens. Neither any part of the retainage nor the Final Payment shall become due until the Contractor, if required, shall deliver to the Owner a complete release of all liens or conditional release of lien upon payment or claims arising out of this contract in accordance with the Owner’s specimen form (a copy of which will be provided to any bidder on request), or receipts in full in place thereof and, if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as he has knowledge or information the releases and receipts include all labor and materials for which a lien or claim could be filed; but the Contractor may, if any Subcontractor or claimant refuses to provide a release, furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any lien or claim. If any lien or claim remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien or claim, including all costs and reasonable attorney's fees.

55 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES AND TERMINATION PART 1 – OWNER’S RIGHT TO SUSPEND OR STOP WORK

SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES, AND TERMINATION

PART 1 – OWNER’S RIGHT TO SUSPEND OR STOP WORK

5.1.1 Owner’s Right to Suspend Work. The Owner reserves the right, with or without the concurrence of the Design Professional, to suspend the Work at any time or from time to time at the Owner's sole discretion, upon giving Contractor five days advanced written notice thereof. If the Owner exercises this right and then resumes the Work covered hereby, Contractor shall be entitled upon timely claim to a Change Order for payment by Owner of any reasonable Actual Costs actually incurred by Contractor in connection with the suspension and resumption of the Work, as well as an extension in the time for performance of the Work to the extent Contractor is delayed by Owner's suspension, to include compensation based upon the rate for Time Dependent Overhead Costs. The Design Professional shall determine the time, which shall be binding upon both Owner and Contractor, as set forth in Section 3, Part 3.

5.1.2 Owner’s Right to Stop Work. The Owner reserves the right, for itself and for any designated Construction Inspector retained by Owner, upon observation of apparent nonconforming Work, to immediately stop the affected Work. If the Work is later determined by the Design Professional to be in fact conforming Work, then Contractor shall be entitled upon timely claim to a Change Order for payment by Owner of any reasonable Actual Costs actually incurred by Contractor in connection with the stop Work order and resumption of the Work, as well as an extension in the time for performance of the Work to the extent Contractor is delayed by Owner's stop Work order. The Design Professional shall determine the time, which shall be binding upon both Owner and Contractor, as set forth in Section 3, Part 3.

5.1.3 Owner’s Rights Independent from Rights and Duty of the Design Professional. The rights granted to Owner under this Article are independent of the duty and obligation of the Design Professional to stop the Work for non-compliant work or to issue Notices of Non-Compliant Work.

56 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES AND TERMINATION PART 2 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES

PART 2 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES

5.2.1 General Provisions.

5.2.1.1 No Arbitration. There is no agreement to arbitrate any dispute arising under the Contract Documents. Any and all references to arbitration in any of the Contract Documents, including without limitation any exhibits, attachments or references, are hereby deleted and rendered null and void.

5.2.1.2 Continuation of the Work. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, and notwithstanding any other rights or obligations of either of the parties under any Contract Documents or Contracts, the Contractor must carry on with the performance of its contract services and the Work, including all duties and obligations hereunder, during the pendency of any Claim, dispute, and other matter in question or during any alternative dispute resolution proceeding, court proceeding, or other proceeding to resolve any Claim, dispute, and other matter in question, and the Owner will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Owner, however, is under no obligation to make payments on or against such Claims, disputes, and other matters in question during the time required to resolve such Claims, disputes, and other matters in question.

5.2.2 General Claims for Contract Adjustments and Disputes.

5.2.2.1 General Claims of the Contractor. Should the Contractor suffer any injury or damage to person or property that Contractor reasonably believes a legal basis exists for liability on the part of the Owner, Program manager, or Design Professional, and that should result in an adjustment in the Cost of the Work or the Contract Time, such claim shall be made in writing in the form of a Request for Change Order to the Design Professional and copy the owner within fourteen days after such injury or damage is or has been observed. Any and all claims not made within said fourteen days are barred, waived, released, and discharged. The decision of the Design Professional is final and binding on the Contractor unless the Contractor protests the decision of the Design Professional and files a Statement of General Claim as set forth below.

5.2.2.2 Processing of General Claims. All claims must be filed and processed as a request for Change Order and subject to the processes and limitations set forth in Section 3 Part 2. If the requested Change Order is rejected, a protest may be made as set forth in Paragraph 5.2.2.3 below.

5.2.2.3 Protest; Statement of General Claim; Time of Submission. No protest of a claim decision of the Design Professional by the Contractor, whether said claim shall be accrued or prospective, shall be valid unless a "Statement of Claim" in writing and accompanied by vouchers and other supporting data shall have been filed with the Owner’s Representative, or if there is no Owner’s Representative, with the Owner by the Contractor not later than thirty days after the Design Professional’s decision to reject the claim, time being of the essence. The "Statement of Claim" shall contain a concise and clear recital of the grounds and the legal basis upon which the claim is asserted, including a designation of the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. The Statement of Claim shall indicate the dollar amount of the claim and the number of days of adjustment of the Contract Time. The Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to resolve the dispute in accordance with Article 5.2.3 below.

5.2.2.4 Claims by Subcontractors. No claim or protest shall be made by the Contractor solely on the ground that a Subcontractor, Supplier, or Trade Contractor has made a claim or protest against the Contractor. The Contractor must maintain its claim or protest against the Owner based upon the provisions of the Contract Documents and independent of any right the Subcontractor, Supplier, or Trade Contractor has against the Contractor. The Contractor shall defend the Owner from any claims or protests submitted by a Subcontractor, Supplier, or Trade Contractor asserted in violation of, or contrary to any provision of the Contract Documents.

5.2.3 Dispute Resolution.

5.2.3.1 Initial Dispute Resolution. If a dispute arises out of or relates to this Contract or its breach, the parties shall endeavor to settle the dispute first through direct discussions between the parties’ representatives who have the authority to settle the dispute. If the parties’ representatives are not able to promptly settle the dispute, they shall refer the dispute to the senior administrators of the parties who have the authority to settle the dispute, who shall meet within fourteen days thereafter. If the dispute is not settled by the senior administrators, the parties may submit the dispute to mediation in accordance with Paragraph 5.2.3.2.

5.2.3.2 Mediation. If the dispute cannot be settled pursuant to Paragraph 5.2.3.1, the parties may elect to submit the dispute to mediation. The parties agree to conclude such mediation within sixty days of electing

57 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES AND TERMINATION PART 2 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES

mediation. The parties shall select a mutually agreeable mediator and shall share the cost of the mediator equally. Either party may terminate the mediation at any time after the first session, but the decision to terminate shall be communicated directly by the party’s representative to the other party’s representative and the mediator.

5.2.3.3 Multiparty Proceeding. All parties necessary to resolve a claim shall be parties to the same dispute resolution proceeding and shall share the costs equally. Appropriate provisions shall be included in all other contracts relating to the Work to provide for the consolidation of such dispute resolution procedures.

5.2.3.4 No Litigation. No litigation may be commenced without first following the process in this Article. Action may be filed in the Superior Court in Fulton County, Georgia, pursuant to OCGA §50-21-1, after the filing party provides thirty days written notice to the opposing party.

5.2.4 Certain Claims Excluded from General Claims.

5.2.4.1 All claims for Compensable Delay under Article 3.3.8.

5.2.4.2 All claims for changes to the Work under Article 3.2.12, Article 3.2.13, Article 3.2.14, and Article 3.2.16.

58 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES AND TERMINATION PART 3 - TERMINATION

PART 3 - TERMINATION

5.3.1 Owner’s Right to Terminate Contract for Convenience.

5.3.1.1 Termination for Convenience. The Owner may at any time, and for any reason or without any reason or cause, terminate this Contract by written notice to the Contractor specifying the termination date, without cause and irrespective of whether or not Contractor is in default of any of its obligations hereunder. The effective date of termination shall not be earlier than seven days from the date of confirmed receipt of the written notice.

5.3.1.1.1 The Contractor shall: (i) stop the Services or the Work (as applicable); (ii) place no further orders or Subcontracts for materials, labor, services or equipment; and (iii) terminate all material and equipment orders and Subcontracts to the extent terminable (unless otherwise directed by Owner in writing) and advise Owner of all materials, equipment and other items which cannot be canceled or which are already delivered and allow Owner to participate in the salvage or disposition thereof.

5.3.1.1.2 If Owner terminates this Contract pursuant to this Section prior to the commencement of the Construction Stage, Contractor shall, as soon as practical after receiving notice of termination under Section 5.3.1.1, submit to Owner an Application for Payment for all services performed through the date of receipt of the notice of termination, for which payment has not been previously made pursuant to the terms of this Contract.

5.3.1.1.3 If Owner terminates this Contract pursuant to this Section after commencement of the Construction Stage, Contractor shall, as soon as practical after receiving notice of termination under Section 5.3.1.1, submit to Owner an Application for Payment showing all of the costs incurred by Contractor in the performance of the Work terminated through the date of receipt of the notice of termination. The phrase “costs incurred by Contractor in the performance of the Work terminated” as used herein shall be deemed to include:

(i) Subcontract costs of Work completed; (ii) Cancellation fees in regard to equipment and materials ordered; (iii) Cost of all materials and equipment ordered which cannot be cancelled; less actual proceeds received upon the disposition thereof; (iv) Field Work accomplished; (v) Permit, engineering, bond and inspection fees; (vi) All other direct costs actually incurred by Contractor that can be demonstrated by invoice, canceled check, or other appropriate documentation; (vii) General Conditions costs and profit incurred through the date of termination. (viii) Job Site and termination costs for ten business days after the date of termination to be paid at the daily rate Time Dependent Overhead Costs.

5.3.1.2, Acceptance of payment by the Contractor shall constitute a waiver of all further claims by Contractor against Owner under the Contract, and shall be Contractor’s exclusive remedy for termination of the Contract.. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Contract Documents, in no event shall Contractor be entitled to any payment on account of accident or lost profits or consequential damages in connection with any termination of the Contract, or otherwise in connection with the Contract.

5.3.1.3 Condition Precedent to Payment. As a condition precedent to receiving the payment set forth in this Article 5.3.1, Contractor shall deliver to the Owner all papers, documents, assignments and agreements relating to the Project, in particular the Contract Documents (including ownership and copyright thereof) as set forth in Article 1.1.7, Paragraphs 1.1.9.17 and 2.2.1.8.

59 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES AND TERMINATION PART 3 - TERMINATION

5.3.1.4 Assignment of Rights, Trade, and Subcontracts.

5.3.1.4.1 Assignment. If requested, Contractor shall assign to the Owner or to an entity of Owner's choice any or all of Contractor's contractual rights in respect thereof, so that the assignee shall be fully vested with all rights and benefits of Contractor under such papers, documents and agreements, together with releases and waivers of lien in the same manner as would be required upon Final Completion. The Owner may also request the assignment from Contractor to Owner or to the entity of Owner's choice of any or all Subcontractors and supplier agreements entered into by Contractor and in that event the assignee shall be solely obligated to the Subcontractors and Suppliers under such contracts or agreements for all sums payable thereunder and not previously paid by the Owner to Contractor.

5.3.1.4.2 Cessation of Entitlement. Upon the Contractor's assignment of agreements, contracts, Trade Contracts and/or Owner's payment of monies due Contractor as provided in Subparagraph 5.3.1.4.1 above, Contractor shall be entitled to no further compensation of any kind from Owner and shall have no further obligation with regard to the assigned agreements, contracts, Subcontractors or Supplier.

5.3.2 Owner’s Right to Declare Default and/or Terminate Contract for Cause.

5.3.2.1 Termination for Cause. In the event that any provisions of this Contract are violated by the Contractor, through its own forces or by any of its subcontractors, the Owner may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the surety of the Owner's intention to declare default and terminate the Contractor. Unless within ten days after the serving of such notice upon the Contractor, such violation or delay shall cease and satisfactory arrangement of correction be made, the Contractor shall, upon the expiration of said ten days, be in default. Such notices shall outline the reasons for such intention to terminate the contract. In the event of any such default, the Owner shall immediately serve notice thereof upon the surety and the Contractor, and the Owner shall demand that the surety perform in accordance with its bond. If the surety fails to exercise its election under the bond or does not commence performance thereof within the time required by the bond, the Owner may take over the Work and prosecute the same to completion for the account of and at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the Owner for any excess cost to the Owner. The Owner may take possession of and utilize in completing the Work such materials, appliances, and plant as may be on the Site and necessary thereto.

5.3.2.2 Grounds for Issuance of Notice of Declaration of Default. It shall be a sufficient ground for the issuance of a notice of declaration of default that the Contractor has been unfaithful or delinquent in the performance of the Contract or any part of it in any respect. The Design Professional does not have authority to declare the Contractor in default.

5.3.2.2.1 Non-Compliant Work. Without limitation of the foregoing and without subtracting from any right or defense of the Owner under other provisions of the Contract Documents, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it is grounds for issuance of a notice of declaration of default under the performance bond if the Contractor shall have neglected or failed for any reason to remedy a breach of a Notice of Non-Compliant Work within thirty days after the Owner shall have given written notice of said breach to the Contractor.

5.3.2.2.2 Failure to Prosecute the Work. If the Contractor refuses or fails, except in cases for which extensions of time are provided, to supply enough properly skilled workmen or proper materials, or if it fails to make proper payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor, or if it fails to diligently prosecute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and its Surety, after ten days' written notice of the Owner’s Intent to Declare Default, during which period the Contractor fails to cure or fails to commence and thereafter diligently prosecute Work necessary to cure the violation, declare the Contractor to be in default.

60 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES AND TERMINATION PART 3 - TERMINATION

5.3.2.2.3 Other Failures of the Contractor. If Contractor, without limitation, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or if a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency, or if it persistently disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction over the Project, or if it otherwise is guilty of a violation of any provision of this Contract, then the Owner may, without prejudice to any right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and its Surety, if any, ten days written notice of the Owner’s Intent to Declare Default, during which period the Contractor fails to cure or fails to commence and thereafter diligently prosecute Work necessary to cure the violation, declare the Contractor to be in default.

5.3.2.3 Owner’s Right to Prosecute the Work. Time being of the essence, if the Contractor shall be declared in default, both the Contractor and the Surety agree that the Owner may, after giving the Contractor and Surety the required notice and time under the bond if any is required, without prejudice to any other remedy and without invalidating the performance bond, make good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof from payment due the Contractor or, at the Owner's option and without prejudice to the Owner’s rights against the Contractor and Surety, the Owner may terminate the Contractor and take possession of the Site and of all materials, equipment, tools and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor and finish the Work by whatever method the Owner shall deem expedient.

5.3.2.4 Effect of Later Determination. In the event the parties agree or a court of competent jurisdiction determines (or the parties agree to settle with a consent determination) that a default is wrongful or not the fault of the Contractor, the termination shall be considered to be a Termination for Convenience and the sole remedy available to the Contractor shall be the contractual treatment of the termination pursuant to Article 5.3.1 above and without any other damages or relief.

5.3.3 Contractor’s Right to Terminate.

5.3.3.1 Contractor's Right to Stop Work. The Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to the Owner and the Design Professional, stop Work without penalty for the following reasons:

5.3.3.1.1 Order of Court or Superior Public Authority. If any court or other superior public authority issues an order that affects the Work and the order results from no act or fault of the Contractor, the Contractor may stop the affected Work. In addition, the Contractor may stop Work as a result of an act of government, such as a declaration of a national emergency, making critical materials unavailable.

5.3.3.1.2 Failure to issue Certificate of Payment. Work may be stopped if the Design Professional should fail to certify any Application for Payment within fourteen days after said certification is due from the Design Professional. This ground terminates upon any payment of the Application for Payment by the Owner.

5.3.3.2 Contractor's Right to Terminate Contract.

5.3.3.2.1 Contractor’s Right to Terminate for Nonpayment. If the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when payment is due, the Contractor must give written notice of the Contractor's intention to terminate this Contract. If the Owner fails to provide the Contractor payment or written notice of a dispute as to the amount sought by the Contractor within thirty days after receipt of the Contractor's written notice, the Contractor may terminate this Contract. Upon such termination the Owner will pay the Contractor for the Work properly executed to date, and, upon timely claim therefore, for any proven loss sustained or cost incurred upon any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, and cancellation charges on existing obligations of the Contractor.

5.3.3.2.2 Contractor’s Right to Terminate after Stopping Work. After stopping its Work in accordance with Paragraph 5.3.3.1 above, the Contractor may, upon thirty days written notice to the Owner and the Design Professional, terminate this Contract and recover from the Owner payment for all Work executed and any proven loss sustained or incurred upon any plant or any materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, and cancellation charges on existing obligations of the Contractor, if the grounds for stopping the Work are not removed.

5.3.4 Limitation on Payments. For terminations pursuant to Article 5.3.2 and 5.3.3, the Contract Sum shall be deemed earned only to the extent of an amount that bears to the total Contract Sum the same ratio that the Work in place

61 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 5 – CONTRACT ADJUSTMENTS, DISPUTES AND TERMINATION PART 3 - TERMINATION at the time of termination bears to the total Work, as reasonably determined by the Design Professional, and approved by the Owner.

5.3.5 Termination by Owner for Abandonment by Contractor. Both the Contractor and the Surety agree that, after fourteen calendar days’ written notice to the Contractor, the Owner may terminate the Contractor if the Contractor abandons the Project. If such termination occurs, the Owner shall credit the Contractor for Work satisfactorily completed, less any costs and liquidated damages the Owner suffers in correcting the Work, re-contracting and starting-up a replacement contractor, and completing the Project, including all warranties.

5.3.6 Notices of Termination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, no party may terminate this Contract, regardless of reason, unless the terminating party shall first issue a written Notice of Termination or of Default to the terminated or defaulted party by Statutory Mail or Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested.

62 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 1 – MATERIAL COMPLETION

SECTION 6 - PROJECT COMPLETION

PART 1 – MATERIAL COMPLETION

6.1.1 Material Completion.

6.1.1.1 Material Completion Defined. Material Completion is when the Work or designated portion thereof is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner and its Using Agency can occupy and utilize the Work for its intended use. Material Completion shall include issuance of any required Health Department inspections and any necessary certificates to operate, certificate of occupancy, as well as complete operation of all applicable building systems including, but not limited to, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection, fire alarm, security, elevators, life safety, and accessibility. Material Completion occurs when the Work is complete, except for Minor Items or Permitted Incomplete Work or Warranty Complaint Items (see Article 6.6.3), and a Certificate of Material Completion is obtained.

6.1.1.1.1 Material Completion and Occupancy Date. The date designated in the Contract for Material Completion to be achieved.

6.1.1.1.2 Minor Item Defined. A Minor Item is a portion or element of the Work—

(a) that can be totally complete within thirty days; and (b) that can be completed while the Using Agency occupies the Work without impeding or interfering with either the Using Agency’s use and occupation of the Work or the Contractor’s ability to complete the Minor Item; and (c) that will not interfere with the complete use and enjoyment of the project by the Using Agency.

6.1.1.1.3 Permitted Incomplete Work Defined. Permitted Incomplete Work is work that is incomplete through no fault of the Contractor, as determined by the Owner, including, but not limited to, seasonal test and balance, seasonal landscaping, scheduled elevator inspection or maintenance, incomplete work due to failure of Separate Contractors to complete work, and the like.

6.1.1.2 When Material Completion Required. Material Completion shall be achieved within the Contract Time and by the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as amended. Failure by the Contractor to achieve Material Completion by not later than the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as amended, shall be sufficient cause for the assessment of Liquidated Damages.

6.1.2 Effect of Achieving Material Completion. Upon the date when Material Completion is actually achieved, the following matters are conclusively determined:

6.1.2.1 Occupancy of the Work. The Using Agency may immediately occupy the Work without restriction.

6.1.2.2 Warranty Periods. All warranties begin to run from the date Material Completion is achieved.

6.1.2.3 Utilities. All utilities become the responsibility of the Using Agency.

6.1.2.4 Insurance. The Using Agency is responsible for all insurance for the Project.

6.1.2.5 Liquidated Damages. The Liquidated Damages daily rate is reduced to zero.

6.1.2.6 Payment for Material Completion. The Contractor may request payment of the remaining contract balance, including retainage, less the amounts credited the Owner or incurred as Liquidated Damages, and less the amounts withheld for the punchlist by reason of Minor Items or Permitted Incomplete Work. See Paragraph 6.5.3.2.

6.1.3 Effect of Failure to Achieve Material Completion. Should Material Completion not be achieved by the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as amended, the following matters are conclusively determined:

6.1.3.1 Breach of Contract. As time is of the essence in the completion of the Work, the Contractor is in breach of the Contract and is subject to default.

6.1.3.2 Liquidated Damages. Liquidated Damages at the specified daily rate in the Contract begin to accrue and are payable on the day immediately following the Material Completion and Occupancy Date.

63 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 2 – FINAL COMPLETION

PART 2 – FINAL COMPLETION

6.2.1 Final Completion.

6.2.1.1 Final Completion Final Completion shall be evidenced by the Design Professional’s Certificate of Final Completion. Final Completion should include completion of Permitted Incomplete Work, as defined in Section 6, Part 1.

6.2.1.2 When Final Completion Required. Minor Items shall be completed as expeditiously as possible, but not later than thirty days after Material Completion of the Work. Permitted Incomplete Work shall be completed as expeditiously as possible, but not later than a date established by the Design Professional. The Design Professional’s Certificate of Final Completion shall not be issued until all Minor Items and Permitted Incomplete Work are completed.

6.2.1.3 Deductions for Uncorrected Work. If the Design Professional and Owner deem it inexpedient to correct work not done in accordance with Contract Documents, a deduction from the Contract Sum may be made; but there is no duty on the part of the Owner to accept any work not done in accordance with the Contract Documents.

6.2.2 Effect of Achieving Final Completion. Upon the date when Final Completion is achieved and the Design Professional’s Certificate of Final Completion is issued, the following matters are conclusively determined:

6.2.2.1 Project Completion. The Project and the Work are complete.

6.2.2.2 Payment for Final Completion. All amounts withheld from Payment for Material Completion and not previously paid to the Contractor or credited to the Owner, as set forth in Section 6, Part 4, are payable upon receipt of a final pay request from the Contractor.

6.2.3 Effect of Failure to Achieve Final Completion. Should Final Completion not be achieved within the time specified, as amended, the Owner may issue to the Contractor a fourteen-day notice as a final warning to complete the Work. If Final Completion is not achieved by the end of the fourteenth day from the date of the Notice, the following matters are conclusively determined, subject to any request for extension of time as set forth in paragraph 6.2.3.3 below:

6.2.3.1 Breach of Contract. As time is of the essence in the completion of the Work, the Contractor is in breach of the Contract and is subject to default.

6.2.3.2 Ineligibility to Bid Upon State Contracts. The Contractor is ineligible to bid or propose on any contract of the Owner, the Georgia State Financing and Investment Commission, the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia or any unit of the University System of Georgia, or the Georgia Department of Administrative Services. In the event a bid has been submitted but the bid award has not been made, the Contractor’s ineligibility requires that its bid be rejected.

6.2.3.2.1 Automatic Restoration of Eligibility to Bid. The Contractor’s eligibility to bid upon state contracts shall be restored automatically as of the date of achievement of Final Completion as evidenced by the Certificate of Final Completion.

6.2.3.2.2 Application to Reinstate Eligibility to Bid. If the Contractor never achieves Final Completion, the Contractor’s eligibility to bid or propose on state contracts may be reinstated upon the following:

(a) Not earlier than eighteen months after the date of failure to achieve Final Completion, a written application requesting reinstatement of eligibility to one of the following: the Director, Construction Division, GSFIC; the Vice Chancellor for Facilities, Board of Regents; or the Commissioner, Department of Administrative Services; and (b) The showing of good and just cause to believe that the actual achievement of Final Completion was impossible, or the showing of other good and just cause that the Contractor’s eligibility should be reinstated. (c) The Contractor may request a personal presentation in the application.

6.2.3.3 Extension of Time for Final Completion. The Contractor may file a request for an additional extension of time in the manner prescribed in Section 3, Part 3, and the effects of Failure to Achieve Final Completion shall be suspended until the Design Professional’s decision. Should the Design Professional grant the application for extension of time generally, the time for achieving Final Completion shall be adjusted accordingly. Should the 64 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 2 – FINAL COMPLETION

Design Professional grant the application for extension of time for a specific item of Work, that item of Work shall be deemed Permitted Incomplete Work with a specific individual final completion date.

65 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 3 – INSPECTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK

PART 3 – INSPECTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK

6.3.1 General Responsibility of the Contractor for Inspection. The Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it has an indivisible, non-delegable, and nontransferable contractual obligation to the Owner to make its own inspections of the Work at all stages of construction; and it shall supervise and superintend performance of the Contract in such manner as to enable it to confirm and corroborate at all times that all work has been executed strictly in accordance with the methods and materials designated in the Contract Documents. The Contractor’s inspections are also for the purpose of permitting the Contractor to accurately represent that (a) its certifications on Applications for Payment are true and correct and (b) its notices of readiness for inspections are true and correct. Accordingly, the Contractor acknowledges and agrees that it may not defend or excuse any deviation from the Contract Documents on the ground (a) that another person or party failed to bring the deviation to its attention, or (b) that any Subcontractor is at fault.

6.3.2 Notice of Readiness for Inspection for Material Completion.

6.3.2.1 Preparation of Initial Punchlist. Prior to the Material Completion and Occupancy Date, as amended, the Contractor shall correct all non-compliant or incomplete work. The Contractor shall then prepare an initial punchlist itemizing to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge all Minor Items and Permitted Incomplete Work (as defined in Section 6, Part 1) and provide a copy of the initial punchlist to the Design Professional and Owner. The Contractor is encouraged to consult with the Design Professional prior to finalizing the initial punchlist, in particular in arriving at consensus for Minor Items and Permitted Incomplete Work.

6.3.2.2 Contractor’s Notice of Readiness for Inspection for Material Completion. After or simultaneously with the provision of the initial punchlist, the Contractor shall give the Design Professional and Owner written Notice of Readiness for Inspection for Material Completion in the following words:

The work on the Contract for the [show name of Project as it appears in the Contract] having been materially completed, I request that the Design Professional perform an Inspection for Material Completion promptly in accordance with Section 6 of the General Conditions. I have attached the initial punchlist.

6.3.2.3 No Inspection without Notice. No Inspection for Material Completion shall be made until such time as the Design Professional and Owner have received notice in the form indicated above. In the event the Contractor shall have issued the Contractor’s Notice of Readiness for Inspection for Material Completion prematurely, the Contractor shall be liable for the damage resulting therefrom, including but not limited to the salaries, professional fees, travel expenses, and living expenses of the persons or parties inconvenienced thereby.

6.3.2.4 Additional Requirements for Inspection for Material Completion. The Contractor shall not request any Inspection for Material Completion before the Contractor has provided to the Design Professional the following:

6.3.2.4.1 a copy of the initial test and balance report on the heating, ventilating, and air conditioning system;

6.3.2.4.2 a copy of the facility operation and maintenance instructions, and any other documents specified by the Design Professional in Division 1 of the Specifications; and

6.3.2.4.3 A certification from the Contractor that all building systems specified in Paragraph 6.1.1.1 above are operational. The Contractor expressly agrees that obtaining the manufacturer’s warranties are solely the responsibility of the Contractor. In fulfilling this responsibility, the Contractor shall obtain the manufacturer’s certificates in the format specified in Section 7 below, and shall coordinate the initial start-up and testing of building systems. In all cases where the equipment of two or more manufacturers ties in and functions together, the Contractor shall require the manufacturers’ field representatives to perform simultaneously the initial start-up, the testing, and the placing of their equipment into operation. "Start-up" is defined as putting the equipment into action. "Testing" is defined as performing such testing as is stipulated in the Contract Documents to be performed. "Placing into operation" is defined as operating the equipment for a sufficient period of time to determine that it is performing properly.

66 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 3 – INSPECTIONS FOR COMPLETION OF THE WORK

6.3.3 Conducting the Inspection for Material Completion. The Design Professional shall conduct the Inspection for Material Completion within seven days of receipt of the notice specified in Paragraph 6.3.3.2. The Design Professional shall confirm the initial punchlist, shall add or delete Minor Items or Permitted Incomplete Work as appropriate, shall assign values to each item on the punchlist, and shall assign completion dates for the items of Permitted Incomplete Work. At the completion of the Inspection for Material Completion, the resulting punchlist shall be finalized by the Design Professional and provided to the Contractor within five days and shall become the final punchlist. Upon determination of conformity with the definition of Material Completion as specified in Section 6.1.1.1 above, the Design Professional shall issue a Certificate of Material Completion.

6.3.4 Notification of Using Agency of Site Visits by the Contractor or Subcontractors. Following the issuance of a Certificate of Material Completion, the Contractor or its Subcontractors shall not visit the Site without first giving notice to the Using Agency and the Owner.

6.3.5 Contractor’s Notice of Readiness for Interim Inspection for Punchlist Completion. Not more than thirty days after Material Completion, and upon completion of the Final Punchlist (including all Minor Items and such Permitted Incomplete Items as are due to be completed), the Contractor shall give the Design Professional and Owner written notice requesting Inspection for Final Completion in the following words:

The work on the Contract for the [show name of Project as it appears in the Contract] having been 100% completed, except for Permitted Incomplete Work not yet due to be completed, I request that the Design Professional perform an Inspection for Final Completion promptly in accordance with Section 6 of the General Conditions.

No inspection for Interim Inspection for Punchlist Completion shall be made until the Design Professional and the Owner have received notice in the form indicated above. In the event the Contractor shall have issued the Contractor’s Notice of Readiness for Interim Inspection for Punchlist Completion prematurely, the Contractor shall be liable for the damages resulting therefrom, including but not limited to the salaries, professional fees, travel expenses, and living expenses of the persons or parties inconvenienced thereby.

6.3.6 Conducting the Interim Inspection for Punchlist Completion. The Design Professional will conduct the Inspection for Final Completion. The Design Professional will confirm the final punchlist has been completed including all Minor Items. Upon completion of the inspection, the Design Professional will issue a Report of Interim Inspection, noting any Permitted Incomplete Work that remains to be accomplished and the date by which it is to be completed. In the event all Permitted Incomplete Work has been completed at the time of this Interim Inspection, and the Design Professional so certifies, then this inspection shall be deemed an Inspection for Final Completion. In the event any Minor Item is determined to be incomplete, the Owner may give the fourteen-day notice of failure to complete the Work, as set forth in Article 6.2.3.

6.3.7 Conducting the Inspection for Final Completion. When all Permitted Incomplete Work has been completed or scheduled for completion, the Owner shall call for and the Design Professional shall schedule the Final Inspection with the Owner and Contractor. The Design Professional shall conduct the Inspection for Final Completion and shall confirm that all Permitted Incomplete Work has been completed. Then the Design Professional shall issue the Certificate of Final Completion and Final Payment and any remaining funds may, upon an Application for Payment, be paid to the Contractor. Any Final Documents not yet submitted must be submitted with the Application for Final Payment. In the event any item of Permitted Incomplete Work is determined to be incomplete and the date for its completion has passed, the Owner may give the fourteen-day notice of failure to complete the Work, as set forth in Article 6.2.3.

67 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 4 – FINAL DOCUMENTS

PART 4 – FINAL DOCUMENTS

6.4.1 Final Documents.

6.4.1.1 Final Documents Defined. Final Documents consist of all documents set forth in Division 1 of the specifications, as well as all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents.

6.4.1.2 Minimum Specific Final Documents Required. Prior to submission of the Application for Payment for Material Completion, all Final Documents, including but not limited to the following, must be submitted to the Owner and Using Agency:

6.4.1.2.1 Affidavits.

(a) A Non-Influence Affidavit in the exact form as shown in Section 7, Forms. (b) A Statutory Affidavit in the exact form as shown in Section 7, Forms. Any exceptions to the Statutory Affidavit are subject to the approval of the Owner.

6.4.1.2.2 Bonds.

(a) A Five-Year Bond for Roofs and Walls as shown in Section 7, Forms, written by a surety authorized to do business in the State of Georgia and in the penal sum of the actual cost of the exterior walls, wall cladding, wall components, wall insulation, roof insulation, roof deck and roof but not less than the amount shown as in the approved initial breakdown for these roof systems and wall systems. (b) Any Bonds to Discharge Claim issued to Subcontractors and Suppliers as shown in Section 7, Forms.

6.4.1.2.3 Marked-up Construction Documents. The Contractor shall provide a complete set of Marked-up Contract Documents to the Design Professional, which set shall reflect all changes caused by RFIs, field changes, Change Orders, or observed changes by the Contractor or subcontractor(s) for the purpose of the Design Professional’s issuance of Record Documents to the Owner.

6.4.1.2.4 Operation and Maintenance Data and Instructions and Training. The Contractor shall furnish proper written instructions to the Owner and Using Agency on operation and maintenance of all mechanical and electrical equipment. The Contractor shall provide training to the Using Agency in the operation and maintenance of all mechanical and electrical systems in the presence of the Design Professional and Owner and shall give notice in writing to the Design Professional, Owner and Using Agency at least fifteen days prior to the date it is proposes for the training. For all items of mechanical or electrical equipment or apparatus installed that require operation or maintenance after occupancy, the Contractor shall furnish and deliver to the Owner and Using Agency complete brochures and data as prepared and published by the manufacturers covering details of operation and maintenance.

6.4.1.2.5 Certificates of Manufacturers for Major Components. Certificates of Manufacturers shall be provided for elevators, moving walks, dumbwaiters, escalators, lifts, major components of HVAC and plumbing systems, e.g., cooling towers, compressors, condensers, absorption units, chiller units, fan coil units, air handling units, boilers, base mounted pumps, temperature controls, chemical feed systems; sewage pumps and water treatment systems, and incinerator systems; and major components of electrical systems. Start-up, testing, and placing into operation shall be performed by the field representative(s) of the manufacturer(s), and certificate(s) of the manufacturer(s) shall be filed with the Owner on the letterhead(s) of the manufacturer(s) in which the manufacturer(s) certifies or certify that "the equipment has been installed in strict compliance with the recommendations of the manufacturer(s) and is operating properly,” in the format shown in Section 7, Forms. The manufacturer shall list in the certificate the item or items furnished to the job and the date, name, or other positive means of identifying any supplementary documents containing the recommendations of the manufacturer, with a copy of each of the supplementary documents attached to the certificate.

6.4.1.2.6 Final Certification of Costs. For proper capital asset reporting of the Project, the Contractor shall submit its Final Certification of Costs in the format set forth in Section 7, Forms.

6.4.1.2.7 Keys. Unless an alternative locking or keying system is specified, a minimum of two sets of keys, with tags indicating room number or room description or door each key is intended to fit attached

68 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 4 – FINAL DOCUMENTS

to each key, shall be delivered to the Owner and Using Agency. Contractor shall prepare and furnish with the keys an itemized key schedule listing the room number or room description or door, serial number of key, and number of keys being delivered for each door or lock.

6.4.2 Presentation of Final Documents. At the time of the Inspection for Material Completion, but in any event prior to the application for Final Payment, the Contractor will provide the Owner and Using Agency with a three ring binder containing all of the Final Documents, warranties, and guarantees required by the Contract Documents. Included in the binder shall be the documents indicating the brand names actually used in the installation of the work.

6.4.3 Keys. Keys with tags indicating number and/or description of door or room each key is intended to fit attached to each key shall be delivered to the Owner and Using Agency. The Contractor shall prepare and furnish with the keys an itemized key schedule in quintuplicate listing the door or room number and/or description, serial number of key, and number of keys being delivered for each door or lock.

69 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 5 – PAYMENT FOR MATERIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

PART 5 – PAYMENT FOR MATERIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

6.5.1 Payment for Material Completion. Payment for Material Completion shall be due 10 days after receipt by the Owner of the application for payment upon achievement and certification of Material Completion, provided that Final Documents shall have been submitted. Payment shall be made by a check payable jointly to the Contractor and surety and shall be mailed to the surety.

6.5.2 Application for Payment for Material Completion.

6.5.2.1 Certification of Contractor. The Contractor shall certify, over his own signature, that the Work provided for by the Contract Documents has been completed under the terms and conditions thereof, and that the entire balance of the contract, including retainage, is due and payable, except for those amounts determined by the Design Professional to be withheld due to credits due to the Owner and Minor Items or Permitted Incomplete Work pursuant to Article 6.6.3 below.

6.5.2.2 Supporting Documentation.

6.5.2.2.1 Financial Data. The Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Design Professional that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid.

6.5.2.2.2 Affidavits and Bonds. The Contractor shall attach copies of the affidavits and bonds set forth in subparagraphs 6.4.2.2.1 and 2 above, execute the payment certification and forward it directly to the Design Professional.

6.5.3 Release of Contractor’s Retainage.

6.5.3.1 Establishment of List. At the completion of the Inspection for Material Completion, the Design Professional and Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, shall develop the Final Punchlist. The Design Professional will assign a value for each the Minor Items and Permitted Incomplete Work.

6.5.3.2 Establishment of Amount of to be Withheld for Punchlist Items. In general, the amount to be withheld from the Payment for Material Completion and to be paid upon Final Completion shall be equal to 200% of the Design Professional’s value of completing the Work for each Minor Item or Permitted Incomplete Work. The following additional amounts to be withheld shall be applied where applicable.

6.5.3.2.1 Mechanical and HVAC Systems. Until such time as the Design Professional shall have certified that the heating system has been balanced under seasonable weather conditions, the amount withheld shall in no event be less than $1,000.00.

6.5.3.2.2 Certificates. For each certificate required for major components a sum of $500.00 shall be withheld until such certificate shall have been filed with the Owner and Institution.

6.5.4 Effect of Payment for Material Completion and Release of Claims. Owner shall process the Payment for Material Completion as expeditiously as possible in accordance with the certification of the Design Professional, but interest shall not accrue until thirty (30) days have elapsed from receipt, unless error is found in the application or supporting documents. Acceptance of Payment for Material Completion by the Contractor shall operate as settlement, waiver, release, discharge and payment in full of all claims against Owner of any nature arising out of the Project except for the work associated with the Minor Items and the Permitted Incomplete Work.

6.5.5 Final Payment. Final Payment shall be due 10 days after receipt by the Owner of the application for payment upon achievement and certification of Final Completion, provided that Final Documents shall have been submitted. Payment shall be made by a check payable jointly to the Contractor and surety and shall be mailed to the surety. Owner shall process the Final Payment expeditiously as possible in accordance with the certification of the Design Professional, but interest shall not accrue until thirty (30) days have elapsed from receipt, unless error is found in the application or supporting documents.

6.5.5.1 Certification of Contractor. The Contractor shall certify, over his own signature, that the Work provided for by the Contract Documents has been completed under the terms and conditions thereof, and that the entire balance of the contract is due and payable.

70 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 5 – PAYMENT FOR MATERIAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT

6.5.5.2 Supporting Documentation.

6.5.5.2.1 Financial Data. The Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Design Professional that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid.

6.5.5.2.2 Affidavits and Bonds. The Contractor shall attach copies of the affidavits and bonds set forth in subparagraphs 6.4.2.2.1 and 2 above, execute the payment certification, and forward it directly to the Design Professional.

6.5.6 Effect of Final Payment and Release of Claims. Acceptance of Final Payment for Material Completion by the Contractor shall operate as settlement, waiver, release, discharge and payment in full of all claims against Owner of any nature arising out of the Project.

71 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 6 – CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT

PART 6 – CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT

6.6.1 Non-Compliant or Defective Work. Neither the Design Professional's Certificate of Final Completion, nor any decision of the Design Professional, nor payment, nor any provision in the Contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials, faulty workmanship, or omission of contract work, and it shall remedy any defects or supply any omissions resulting therefrom and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom.

6.6.1.2 Notice of Non-Compliant or Defective Work. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects or omissions with reasonable promptness. Attached to or included within the notice shall be a Notice of Non- Compliant Work.

6.6.1.3 Correction of the Work. Within the space of time designated in Notices of Non-Compliant Work and without expense to the Owner, the Contractor shall correct, remedy, replace, re-execute, supply omitted work, or remove from the premises all work designated as non-compliant by the Design Professional. The Contractor shall give prompt notice in writing to the Design Professional, with copy to the Owner, upon completion of the supplying of any omitted work or the correction of any work designated as non-compliant by the Design Professional. In the absence of said notice, it shall be and is presumed under this Contract that there has been no correction of the non-compliant work or supplying of omitted work. If the Contractor does not remove, make good the deficiency, correct, or remedy faulty work, or supply any omitted work within the space of time designated in Notices of Non-Compliant Work, then the Owner, after ten days' notice in writing to the Contractor, may remove the work, correct the work, remedy the work or supply omitted work at the expense of the Contractor. In case of emergency involving health, safety of property, or safety of life the Owner may proceed at once with correction of the Work without waiving any rights of the Owner. Correction of defective work executed under the plans and specifications or supplying of omitted work whether or not covered by warranty of a subcontractor or supplier, remains the primary, direct responsibility of the Contractor. The foregoing obligation of the Contractor shall remain in effect until the expiration of the statute of limitations covering the Work.

6.6.2 Warranty and Guaranty. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that all work executed under the Contract Documents shall be free from defects of materials or workmanship for a period of one year from the date of Material Completion. Whenever a manufacturer’s warranty or the Contract Documents call for written guaranties or warranties in excess of one year, the Contractor shall furnish them in such form as to permit direct enforcement by the Owner against any Subcontractor, Supplier, or manufacturer whose guaranty or warranty is called for. The Contractor further agrees to all of the following:

6.6.2.1 Jointly and Severally Liable. The Contractor is jointly and severally liable with such Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, Suppliers, or manufacturers;

6.6.2.2 Ratification of Warranties by the Contractor. The warranties and guaranties of the Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, Suppliers, and manufacturers are provided by the Contractor for purposes of performance under this article, and the Contractor, ratifies them by its warranty and guaranty;

6.6.2.3 Service of notice. Service of notice on the Contractor that there has been breach of any warranty or guaranty will be sufficient to invoke the terms of this article;

6.6.2.4 Bind Subcontractors, etc. The Contractor shall bind its Subcontractors, Trade Contractors, Suppliers, and manufacturers to the terms of this article; and

6.6.2.5 Warranties no Limitation. The calling for or the furnishing of written warranties shall in no way limit the contractual obligation of the Contractor to correct the work as set forth in this Part. The remedies stated in this article are in addition to the remedies otherwise available to the Owner, do not exclude such other remedies, and are without prejudice to any other remedies.

72 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 6 – PROJECT COMPLETION PART 6 – CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT

6.6.3 Warranty Complaint Item Procedure.

6.6.3.1 Notice of Warranty/Guaranty Complaint Items. The Owner and Using Agency may provide notice of warranty work by a warranty complaint letter, sent by statutory mail or facsimile to the Contractor. The letter should outline the complaint item in non-technical language. In emergency situations, the initial notification may be oral to a person or office designated by the Contractor. The Contractor shall respond promptly to all such notices.

6.6.3.2 Duty to Correct. During the one year period of the warranty and guaranty, any defects of material or workmanship that become apparent shall be the responsibility of the Contractor until and unless the Contractor can show abuse or design defect. The Contractor shall immediately correct all defects that become known during the one year period at no cost to the Owner unless notice is given to the Design Professional, Owner and Using Agency, prior to correcting the defect that the cause of the defect is the result of abuse or design deficiency.

6.6.3.2.1 Initial Response. When the Using Agency, the Owner, or the Design Professional notifies the Contractor of a defect, the Contractor will visit the site to review the complaint within five days and shall promptly correct the Work. If the Contractor fails to respond within this time limit, the Owner may correct the defect or malfunction and charge the Contractor for the Work. The Contractor shall give notice in writing to the Owner when corrections have been completed.

6.6.3.2.2 Design Defect or User Abuse. If the Contractor believes that a design defect or user abuse has caused the malfunction or defect, he will notify the Design Professional and the Design Professional will issue a formal decision in his capacity as Design Professional and initial interpreter of the conditions of the contract. If the Contractor disagrees with the Design Professional’s response, he shall protest to the Owner in accordance with Section Five Part two. If it is determined the complaint is not the responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be promptly paid for the cost of the corrective work.

6.6.3.2.3 Emergency Situations. If the condition is an emergency, this will be communicated to the Contractor with the request that corrections are to be accomplished immediately. The Contractor shall respond to the notice in emergency situations within twenty-four hours. If the Contractor fails to respond within this time limit, the Owner may correct the defect and charge the Contractor for the Work. If it is determined the complaint is not the responsibility of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be promptly paid for the cost of the corrective work. The Contractor shall give notice in writing to the Owner when corrections have been completed.

73 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS VERSION 07/01/2011 SECTION 7 – FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS

FORMS INDEX:

Performance Bond Payment Bond Georgia Security and Immigration Compliance Act Affidavit(s) Non-Influence Affidavit Statutory Affidavit Five Year Bond on Roofs and Walls Specimen Certificate of Manufacturer Certificate of Insurance Bond to Discharge Claim Change Order Forms Application for Payment Form Subcontractor Retainage Release Certificate Final Certification of Costs

1 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS PERFORMANCE BOND

PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No.

Project No. Project Number

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That ______as principal (hereinafter referred to (Legal Name and Address of the Contractor) as "Contractor"), and ______as surety (hereinafter referred to (Legal Title and Address of Surety) as "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia as Obligee (hereinafter referred to as "Owner") in the amount of and No/100 Dollars ($ .00), to which payment Contractor and Surety bind Themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the above bounden Principal has entered into a contract with the Owner bearing date of Month, Day, Year for: Project Number and Description, Institution Name, City, State in accordance with drawings and specifications prepared by: LEGAL DP Firm Name which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.

NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform and comply with the terms and conditions of said contract; and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against and from all cost, expenses, damages, injury or loss to which said Owner may be subjected by reason of any wrongdoing, including patent infringement, misconduct, want of care or skill, default or failure of performance on the part of said Principal, his agents, subcontractors or employees, in the execution or performance of said contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.

(1) The said Surety to this bond, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change or changes, extension of time or extensions of time, alteration or alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications or drawings accompanying same, or the exercise of the Owner’s right to do work pursuant to Articles 1.3.7, 1.7.8, or 5.3.5, or Paragraphs 3.4.1.4 or 5.3.2.3, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change or changes, extension of time or extensions of time, alteration or alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the Work or to the specifications or drawings. In addition, the Surety to this bond, for value received, hereby agrees to the provisions of Article 1.5.1, including Paragraph 1.5.1.3 for increases in the penal amount of this bond, and waives notice from the Owner of any such changes.

(2) If pursuant to the Contract Documents the Contractor shall be declared in default by the Owner under the aforesaid Contract and the Owner has terminated the Contractor’s right to complete the Contract, the Surety shall promptly perform this bond agreement in accordance with its terms and conditions. If Surety chooses to investigate, Owner shall cooperate with the Surety in its investigation and shall make all public project records available for inspection by Surety at no cost to Owner. It shall be the duty of the Surety to give an unequivocal notice in writing to the Owner, within twenty-five (25) days after receipt of such a declaration of default, of the Surety's election to either remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the Contract promptly, time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to the Owner immediately upon completion of (a) the remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy and/or correction or each item of condemned work, (c) the furnishing of each omitted item of work, and (d) the performance of the contract. The Surety shall not assert its Principal as justification for its failure to give notice of election or for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the Contract.

(3) It is expressly agreed by the Principal and the Surety that the Owner, if he desires to do so, is at liberty to make inquiries at any time of subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, or other parties concerning the status of payments for labor, materials, or services furnished in the prosecution of the work.

(4) No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the legal successors of the Owner.

2 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS PERFORMANCE BOND

(5) For the purposes of this bond, the name and address of the responsible official of the Surety’s claims department, to whom correspondence and telecommunications may be addressed and/or with whom business concerning this bond may be conducted will be as follows:

NAME

TITLE ______

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

TELEPHONE

(6) Further, this bond shall be the Performance Bond furnished under O.C.G.A. §§ 13-10-2, 13-10-20 and shall be subject to increase in the penal amount of the bond pursuant to such statutes and Article 1.5.1 of the Contract.

(7) No action can be instituted on this bond after one year from the date of Final Completion as determined pursuant to Article 6.2.2.

SIGNED AND SEALED THIS ______DAY OF ______, 20_____.

ATTEST: (NAME OF Contractor)

By Secretary(*) President

(SURETY) (*)(*)

(TITLE)

(*) Please apply seal of Corporation over Secretary’s Signature. (*)(*) Please apply seal of Surety and arrange for countersignature by a “Georgia Licensed Agent” of Surety pursuant to O.C.G.A. §33-23-5. Kindly show title of the aforesaid agent as “Georgia Licensed Agent.”

(*) Attach Power of Attorney

3 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS PAYMENT BOND

PAYMENT BOND Bond No.

Project No. Project Number

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

That______as Principal (hereinafter referred to as the (Legal Title and Address of the Contractor) "Principal") and ______as Surety (hereinafter referred ( Legal Name and Address of the Surety) to as "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF GEORGIA as Obligee (hereinafter referred to as "Owner") for the use and benefit of claimants defined, hereinafter in the amount of Dollars ($ )to which payment Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHEREAS, the above bounden Principal has entered into a contract with Owner dated Month, Day, Yearfor Project Number and Description, Institution Name, City, State in accordance with the drawings and specifications prepared by: LEGAL DP Firm Name which contract is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the Principal shall promptly make payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and materials supplied in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect subject, however, to the following conditions:

(1) The said Surety to this bond, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change or changes, extension of time or extensions of time, alteration or alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the work to be performed thereunder, or the specifications or drawings accompanying same, or the exercise of the Owner’s right to do work pursuant to Articles 1.3.7,1.7.8 or 5.3.5 or Paragraphs 3.4.1.4 or 5.3.2.3, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change or changes, extension of time or extensions of time, alteration or alterations or addition or additions to the terms of the contract or to the Work or to the specifications or drawings. In addition, the Surety to this bond, for value received, hereby agrees to the provisions of Article 1.5.1, including Paragraph 1.5.1.3, for increases in the penal amount of this bond and waives notice from the Owner of any such changes.

(2) A claimant is defined as any subcontractor and any person supplying labor, materials, machinery, or equipment in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract.

(3) Every person entitled to the protection hereunder and who has not been paid in full for labor or materials furnished in the prosecution of the work referred to in said bond before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the day on which the last of the labor was done or performed by him, or materials or equipment or machinery was furnished or supplied by him for which claim is made, shall have the right to sue on such payment bond for the amount, or the balance thereof, unpaid at the time of the commencement of such action and to prosecute such action to final execution and judgment for the sum or sums due him, provided, however, that any person having direct contractual relationship with a subcontractor, but no contractual relationship express or implied with the Contractor furnishing said payment bond shall have (a) given written notice to said Contractor within ninety (90) days from the day on which such person did or performed the last of the labor, or furnished the last of the materials or machinery or equipment for which such claim is made stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was performed or done; and (b) if the Contractor has filed a Notice of Commencement in accordance with the requirements of O.C.G.A. §13-10-62 and Articles 4.3.2 of the contract, given to said contractor a written Notice to Contractor within 30 days from the filing of the Notice of Commencement or 30 days following the first delivery of labor, materials, machinery or equipment, whichever is later, setting forth:

A) The name, address, and telephone number of the person providing labor, material, machinery, or equipment;

B) The name and address of each person at whose instance the labor, material, machinery or equipment is being furnished;

C) The name and the location of the public work; and

D) A description of the labor, material, machinery, or equipment being provided and, if known, the contract price or anticipated value of the labor, material, machinery, or equipment to be provided or the amount claimed to be due, if any.

It is provided further that nothing contained herein shall limit the right of action to said 90-day period. Notice may be served by the depositing of a notice, certified mail, postage paid, duly addressed to the Contractor at any place he maintains an office or conducts his business, or his residence, in any post office or branch post office or any letter box under the control of the Post Office Department or notice may be served by statutory mail pursuant to O.C.G.A. §9-10-12 or in any manner in which the sheriffs of Georgia are authorized by law to serve summons or process. Every suit instituted under this section shall be brought in the name of the claimant without Owner being made a party thereof. The official who has custody of said bond is authorized and directed to furnish, to any person making application thereof who submits an affidavit that he has supplied labor or materials for such work and payment therefore has not been made, or that he is being sued on any such bond, a copy of such bond and the contract for which it was given, certified, by the official who has custody of said bond and contract shall be admitted in evidence without further proof.

4 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS PAYMENT BOND

Applicants shall pay for such certified statements and such fees as the official fixes to cover the cost of preparation thereof, but in no case shall the fixed fee exceed the fees that the clerks of the superior courts are permitted to charge for similar copies.

(4) It is expressly agreed by the Principal and the Surety that the Owner, if he desires to do so, is at liberty to make inquiries at any time of subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, or other parties concerning the status of payments for labor, materials, or services furnished in the prosecution of the work.

(5) For the purposes of this bond, the name and address of the responsible official of the Surety’s claims department, to whom correspondence and telecommunications may be addressed and/or with whom business concerning this bond may be conducted will be as follows:

NAME

TITLE ______

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

TELEPHONE

(6) Further, this bond shall be the Payment Bond furnished under O.C.G.A. §§ 13-10-1, 13-10-60 et seq. and shall be subject to increase in the penal amount of the bond pursuant to such statutes and Article 1.5.1 of the Contract.

(7) No action can be instituted on this bond after one year from the date of Final Completion as determined pursuant to Article 6.2.2.

SIGNED AND SEALED THIS ______DAY OF ______, 20_____.

ATTEST: (NAME OF Contractor)

By Secretary(*) President

(SURETY) (*)(*)

(TITLE)

(*) Please apply seal of Corporation over Secretary’s Signature. (*)(*) Please apply seal of Surety and arrange for countersignature by a “Georgia Licensed Agent” of Surety pursuant to O.C.G.A. §33-23-5. Kindly show title of the aforesaid agent as “Georgia Licensed Agent.”

(*) Attach Power of Attorney

5 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS GEORGIA SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION COMPLIANCE ACT AFFIDAVIT(S)

GEORGIA SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION COMPLIANCE ACT AFFIDAVIT(S)

“Contractor” in the following Affidavits shall mean “General Contractor”/”Contractor” for the purpose of compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, (b).

For the purpose of completing the attached Affidavits, please insert the following:  “Name of Public Employer” shall mean “Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia, Owner, for the use and benefit of Institution Name, Using Agency”  “Name of Project” shall mean “Project No. Project Number and Description”

6 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS GEORGIA SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION COMPLIANCE ACT AFFIDAVIT(S)

Contractor Affidavit under O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b)(1)

By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services on behalf of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia for the use and benefit of Institution Name, Using Agency (public employer) has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E-Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an affidavit to the contractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10- 91(b). Contractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows:

______Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number

______Date of Authorization

______Name of Contractor

Project Number and Description Name of Project

Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia For the use and benefit of Institution Name Name of Public Employer

I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed on ______, ___, 20__ in _____(city), ______(state).

______Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent

______Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE ______DAY OF ______,20__.

______NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires: ______

7 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS GEORGIA SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION COMPLIANCE ACT AFFIDAVIT(S)

Subcontractor Affidavit under O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b)(3)

By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract with (name of contractor) on behalf of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia for the use and benefit of Institution Name, Using Agency (public employer) has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E-Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned subcontractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned subcontractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with sub-subcontractors who present an affidavit to the subcontractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Additionally, the undersigned subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of an affidavit from a sub-subcontractor to the contractor within five business days of receipt. If the undersigned subcontractor receives notice that a sub-subcontractor has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub- subcontractor, the undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows:

______Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number

______Date of Authorization

______Name of Subcontractor

Project Number and Description Name of Project

Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia For the use and benefit of Institution Name Name of Public Employer

I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed on ______, ___, 20__ in _____(city), ______(state).

______Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent

______Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE ______DAY OF ______,20__.

______NOTARY PUBLIC

My Commission Expires: ______

8 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS GEORGIA SECURITY AND IMMIGRATION COMPLIANCE ACT AFFIDAVIT(S)

Sub-subcontractor Affidavit under O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b)(4)

By executing this affidavit, the undersigned sub-subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13- 10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract for (name of subcontractor or sub-subcontractor with whom such sub-subcontractor has privity of contract) and (name of contractor) on behalf of Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia for the use and benefit of Institution Name, Using Agency (public employer) has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E- Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned sub-subcontractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned sub-subcontractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with sub-subcontractors who present an affidavit to the sub-subcontractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). The undersigned sub-subcontractor shall submit, at the time of such contract, this affidavit to (name of subcontractor or sub-subcontractor with whom such sub-subcontractor has privity of contract). Additionally, the undersigned sub-subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of any affidavit from a sub-subcontractor to (name of subcontractor or sub-subcontractor with whom such sub-subcontractor has privity of contract). Sub-subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows:

______Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number

______Date of Authorization

______Name of Sub-subcontractor

Project Number and Description Name of Project

Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia For the use and benefit of Institution Name Name of Public Employer

I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed on ______, ___, 20__ in _____(city), ______(state).

______Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent

______Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent

SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE ______DAY OF ______,20__. ______NOTARY PUBLIC My Commission Expires: ______

9 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS NON-INFLUENCE AFFIDAVIT

NON-INFLUENCE AFFIDAVIT

COUNTY OF ______

STATE OF ______

I do solemnly swear on my oath that as to the Contract dated______, 20______, between ______(NAME OF CONTRACTOR)

and the Owner, I have no knowledge of the exertion of any influence or the attempted exertion of any influence on the firm on behalf of which this affidavit is made in any way, manner, or form in the purchase of materials, equipment, or other items involved in construction, manufacture, or employment of labor under the aforesaid Contract by any employee, officer, or agent of the Owner, or any person connected with the State Government of Georgia in any way whatsoever.

This ______day of ______, 20______.

______(L.S.) Signature

______Title

______Firm

COUNTY OF ______

STATE OF ______

Personally before me, the undersigned authority, appeared______(NAME OF PERSON SIGNING THE AFFIDAVIT) who is known to me to be an official of the firm of ______, (NAME OF CONTRACTOR) and who, after being duly sworn, stated on his oath that he had read the above statement and that the same is true and correct.

______Notary Public

My Commission expires ______

This______day of ______, 20____.

10 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS STATUTORY AFFIDAVIT

STATUTORY AFFIDAVIT

COUNTY OF ______STATE OF ______

FROM: ______Contractor TO: ______Owner Re: Contract entered into the _____ day of ______, 20____, between the above-mentioned parties for the construction of Project No. ______located at ______

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:

1. The undersigned hereby certifies that all work required under the above Contract has been performed in accordance with the terms thereof, that all Subcontractors, Suppliers, Trade Contractors, mechanics, and laborers have been paid and satisfied in full, or will be paid and satisfied in full out of the proceeds of this payment as set forth in O.C.G.A. §13-10-80, and that there are no outstanding claims of any character [including disputed claims or any claims to which the Contractor has or will assert any defense] arising out of the performance of the Contract which have not been paid and satisfied in full except as listed herein below:......

Instructions to Contractor- ENTER THE WORD "NONE" OR LIST THE NAMES OF CLAIMANTS

2. The undersigned further certifies that to the best of his knowledge and belief there are no unsatisfied claims for damages resulting from injury or death to any employees, Subcontractors, or the public at large arising out of the performance of the contract, or any suits or claims for any other damage of any kind, nature, or description which might constitute a lien upon the property of the Owner.

3. The undersigned makes this affidavit for the purpose of receiving final payment in full settlement of all claims against the Owner arising under or by virtue of the contract, and acceptance of such payment is acknowledged as a release of the Owner from any and all claims arising under or by virtue of the contract.

This ______day of ______, 20______.

______(L.S.) Signature ______Title ______Firm

COUNTY OF ______STATE OF ______

Personally before me, the undersigned authority, appeared______(NAME OF PERSON SIGNING THE AFFIDAVIT) who is known to me to be an official of the firm of ______, (NAME OF CONTRACTOR) and who, after being duly sworn, stated on his oath that he had read the above statement and that the same is true and correct. ______Notary Public

My Commission expires ______

This______day of ______, 20____.

11 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS FIVE-YEAR ROOF AND WALL BOND

FIVE YEAR BOND ON ROOFS AND WALLS

STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF ______

Firmly Bound. Know all men by these presents, that we, ______(“Contractor”) as Principal, and (Name of Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto ______, (Insert Name of Owner) Owner, in the sum of______Dollars ($______) for the payment of which well and truly to be made and done, we bind ourselves, our executors and administrators, our successors and assigns, jointly and severally, by these presents.

Condition of Obligation. The condition of the above obligation is such that WHEREAS Contractor has entered into a Contract with Owner dated______(enter date of contract), for construction of Project No.______.

Warranty. WHEREAS, the said Contractor warrants with respect to the said work that for a period of five years from the date of the execution of the final certificate of the Design Professional, the roofs of the building (or buildings) and roofs of passages, including but not limited to the roof envelope, including but not limited to the roof decking; deck sheathing; material used as a roof base or insulation over which roof is applied; roofing materials; promenade decks or any other work on the surface of the roof; flashing; base flashing; counter flashing; metal work, gravel stops; or roof expansion joints shall be absolutely watertight and free from all leaks. At no expense to the Owner, the Contractor will make repairs to any defects that may develop in the work including but not limited to: blisters, exposed felts, ridges, wrinkles, splits, warped insulation, and loose flashing, in a manner compatible to the system and acceptable under industry standards and in accordance with the construction specifications. The Contractor also warrants that for the same five-year period the walls of the building (or buildings) and building envelope, including but not limited to: vertical and/or horizontal expansion joints, below and/or above grade waterproofing, below and/or above grade damp-proofing, thru-wall flashing, damp course flashing and waterproofing of joints at openings in walls including but not limited to door perimeters, window perimeters, vents and pipe openings shall be absolutely watertight and free from all leaks, seepage or dampness, and that he shall, at no expense to the Owner, make repairs to any defects that may develop in the work in a manner compatible to the system and acceptable under industry standards and in accordance with the construction specifications, Provided, however: That the following are excluded from the warranty:

(a) Defects or failures resulting from abuse by the Owner, upon presentation of competent evidence of same by the Contractor.

(b) Defects in design that the said Contractor shall produce competent evidence of having had provided clear written notice in writing to the Owner prior to commencing installation of the Work, except, however, that the Contractor shall not be responsible, insofar as liability under this bond is concerned, for bringing to the attention of the Owner defects in design involving failure of only the following three structural elements:

(1) Structural Frame (2) Load bearing walls (3) Foundations

nor shall the Contractor be responsible for correction of leaks resulting from said failure.

(c) Damage caused by fire, tornado, hail, hurricane, acts of God, wars, riots, or civil commotion upon presentation of competent evidence of same by the Contractor..

(d) The Contractor is not an insurer nor is he a guarantor of the design. Any other provisions of this bond to the contrary notwithstanding, the Contractor shall not be required to remedy any errors or omissions of design.

Leaks or Defects. WHEREAS the said Contractor agrees that should any leaks or defects occur in the roof envelope or wall envelope of the said (Name and Number of Project) the said Contractor will promptly remedy the said leaks or defects and pay for any damage to other work of said Project resulting therefrom, except, however, that when this instrument is executed by a Trade Contractor this Contract, shall, insofar as the Trade Contractor is concerned, extend only to the work executed by said Trade Contractor.

Notice to Surety. If the Contractor shall have been given notice to remedy leaks or defects pursuant to the Contract Documents and has been declared in default by the Owner and the Owner has terminated the Contractor’s right to complete the remedy, the Surety shall be notified in writing and shall promptly perform this bond agreement in accordance with its terms and conditions. If Surety chooses to investigate, Owner shall cooperate with the Surety in its investigation and shall make all public project records available for inspection by Surety at no cost to Owner. It shall be the duty of the Surety to give an unequivocal notice in writing to the Owner, within twenty-five 12 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS FIVE-YEAR ROOF AND WALL BOND

(25) days after receipt of such notice, of the Surety's election to either remedy the leaks and defects promptly, time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to the Owner immediately upon completion of the remedy and/or correction of the leaks or defects. The Surety shall not assert its Principal as justification for its failure to give notice of election or for its failure to promptly remedy the leaks or defects.

Full Force and Effect. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor shall in all things promptly and faithfully perform and comply with the terms and conditions hereinbefore set forth, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be duly executed this ______day of ______, 20___.

______WITNESS Principal

By:______

TITLE______

______WITNESS Surety

By:______

TITLE______

(*) Attach Power of Attorney

Instructions for execution by Contractor

(a) If the firm is a partnership, all members of the partnership must execute. (b) If the firm is a corporation, the president must sign, the secretary must attest, and the Seal of Corporation must be affixed. (c) If the firm operates as a sole proprietorship, the proprietor must execute.

13 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS CERTIFICATE OF MANUFACTURER

SPECIMEN CERTIFICATE OF MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION OF CERTIFICATE: To be acceptable, the certificate must be prepared in the form indicated by this specimen on the official letterhead of the manufacturer. No portions of the certificate may be omitted. Attached is a copy of the Contract provision under which the certificate is required. The Authority needs only one copy of the certificate. If equipment of a manufacturer is not installed in strict compliance with the recommendations of the manufacturer or if in the design of the work the equipment is not applied in strict compliance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, a letter from the manufacturer should be forwarded to the Contractor [with copies to the Design Professional and the Owner] setting forth a list of the deviations from the recommendations of the manufacturer and stating what remains to be done in order to bring the work into strict compliance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. Prior to calling upon the representative of the manufacturer for performance of the services necessary to enable him to execute a certificate in accordance with this specimen, it is the obligation of the Contractor to have installed the work in strict compliance with the recommendations of the manufacturer [See Article 2.2.4 of the Contract], and it is likewise the obligation of the Contractor to have put the equipment in good operating condition in absolute and final readiness for the "start-up,” "testing,” and "placing into operation" as defined herein below by the representative of the manufacturer.

Date:______

Insert name and address of Owner

Re: Certificate of [JOHN DOE CORPORATION] that equipment or components furnished by it has [or have, as the case may be] been installed in strict compliance with its recommendations and is [or are, as the case may be] operating properly at PROJECT NO.______

Gentlemen:

1. We certify through our duly authorized and acting agent that the following item [or items, as the case may be] furnished by us to the Project named in the caption was [or were, as the case may be] started up, tested, and placed in operation by our authorized field representative on [enter the date on which the field representative performed the start- up, test, and placing into operation] and is [or are, as the case may be] operating properly:

[List the item or items furnished to the job. Show catalogue number or numbers.]

2. We certify further that the aforesaid equipment was installed in strict compliance with our recommendations as published by us in the following document [or documents, as the case may be]:

[Insert the date, name, or other positive means of identifying the exact document or documents in which the recommendations for installation and use of the item or items are published.] (*)

3. A copy of the aforesaid document(s) is (are) attached hereto.

This ______day of______, 20____

JOHN DOE CORPORATION

By:______Authorized Representative

(*) The date must be shown [See Article 6.4.1.2.5 DEFINITIONS: l. "Start-up" is defined as putting the equipment into action. 2. "Testing" is defined as performing such testing as is stipulated in the Contract Documents to be performed. 3. "Placing into operation" is defined as operating the equipment for a sufficient period of time for the determination to be made that it is performing properly.

14 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

INSTRUCTIONS TO PRODUCING AGENT: COMPLETE THE SHADED PORTIONS OF THIS CERTIFICATE OR SIMILAR FORM AND RETURN TO THE INSURED, WITH ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENTS ATTACHED. NO CONDITION, TERM, QUALIFICATION, LIMITATION, EXCEPTION, EXEMPTION, MODIFICATION, OR PROVISO SHALL APPEAR ON THE CERTIFICATE.

Certificate of Insurance

Name, Address and Telephone Number of Producing Agent PROJECT NO.: Project Number

PROJECT NAME: Project Name/Description as listed in the Form of Contract, Institution Name, City, State

Name and Address of Insured Contractor (Contractor) Certificate Holder(Owner): Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia 270 Washington Street, SW, 6th Floor Atlanta, Georgia 30334 Attn: Director of Contracts & Services, Office of Facilities

Type of Insurance Policy No. Company Affording Policy Expiration Limits Coverage Date

Commercial General Liability(1993 Each Person $1,000,000.00 ISO Occurrence Form or its equivalent); Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 Includes XCU Coverage Products-Co./Op Agg $1,000,000.00 Personal & Adv injury $1,000,000.00 Contractual $1,000,000.00 General Aggregate $2,000,000.00

Commercial Business Automobile Bodily Injury $1,000,000.00 Liability Property Damage $1,000,000.00 Combined Single Limit $1,000,000.00

Commercial Umbrella Liability Each Occurrence $2,000.000.00 Aggregate $4,000,000.00

Workers Compensation W C Statutory Limits

Employers’ Liability Each Accident $1,000,000.00 Disease Each Employee $1,000,000.00 BI - Disease-Aggregate $1,000,000.00

Builders Risk written on 1991 Cost of Project Cause of Loss-Special Form or its equivalent OR Installation Floater (for other than new construction)

The insured contractor has provided the contract provisions concerning insurance to the Undersigned, and the Undersigned had reviewed the insurance coverages required for the project referenced above and makes the following certifications, which shall serve to bind the various insurance carriers as follows:

1. Such insurance as is herein certified (i) are written in accordance with the company’s regular policies and endorsements, subject to the company’s applicable manuals or rules and rates in effect, (ii) have been issued to the insured named above, and (iii) are in force at this time. 2. With the exception of the Workers Compensation policy, the Officers, Members, Agents, & Employees of the Owner and the State of Georgia are included as additional insureds as their interests may appear and a copy of the additional insured endorsement(s) is attached hereto. The undersigned certifies that he has so notified each Insurer that Georgia law requires that the Attorney General of Georgia shall represent and defend the state entities and Indemnities named herein remains in full force and effect and is not waived by issuance of any policy of insurance Disease Each Employee $1,000,000.00 BI - Disease-Aggregate $1,000,000.00. 3. Each policy either provides or has been endorsed to meet Georgia law that the policy shall not be canceled, changed, allowed to lapse, or allowed to expire for any reason until thirty (30) days (10 days for non-payment of premium) after the Certificate holder has received written notice thereof as evidenced by return receipt of certified or overnight letter.

Authorized Representative: ______Date: ______

Typed Name: ______

15 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS BOND TO DISCHARGE CLAIM

THIS FORM IS FOR OPTIONAL USE TO RELEASE TO THE CONTRACTOR FUNDS WITHHELD FROM A PAY APPLICATION IN THE EVENT A SUBCONTRACTOR FILES A CLAIM AGAINST THE CONTRACT BALANCE HELD BY THE OWNER THAT REMAINS UNRESOLVED. THIS IS A SUBORDINATE DOCUMENT TO THE PAYMENT BOND FOR THE PROJECT, AND IS CALCULATED AGAINST THE PENAL AMOUNT OF THAT PAYMENT BOND. THERE ARE OTHER METHODS THAT MAY BE USED TO REMEDY SUCH SITUATIONS, HOWEVER, THIS FORM IS EFFECTIVE WHEN NONE OF THE PARTIES ARE ABLE TO REACH AGREEMENT UPON THE CLAIM.

BOND TO DISCHARGE CLAIM

WHEREAS, ______(hereinafter referred to as “Claimant” has filed a claim against ______(the “Contractor”, hereinafter referred to as “Principal”) on the following contract:

WHEREAS, the undersigned Principal and Surety have issued Payment Bond No. ______(the “Primary Bond”) to the Owner, as Obligee, on the Contract dated ______for Project ______;

WHEREAS, the undersigned Principal and Surety dispute the Claimant’s entitlement to all or part of the claim and expressly reserve all rights and defenses available at law in connection therewith;

WHEREAS, ______as Principal and ______as Surety, desire to continue to receiving payments from the Owner for work done on the above referenced project,

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the undersigned Principal and Surety do hold themselves firmly bond unto ______as Claimant, in the total amount of ______dollars ($______), representing double the amount of the claim.

The condition of this Bond to Discharge Claim is such that should the undersigned Principal or Surety pay to the Claimant the sum that may be found to be due to the Claimant upon the trial of any action that may be filed by said Claimant, or if Principal or Surety pay to the Claimant a sum agreeable to Claimant and Claimant accepts such payment, then this Bond shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.

The penal amount of the Primary Bond is conditionally reduced by the amount of this Bond to Discharge Claim, and upon payment of any sums to the Obligee under this Bond to Discharge Claim, the penal amount of the Primary Bond is reduced instanter by the amount of such payment.

No action can be instituted on this bond after one year from the date of Final Completion as determined pursuant to Article 6.2.2 of the Contract.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have set their hands and seals this _____ day of ______, 20___.

______Principal

by:______

______Surety

by:______Attorney-in-Fact ______Type Name Above

16 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 - FORMS CHANGE ORDER FORMAT

CHANGE ORDER FORMAT (Lump Sum)

NOTE TO DESIGN PROFESSIONAL:

Please prepare each Change Order in the form and wording given below, deleting inapplicable wording and adding such explanations as may be necessary. The wording in Paragraph 11 may not be changed or altered in any way by either the Design Professional or the Contractor. Send four copies, signed by you and the Contractor, to the Owner. Do not forward a Change Order unless it is accompanied by a breakdown which has been certified by the Contract Compliance Specialist and Program Manager (if applicable).

Note to Design Professional: CHANGE ORDER No. ______Please leave the Change Order number blank. The Owner will assign a number.

Project Name: ______Project Number: ______

Owner Note to Design Professional:: No Change Order should be forwarded unless you have been furnished with a letter from the Owner authorizing same.

1. Submission of this Change Order for consideration was authorized by letter from the Owner, dated , 20__, Incumbrance Record No. .

2. The changes hereinafter described are applicable to the Contract for the construction of the above-referenced Project and amend the Contract Documents.

3. Description of Change:

Note to Design Professional: Be sure to give a complete statement describing the changes in the work, including the specifications. If drawings are necessary, refer to them by date, etc., and state they are made a part of the Change Order. Copy of drawings should be attached to the Change Order.

4. This Change Order is deemed necessary and originated with the (Design Professional) (Owner) (Contractor) (Using Agency). (Indicate applicable entity.)

5. This Change Order is necessary to:

Note to Design Professional: Give a complete description of conditions which necessitate the change.

6. The amount of the Change Order was determined by:

Choose one: a. Estimate and acceptance in lump sum. b. Unit prices stated in contract or subsequently agreed upon.

c. Cost and percentage as described in general conditions.

7. A memorandum is attached showing cost breakdown of labor and materials by unit and quantities as prepared by the Contractor and checked by the Contract Compliance Specialist and Program Manager (if any).

17 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 - FORMS CHANGE ORDER FORMAT

8. We have verified the quantity and quality of all materials shown on the memorandum. We have verified that all prices are reasonable and do not exceed current costs for like services or materials, and we have verified that the quality of the materials meets the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Note to Design Professional: Please observe that verification of quantities and prices means the Design Professional who signs the Change Order has personal knowledge that the quantities shown in the memorandum referred to under paragraph 7 above are correct, that he has personally satisfied himself that full credit has been extended for any work or materials deleted or omitted, and that he has conclusively established by such checking or inquire as may be necessary that the prices and allowances shown in the memorandum comparable with current costs for like services and materials.

9. The contractor shall be allowed additional calendar days for completion. The Material Completion and Occupancy Date is: ______.

Note to Design Professional: Please insert the number of additional Days allowed and the new Material Completion and Occupancy Date, or, if no additional time is allowed, insert “0” for the Days and “No Change” for the date.

10. The Contract Sum shall be (increased) (decreased) by $ ______on account of this change.

Note to Design Professional: Please delete inapplicable language in parentheses and enter the dollar amount for this change. Insure that cost of the Work, percentage markup for profit, and the daily rate of general conditions costs is accurate and included in the amount of an additive change. If a deductive change, the amount is generally cost of the work only; however, consult with the owner in significant deductive Change Orders to determine if time or profit should be included in the deducted amount.

11. The payment and extension of time, if any, provided by this Change Order constitutes compensation in full to the Contractor and its Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Trade Contractors for all costs and markups, directly and indirectly attributable to the changes ordered herein, and for all delays or time related costs thereto and for any acceleration costs for performance of changes within the time stated and to be completed by the Material Completion and Occupancy Date and for any claims related thereto against the Owner and the Design Professional, and design consultants.

APPROVED AND AGREED BY CONTRACTOR: RECOMMENDED FOR OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE LEGAL GC Firm Name DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: LEGAL DP Firm Name

By: By:

(Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title)

Date approved by Contractor: Date approved by Design Professional:

APPROVED AND AGREED BY USING AGENCY: APPROVED AND AGREED BY OWNER: INSTITUTION NAME BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

By: By:

(Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title)

Date approved by Using Agency: Date approved by Owner:

18 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 - FORMS CHANGE ORDER FORMAT

CHANGE ORDER FORMAT (Force Account or Indeterminate Units)

NOTE TO DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: Please prepare each Change Order in the form and wording given below, deleting inapplicable wording and adding such explanations as may be necessary. The wording in Paragraph 8 may not be changed or altered in any way by either the Design Professional or the Contractor. The wording in Paragraph 5 of the Final Cost Amendment may not be changed or altered in any way by either the Design Professional or the Contractor. Send four copies, signed by you and the Contractor, to the Owner. Do not forward a Change Order unless it is accompanied by a breakdown which has been checked by the Contract Compliance Specialist and Program Manager (if applicable).

Note to Design Professional: CHANGE ORDER No. ______Please leave the Change Order number blank. The Owner will assign a number.

Project Name: ______Project Number: ______

Owner Note to Design Professional:: No Change Order should be forwarded unless you have been furnished with a letter from the Owner authorizing same.

1. Submission of this Change Order for consideration was authorized by letter from the Owner, dated , 20__, Incumbrance Record No. .

2. The changes hereinafter described are applicable to the Contract for the construction of the above-referenced Project and amend the Contract Documents..

3. Description of Change:

Note to Design Professional: Be sure to give a complete statement describing the changes in the work, including the specifications. If drawings are necessary, refer to them by date, etc., and state they are made a part of the Change Order. Copy of drawings should be attached to the Change Order.

4. This Change Order is deemed necessary and originated with the (Design Professional) (Owner) (Contractor) (Using Agency). (Indicate applicable entity.)

5. This Change Order is necessary to: Note to Design Professional: Give a complete description of conditions which necessitate the change.

6. The Maximum Allowable Cost of the Change Order was estimated by:

Choose one: a. Estimate in lump sum. b. Unit prices stated in contract or subsequently agreed upon, and an estimated number of units.

c. Cost and percentage as described in general conditions.

19 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 - FORMS CHANGE ORDER FORMAT

7. A memorandum is attached showing the estimated cost breakdown of labor and materials by unit and quantities as prepared by the Contractor and checked by the Contract Compliance Specialist and Program Manager (if any).

8. The Maximum Allowed Cost for this Change Order is $ ______, and is established as Incumbrance Record No. ______. This Maximum Allowed Cost may be amended by the Owner in the event the actual costs are expected to exceed the Maximum Allowed Cost, provided that Contractor shall give written notice of such fact prior to incurring actual costs in excess of ninety percent of the Maximum Allowable Cost. In no event shall actual costs be incurred in excess of the Maximum Allowed Cost, as it may be amended.

APPROVED AND AGREED BY CONTRACTOR: RECOMMENDED FOR OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE LEGAL GC Firm Name DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: LEGAL DP Firm Name

By: By:

(Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title)

Date approved by Contractor: Date approved by Design Professional:

APPROVED AND AGREED BY USING AGENCY: APPROVED AND AGREED BY OWNER: INSTITUTION NAME BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

By: By:

(Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title)

Date approved by Using Agency: Date approved by Owner:

20 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 - FORMS CHANGE ORDER FORMAT

FINAL COST AMENDMENT TO CHANGE ORDER NO. ______

1. A memorandum is attached showing cost breakdown of labor and materials by unit and quantities as prepared by the Contractor and checked by the Contract Compliance Specialist and Program Manager (if any).

2. We have verified the quantity and quality of all materials shown on the memorandum. We have verified that all prices are reasonable and do not exceed current costs for like services or materials, and we have verified that the quality of the materials meets the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Note to Design Professional: Please observe the fact that verification of quantities and prices means the Design Professional who signs the Change Order has personal knowledge that the quantities shown in the memorandum referred to under paragraph 7 above are correct, that he has personally satisfied himself that full credit has been extended for any work or materials deleted or omitted, and that he has conclusively established by such checking or inquire as may be necessary that the prices and allowances shown in the memorandum comparable with current costs for like services and materials.

3. The contractor shall be allowed additional calendar days for completion. The Material Completion and Occupancy date is: ______.

Note to Design Professional: Please insert the number of additional Days allowed and the new Material Completion and Occupancy Date, or, if no additional time is allowed, insert “0” for Days and “No Change” for the date.

4. The Contract Sum shall be (increased) (decreased) by $ ______on account of this change.

Note to Design Professional: Please delete inapplicable language in parentheses and enter the dollar amount for this change. Insure that cost of the Work, percentage markup for profit, and the daily rate of general conditions costs is accurate and included in the amount of an additive change. If a deductive change, the amount is generally cost of the work only; however, consult with the owner in significant deductive Change Orders to determine if time or profit should be included in the deducted amount.

5. The payment and extension of time, if any, provided by this Change Order constitutes compensation in full to the Contractor and its Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Trade Contractors for all costs and markups, directly and indirectly attributable to the changes ordered herein, and for all delays or time related costs thereto and for any acceleration costs for performance of changes within the time stated and to be completed by the Material Completion and Occupancy Date and for any Claims related thereto against the Owner and the Design Professional, and design consultants.

APPROVED AND AGREED BY CONTRACTOR: RECOMMENDED FOR OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE LEGAL GC Firm Name DESIGN PROFESSIONAL: LEGAL DP Firm Name

By: By:

(Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title)

Date approved by Contractor: Date approved by Design Professional:

APPROVED AND AGREED BY USING AGENCY: APPROVED AND AGREED BY OWNER: INSTITUTION NAME BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY

By: By:

(Print Name/Title) (Print Name/Title)

Date approved by Using Agency: Date approved by Owner:

21 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 - FORMS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM

APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT

APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. PROJECT NO.

CERTIFICATE OF THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS DULY AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE

To the best of my knowledge and belief, I certify that all items, units, quantities, and prices of work and material shown on this Application for Payment No. are correct; that all work has been performed and materials supplied in full accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents between (Owner) and dated (Contractor) and all authorized changes thereto; and that the following is a true and correct statement of the contract account up to and including the last day of the period covered by this Application and that no part of the "amount due this Application" has been received. (a) Total amount earned for work in place (original contract) $ (b) Total amount earned for work in place (Change Orders) $ (c) Value of materials stored at site $ (d) Total amount earned ( (a) plus (b) plus (c) ) $ (e) Amount retained (10%) $ (f) Total earned less retained percentage ( (d) minus (e) ) $ (g) Total previously approved $ (h) Amount due THIS ESTIMATE ( (f) minus (g) ) $ (i) Retainage payment to Subcontractors per Paragraph 4 .1.2.5 of the General Conditions. $ (j) AMOUNT DUE Contractor ( (h) minus (i) ) $ I further certify that all claims outstanding against the undersigned Contractor for labor, materials, and expendable equipment employed in the performance of said contract have been paid in full in accordance with the requirements of said contract, except such outstanding claims as are listed below or on the attached sheet, which statement contains all claims against the Contractor which are not yet paid, including all disputed claims and any claims to which the Contractor has or will assert any defense.

I further certify that all of the materials indicated on this Application for Payment as being stored on the Site, but not yet incorporated into the building, have been purchased, delivered, and are now stored on the Site for future incorporation into the building and until so incorporated the title to same is, upon payment of this statement, vested in the Owner. Furthermore, the undersigned Contractor assumes full responsibility for the existence, protection, and, if necessary, replacement of the above-mentioned materials until the completion of this contract.

Contractor By

Date Title

STATEMENT OF THE CONTRACT COMPLIANCE SPECIALIST

I have checked this Application for Payment and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the statement of work performed and statement of materials stored on site by the Contractor are supported by my observations

Name Contract Compliance Specialist. Date:

CERTIFICATE OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL

I certify that I have verified this Application for Payment and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is a true and correct statement of work performed and statement of materials stored on site by the Contractor and that the Contractor's certified statement of his account and the amount due him is correct and just. I further certify that all work has been performed and materials have been supplied in full accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and authorized changes thereto.

Name Design Professional. Date:

22 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 - FORMS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM

SCHEDULE OF CHANGE ORDERS

In support of Application for Payment No.

Project No. Period Ending:

Contractor:

CHANGE ORDERS ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS

Completed Previous Authorized Number Date Authorized Amount Amount this Period Periods Deductions (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

23 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM

WORK PERFORMED TO DATE

In support of Application for Payment No.

For the period from , through inclusive.

Project No.

Name and location of Project

Contractor's Name and Address

WORK INCLUDED IN ORIGINAL CONTRACT

DETAILED ESTIMATE WORK PERFORMED TO DATE

CSI Category and Description Number Amount Earned Value of Percent Item No. and Designation & Kind Unit Price Estimated No. of to Date Incomplete Complete (1) of Units (3) Cost Units (6) Work (8) (2) (4) (5) (7)

A. Contracting Requirements: * a. b. c,

1. Division 1 – General Requirements: * a. b. c.

2. Division 2 – Site Construction: ** (i) Building a. b. c.

(ii) Infrastructure a. b. c.

3. Division 3 – Concrete: * a. b. c.

4. Division 4 – Masonry: ** (i) Building a. b. c.

(ii) Infrastructure a. b. c.

5. Division 5 – Metals: * a. b. c. 24 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM

6. Division 6 – Wood and Plastics: * a. b. c.

7. Division 7 – Thermal & Moisture: ***** a. b. c. Roof:

8. Division 8 – Doors & Windows: * a. b. c.

9. Division 9 – Finishes: * a. b. c.

10. Division 10 – Specialties: * a. b. c.

11. Division 11 – Equipment: *** (i) Fixed or Built-in: a. b. c.

(ii) Moveable: a. b. c.

12. Division 12 – Furnishings: *** (i) Fixed or Built-in: a. b. c.

(ii) Moveable: a. b. c.

13. Division 13 – Special Construction: * a. b. c.

14. Division 14 – Conveying Systems: * a. b. c.

15. Division 15 – Mechanical: **** (i) Building a. b. c.

(ii) Infrastructure a. b. c.

16. Division 16 – Electrical: ** (i) Building a. b. c. 25 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM

(ii) Infrastructure a. b. c.

17. Division 17 – Special Inspections: ** (i) Building a. b. c.

(ii) Infrastructure a. b. c.

(iii) Documents

A. Total Amount of original contract

B. Plus or minus total previously approved C. O.'s Nos.------incl.

C. Plus or minus C. O.'s Nos.------incl. approved during period covered by this est.------

D. Total Net Adjusted Amt.

NOTES: The following breakdowns must be accomplished in order to comply with Government Accounting requirements. Upon completion of the Project, the final Application for Payment must show all divisions and sections, and a Final Certification of Costs for Capital Asset Accounting completed and submitted with the Application for Final Payment.

* Report Items in each division, by CSI division and such other breakdown as is useful to the Contractor or Contract Compliance Specialist.

** These items must be broken down into 2 categories, (i) Building and (ii) Infrastructure, reported by specification section. Infrastructure for these purposes is defined as everything outside a line five feet from the building footprint.

*** These items must be broken down into 2 categories; (i) fixed equipment & furnishings and (ii) Moveable equipment & furnishings and reported by specification section.

**** Division 15 – Mechanical. This item must be broken down into 2 categories, (i) Building and (ii) Infrastructure, reported by specification section. Chillers and HVAC units that serve the facility are to be included as a part of the Building, even if they are outside the 5-foot limit. Chillers and HVAC units that are outside the 5 foot limit and serve more than one facility, such as equipment used in a central plant, are to be included in Infrastructure.

***** Division 7 – Thermal & Moisture Components of the Roof system should be reported as a separate line item. Generally, this includes components of Sections 7500 and 7600.

26 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT FORM

SUMMARY OF MATERIALS STORED

In support Application for Payment No.

Project No. Period Ending:

Contractor:

TYPE OF ITEM NO. NAME MATERIAL QUANTITY AMOUNT (Contractor or Subcontractor) (Dollars)

TOTALS

Prepared by for (Contractor)

Date , and certified by him to be a true and accurate statement.

Checked:

By: Contract Compliance Specialist

Date:

27 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS SUBCONTRACTOR RETAINAGE RELEASE CERTIFICATE

SUBCONTRACTOR RETAINAGE RELEASE CERTIFICATE (To be Originated by Subcontractor)

TO: Board of Regents of the University System of Georgia, Owner Institution Name, Using Agency

RE: Project Name and Number: Project Number and Description, Institution Name, City, State: Certificate Regarding Subcontractor's Completed Work and Retainage Release

1. This is to certify that our work is one hundred percent complete for our subcontract number . Our retainage is due in accordance with the contract documents. Our scope of work included the . The total amount of retainage now due is $ .

2. The Subcontractor hereby certifies that all work required under the above contract has been performed in accordance with the terms thereof, that all materialmen, subcontractors, mechanics, and laborers have been paid and satisfied in full, and that there are no outstanding claims of any character (including disputed claims or any claims to which the subcontractor has or will assert any defense) arising out of the performance of the contract which have not been paid and satisfied in full except as listed hereinbelow, which exceptions apply only to the release in Paragraph 5, below:

[Enter: "None" or List or Make Reference & Attach Exhibit A.]

3. The Subcontractor further certifies that to the best of his knowledge and belief there are no unsatisfied claims for damages resulting from injury or death to any employees, subcontractors, or the public at large arising out of the performance of the contract, or any suits or claims for any other damage of any kind, nature, or description which might constitute a claim or lien upon the property of the Owner.

4. The Subcontractor has received final payment in full settlement of all claims against the Owner arising under or by virtue the contract, and acceptance of such payment is acknowledged as a release of the Owner from any and all claims arising under or by virtue of the contract. This release includes any claims set forth or excepted in Paragraph 2 above.

5. [Strike out if not applicable] The Subcontractor has received final payment in full settlement of all claims against the Contractor arising under or by virtue the contract, and acceptance of such payment is acknowledged as a release of the Contractor from any and all claims arising under or by virtue of the contract except as set forth in Paragraph 2 above.

6. Payments pursuant to this certificate shall in no way diminish, change, alter or affect the rights of the Owner under the contract documents.

SUBCONTRACTOR:

By: Date:

CONTRACTOR:

By: Date:

DESIGN PROFESSIONAL:

By: Date:

NOTICE: OWNER MUST RECEIVE A COPY WITH ALL ORIGINAL SIGNATURES.

28 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

SECTION 7 – FORMS FINAL CERTIFICATION OF COSTS FORM

FINAL CERTIFICATION OF COSTS FOR CAPITAL ASSET ACCOUNTING

Date: ______

To: ______(Owner)

The following accounting of costs for Project No. ______, Project Name: ______

______at ______

is submitted as follows, with the breakdown of costs as specified in the Final Pay Request attached hereto and incorporated herein, for the purposes of capital asset accounting pursuant to GASB 34 Accounting Statements:

1. BUILDING AND BUILDING IMPROVEMENTS: * $ ______

2. INFRASTRUCTURE: ** $ ______

3. FURNISHINGS AND EQUIPMENT: *** $ ______

======

TOTAL: $ ______

Notes: (Contractor must insure costs from all Change Orders are apportioned and included in each line item above) * Building: Include totals from Items A, 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 14, 15 and “Building” portions of Items 2, 4, and 16. ** Infrastructure: Include totals from the “Infrastructure” portions of Items 2, 4 and 16. *** Furnishing and Equipment : Include totals from only the “moveable” portions of Items 11 and 12.

I certify to the best of my knowledge and belief that all of the amounts set forth on this Certificate are true and correct and are supported by the financial records for this project on file with the Contractor.

Contractor By: ______

Date Title: ______

CERTIFICATE OF THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL

I certify to the best of my knowledge, information and belief that the amounts certified by the Contractor are consistent with the estimates provided in my final Statement of Probable Cost for the Project; that the Building Improvement contains a footprint based upon a line 5 feet outside the building structure) of ______square feet, a total of ______gross square feet, and contains ______floors (including basements). The building fire protection system is ______(include type of system). The Certificate of Occupancy was issued on ______. I further certify that the design intent for this project is that the Building and Building Improvements are of Building Construction Class ______and ISO Occupancy Type(s) ______and have an expected useful life of ______years from the date of this Certificate, and that my observations of the construction confirm these expectations. (See Exhibit J of Design Professional Contract.)

Name Design Professional. Date: ______

CERTIFICATE OF THE USING AGENCY OR OWNER

I certify that to the best of my knowledge, information, and belief that the cost of the real property covered by this project, to the boundaries on the final Site Plan, was $ and the cost of additional government-supplied furnishings and equipment acquired for this Project was $ ______.

Name Title: ______. Date: ______

29 DBB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SECTION 7, FORMS

UGA DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SPECIAL CONDTIONS (For Design‐Bid‐Build)

Project Name: Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements Project Number: J‐308

1. The term Contractor means General Contractor. 2. UGA Design & Construction Supplemental General Requirements and Standards: The Design Professional shall comply with the requirements set forth in the “UGA DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS & STANDARDS” dated August 1, 2016 and available at www.architects.uga.edu/standards. The Contractor shall comply with the section “Supplemental General Requirements” of the “UGA DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS & STANDARDS” dated August 1, 2016 and available at www.architects.uga.edu/standards. 3. Normal Working Times: It is customary that all work under this contract be performed on normal working days. Normal working days are defined as Monday through Friday from 7 am until 5 pm excluding Georgia State holidays. Work during other than normal times to include weekends, holidays and after‐hours shall be coordinated with and subject to approval by the Owner. A minimum of 72‐hour notice is required for the Owner to make all necessary arrangements and such work shall be scheduled at the convenience of the Owner. 4. Construction Restrictions: A. Existing Facilities: The work to be performed under this contract is located within the Rock Eagle 4‐H Center. Existing facilities to include, but not limited to Cabins 49‐54 and Cabins 1‐6 will be occupied during the life of this contract. The Contractor shall schedule his work and coordinate his labor and equipment in such a manner as to NOT interfere with access to and operation of these facilities. B. Pedestrian Walkway: The Contractor is advised and cautioned that roads and walks around the jobsite are a major pedestrian corridor. The Contractor shall schedule his work and coordinate his labor and equipment in such a manner as to NOT interfere with access to and movement along this pedestrian corridor. The Contractor shall clearly designate walkways and provide protective measures to ensure the safe movement of pedestrians around the construction site. C. Other projects under construction in this area include, but are not limited to Cabins 43‐48. Contractor shall coordinate and schedule his work NOT to interfere with these projects. 5. Work on Public Streets & Roads: Any work or activity on streets that interferes with traffic movement to include, but not limited to, borings, pavement cuts, open trenches, pavement patches, re‐surfacing, street closings, detours and one‐way traffic shall be coordinated with the 4‐H Center and the Owner at least five working days hours in advance. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining necessary permits from the local Public Works Department to include completing forms and paying all fees.

UGA DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SPECIAL CONDITIONS (For Design‐Bid‐Build) R.E. Cabins Site Improvements / J‐308 AUGUST 1, 2016 PAGE‐1

6. Job Site Office: For the purposes of this contract, the Superintendent’s vehicle and a mobile phone will be sufficient as the ‘Job Site Office’.

At least one copy of the following documents shall be kept in the job site office:

Original Contract Specifications; Drawings; and Addenda Approved Change Orders; Component Change Orders (if applicable); Guaranteed Maximum Price Change Order (if applicable) Approved Shop Drawings and Submittals

The above documents shall be maintained in a legible condition and stored in a systematic fashion. Notation shall be made in red ink on one set of drawings and specifications calling attention to alterations made by addenda and change orders.

UGA DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION SPECIAL CONDITIONS (For Design‐Bid‐Build) R.E. Cabins Site Improvements / J‐308 AUGUST 1, 2016 PAGE‐2

PROJECT MANUAL

PROJECT NO. J-308

ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS

UNIVERSITY OF GEORGIA

Client Project Number: J-308

TPA Job No. 1-16-0524

October 24, 2016

Travis Pruitt & Associates, Inc. 1586 Mars Hill Road, Suite A Watkinsville, Georgia 30677 706-310-1551/ Fax: 706-310-1789 www.travispruitt.com ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 10 - 1

SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 42 19 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 52 00 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01 56 39 TREE PROTECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 77 19 POST CONSTRUCTION CCTV INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS AND STORM DRAINS

DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE

03 10 10 CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK 03 20 10 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK 03 30 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK

31 00 00 EARTHWORK 31 23 00 EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVING AND UTILITIES 31 23 19 DEWATERING 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

32 11 23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13.13 EXPOSED AGGREGRATE CONCRETE PAVING 32 16 00 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS AND SIDEWALKS 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 32 23 SEGMENTAL BLOCK RETAINING WALLS 32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES

33 05 25 SUPPORT AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES 33 10 00 WATER UTILITIES 33 40 00 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 - 1

SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This section summarizes the work for the UGA ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE WORK J-308. The work is located at the Rock Eagle 4-H Center, 350 Rock Eagle Road, in Putnam County, Georgia. B. The scope of work entails site work related to Cabins 43 to 48, including demolition of the existing asphalt pavement in the area of Cabins 43 to 54, construction of new asphalt pavement included graded aggregate base course, new concrete curb and gutter in front of Cabins 43 to 48, construction of a new segmental block retaining wall behind cabins 43 to 45, and the construction of poured in place concrete sidewalks and steps serving Cabins 43 to 48 and the tennis courts adjacent to Cabin 48. C. The scope of work includes pavement reconstruction in the area of Cabins 1 to 6. This includes removal of the existing asphalt pavement, graded aggregate base, new asphalt pavement, new curb and gutter, sidewalks and related storm drainage improvements. D. The work includes sodding, grassing and restoration of all areas disturbed by construction. E. The work includes all layout and staking required for the construction. F. The work includes the complete removal of trees in conflict with the new construction in the area of Cabins 1 to 6. G. The Contractor is responsible for all disposal costs for demolition debris including transportation and waste disposal fees. H. The work includes traffic control during construction including temporary construction fencing, flagmen, traffic control devices and temporary signage and striping as may be needed for maintenance of pedestrian and vehicular traffic and pedestrian safety within the site and for access into the site off of the public roadways. I. The work includes providing an as-built survey for the new construction, prepared by a Georgia registered land surveyor. As-built shall be provided in hard copy, PDF and AutoCad (electronic drawing file) format to the Design Professional. J. A Land Disturbance Permit has been issued for this project. K. NPDES Stormwater Monitoring is required for this project.

1.02 COORDINATION OF WORK A. The Contractor is responsible for coordination of the work with the Owner’s representative on site. B. The Contractor is responsible to check specifications and drawings as the work progresses, and promptly report to the Design Professional what is considered omissions, conflicts, or points requiring clarifications. C. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner’s representative on site to maintain vehicular and pedestrian access to all facilities adjacent to the project sites at all times during construction.

1.03 SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE A. Portions of the Specifications are written in imperative and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Such words as

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SUMMARY OF WORK 01 10 00 - 2

“Contractor shall”, “shall be”, and “at Contractor’s expense” shall be included by inferences within sentences or phrases. 1. Examples: a. Aggregate: ASTM C33 b. Adhesive: Spread with notched trowel

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 - 1

SECTION 01 30 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section covers provisions for the submittal of shop drawings, product data, and samples prior to construction by the Contractor, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Provisions in this Section are mandatory procedures for preparing and submitting shop drawings, product data, and samples. C. Required shop drawings, product data, and samples shall be coordinated, prepared, and submitted so as not to impact the project schedule. Submittals for interfacing units of work, and different categories of submittals for the same work, shall be coordinated and sequenced so that one will not be delayed by another. D. Adequate time shall be allowed for review by the Engineer(s), the Owner, and for possible re- submittal. Contractor shall plan his submittal such that there is a minimum of 14 days available for review of each submittal and/or re-submittal. Delays or impacts due to the Contractor’s failure to make or process submittals in a timely fashion are solely the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor has an obligation to notify the Owner in a timely manner if the submittal review process, with respect to reviews by the Owner, and/or the Engineer, might cause a schedule impact on the required delivery of any materials required to execute the Work. E. Project delays or delays in the purchasing of materials or equipment occasioned by the requirement for resubmission of shop drawings, product data, and samples initially rejected by the Engineer(s), or by the Owner, or that are not originally in accordance with the Contract Documents upon review by the Engineer(s), or the Owner, are the Contractor’s sole responsibility and will not be considered valid justification for time extensions. F. No portion of the Work requiring the submittal of shop drawings, product data, or samples shall be commenced until each such submittal has been reviewed by the Engineer and the reviewed submittal as returned to the Contractor does not require a resubmittal. G. Submittals shall be delivered to the Engineer’s office, unless directed otherwise by the Owner. H. Keep at least one set of approved and reviewed shop drawings on the job site at all times. I. At the time of submission, the Contractor shall clearly delineate any deviations in the submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents in order that, if the deviations are deemed acceptable, suitable action may be taken for proper adjustment. Otherwise, the Contractor will not be relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications even though such shop drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer and/or the Owner.

1.02 DEFINITIONS A. “Shop Drawings” are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, manufacturer’s data sheets, brochures and other data which are prepared and submitted by the Contractor and its subcontractors to illustrate in detail some portion of the Work. The Contractor’s architect’s and engineer’s drawings are not acceptable as shop drawings.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 - 2

B. “Product Data” are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor and its subcontractors to illustrate a material, product, or system for some portion of the Work. C. “Samples” are physical examples prepared for submission by the Contractor and its subcontractors to illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will be judged as complying with the Contract Documents. Mock-ups are a special form of samples, too large or otherwise inconvenient for transmittal in the manner specified. Mock-up requirements are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1.03 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Number of submittal copies required. 1. Shop drawings and product data: The Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of shop drawings and product data to the Owner for review. B. Each submission must be accompanied by a consecutively numbered letter of transmittal, listing the contents of the submission and identifying each item by reference to Specification Section or Drawing number. C. Submittals shall contain: 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions. 2. The Project title and the Owner’s Project Number. 3. Contract identification. 4. The names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the work or materials. 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 9. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. 10. Identification of revisions on re-submittals. 11. An 8 inch by 3 inch blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamp. 12. Contractor's stamp shall be initialed or signed, certifying to approval of the submittal, to the verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria, and to the coordination of the information within the submittal with the requirements of the work and of Contract Documents. D. Catalog plates and other similar materials that cannot be conveniently labeled shall be bound in suitable covers bearing the identifying data. E. Shop drawings shall be accompanied by all required certifications and other such supporting materials, and shall be submitted in such sequence or in such groups that all related items may be reviewed together. When shop drawings cannot be reviewed because the submission is not complete, or because related shop drawings or items have not been received, such shop drawings will be returned without action or will be held until the lacking materials are

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 - 3

received. Any delay to the project resulting from the submission of incomplete shop drawing data shall be the responsibility of the Contractor and shall not constitute grounds for a project time extension.

1.04 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make any corrections or changes to the submittals required by the Engineer and resubmit for review. Contractor shall resubmit using the same procedures as used for the original submittal. B. Shop drawings and product data: 1. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Owner or the Engineer. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.

1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Submit shop drawings, product data, and/or samples covering the following, but not limited to, items of work: 1. Paving and surfacing materials 2. Concrete mix design 3. Sewer pipe material 4. Ductile iron pipe 5. Precast concrete structures 6. Manholes, manhole frames, covers and flexible joints B. Submit shop drawings and product data for any additional items of work as necessary for the successful completion of the project. C. Shop drawings for any structure shall consist of detailed plans as may be required for the prosecution of the work but not included in the Drawings. All necessary shop drawings shall be furnished by and through the Contractor. Review by the Engineer must be obtained before any work involving these plans may be performed.

1.06 DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute shop drawings and product data which have been reviewed by the Engineer to: 1. Job site file. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Supplier or Manufacturer. 4. As requested by Owner.

1.07 ENGINEER'S DUTIES A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accordance with the shop drawing schedule.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 30 00 - 4

B. Affix stamp and initials or signature, and indicate whether the review is complete, or resubmittal is required. C. Return submittals for distribution or for resubmission.

1.08 REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS A. Engineer’s review of materials submittals and shop drawings will be general, for conformance with the design concept of the project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents, and will not include verification of quantities, detailed dimensions, nor adjustments of dimensions to actual field conditions. Review by the Engineer shall not be construed as permitting any departure from the Contract requirements, as authorization of any increase in price, or as relieving the Contractor of the responsibility for any error in details, dimensions or otherwise that may exist. B. Review by the Engineer of Contractor's shop drawings does not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for accuracy of dimensions and details. The Contractor shall be responsible for agreement and conformity of his shop drawings with the Drawings and Specifications.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 42 19 - 1

SECTION 01 42 19 REFERENCE STANDARDS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Whenever reference is made to conforming to the standards of any technical society, organization, body, code or standard, it shall be construed to mean the latest standard, code, specification or tentative specification adopted and published at the time of advertisement for Bids. This shall include the furnishing of materials, testing of materials, fabrication and installation practices. In those cases where the contract document’s quality standards establish more stringent quality requirements, the more stringent requirement shall prevail. Such standards are made a part hereof to the extent which is indicated or intended. B. The inclusion of an organization under one category does not preclude that organization’s standards from applying to another category. C. In addition, all work shall comply with the applicable requirements of local codes, utilities and other authorities having jurisdiction. D. All material and equipment, for which a UL Standard, an AGA or NSF approval or an ASME requirement is established, shall be so approved and labeled or stamped. The label or stamp shall be conspicuous and not covered, painted, or other-wise obscured from visual inspection. E. The standards which apply to this Project are not necessarily restricted to those organizations which are listed in Article 1.02.

1.02 STANDARD ORGANIZATIONS A. PIPING AND VALVES ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers AWWA American Water Works Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation B. MATERIALS AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials C. STEEL AND CONCRETE ACI American Concrete Institute AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. AISI American Iron and Steel Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. REFERENCE STANDARDS 01 42 19 - 2

NRMA National Ready-Mix Association PCA Portland Cement Association D. GOVERNMENT AND TECHNICAL ORGANIZATIONS APWA American Public Works Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers CFR Code of Federal Regulations CSI Construction Specifications Institute EPA Environmental Protection Agency FCC Federal Communications Commission FS Federal Specifications ISO International Organization for Standardization ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers NASSCO National Association of Sewer Service Companies NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NFPA National Fire Protection Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PACP Pipeline Assessment Certification Program E. ROADWAYS AREA American Railway Engineering Association GDOT Georgia Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction of Transportation Systems F. PLUMBING AGA American Gas Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation SPC SBCC Standard Plumbing Code

1.03 SYMBOLS Symbols and material legends shall be as scheduled on the Contract Drawings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01 52 00 - 1

SECTION 01 52 00 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary sanitary and first aid facilities B. Temporary utilities C. Contractor’s field office D. Storage and parking areas E. Temporary storage enclosures F. Protective barricades and safety precautions G. Temporary fencing H. Security

1.02 GOVERNING LAWS A. Temporary facilities shall be in compliance with applicable federal, state, county, municipal, and local utility laws, rules, and regulations. Nothing in these Contract Documents shall be construed to permit work not conforming with such codes and regulations.

1.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide adequate temporary toilet conveniences, washing facilities, and drinking water for the use of all employees and persons engaged on or about the Work, including Subcontractors and their employees. Drinking water shall be potable, and drinking water facilities shall be clean and sanitary. B. Locate sanitary facilities where approved by authorities having jurisdiction and maintain in a clean and sanitary condition during the course of the Work. Keep such facilities adequately supplied with toilet paper, paper toweling, paper cups, and related supplies as required. C. At completion of the Work, sanitary facilities shall be properly disinfected and all evidence of same removed from the site.

1.04 FIRST AID FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide a suitable first aid station, equipped with all facilities and medical supplies necessary to administer emergency first aid treatment. B. The Contractor shall have standing arrangements for the removal and hospital treatment of any injured person. All first aid facilities and emergency ambulance service shall be made available by the Contractor to the Owner and the Engineer’s personnel.

1.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall provide and pay all costs for all electricity and other utilities required for the performance of the Work, until completion of the work and acceptance by the Owner. B. Costs for temporary utilities shall include all power, water and the like necessary for testing equipment as required by the Contract Documents.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01 52 00 - 2

C. Contractor shall arrange for and pay all associated costs for temporary meters and piping for temporary water service. Temporary piping and meters shall be removed at completion of the work.

1.06 CONTRACTOR’S FIELD OFFICE A temporary field office is not required.

1.07 STORAGE AND PARKING AREAS A. The Contract Drawings may indicate work areas available to the Contractor for storage of materials and for parking of construction equipment. If so indicated, these areas will be provided to the Contractor for the durations indicated in the Contract Specifications. Additional work and storage space, if required, shall be provided by the Contractor at Contractor’s expense. B. The Contractor shall provide offsite parking facilities for the Contractor’s and subcontractors’ personnel. Off-site parking facilities (if any) shall not impair or interfere with existing community parking and traffic conditions, regulations, and restrictions.

1.08 TEMPORARY STORAGE FOR TOOLS AND MATERIALS A. The Contractor shall provide all temporary storage enclosures that may be required at the jobsite for safe and proper storage of tools, materials, and equipment. Construct such enclosures only in locations indicated or as approved by the Owner, and so as not to interfere with the proper installation and completion of other work. B. Remove such enclosures within three days of receipt of notices from the Owner that removal is necessary, and incur all expenses for such removal. C. Storage of gasoline or similar fuels shall conform to NFPA regulations and local fire department regulations and shall be confined within definite boundaries apart from buildings as approved by the Owner and the jurisdictional fire marshal. No storage of gasoline or similar fuels will be allowed onsite without approval of the Owner and installation of the spill containment system.

1.09 PROTECTIVE BARRICADES AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Construct and maintain barricades, lights, shoring, and warning signs as required by Federal and State safety ordinances and as required to protect the Owner’s property from injury or loss and as necessary for the protection of the public and adjacent properties. Provide walks around obstructions made in a public place for prosecuting the Work. Leave all protection in place and maintain until removal is authorized. B. Guard and protect all workers, pedestrians, and the public from excavations, construction equipment, obstructions, and other dangers with adequate railings, guard rails, temporary walks, barricades, warning signs, directional signs, overhead protection, planking, decking, danger lights, and other suitable safeguards. C. Flaggers shall be provided to direct or divert pedestrian or vehicular traffic when necessary as specified in Section 01 57 00 - Temporary Controls.

1.10 TEMPORARY FENCING A. The Contractor shall furnish, construct, maintain, and later remove temporary fencing around the jobsite perimeter. B. Except as otherwise specified herein, temporary fencing shall conform to Specifications Section 32 31 13 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES 01 52 00 - 3

C. Used materials may be employed for temporary fencing, provided such used materials are good, sound, and are suitable for the purpose intended. D. Fencing materials shall be commercial quality and the dimensions and sizes of said. materials shall be equal to, or greater than, the dimensions and sizes indicated in Specifications Section 32 31 13 - CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES. Additional fencing options include the following: 1. Posts may be either metal or wood. 2. Galvanizing and painting of steel items will not be required. 3. Treating wood with wood preservatives will not be required. 4. Concrete footings for metal posts will not be required, except where portable footings are required for temporary anchorage of posts. E. Temporary fencing that is damaged from any cause during the progress of the Work shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. F. When no longer required for the Work, temporary fencing shall be removed. Removed fencing and related materials shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the jobsite, except as otherwise provided herein. G. Holes caused by the removal of temporary fences shall be properly filled to match adjacent surfaces.

1.11 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall provide for security of the Work and the jobsite until final inspection and acceptance of work by the Owner. B. The Owner assumes no responsibility for protection of structures and finished work or for loss of materials and equipment from the time that Contract operations have commenced until acceptance of the work. C. If watchman service is deemed necessary by the Contractor, such protection shall be provided by the Contractor, and all costs therefore shall be paid for by the Contractor. D. Damaged, lost, or stolen materials and equipment, whether or not stored or already installed, shall be replaced by the Contractor with new specified materials and equipment, including reinstallation where applicable, at no additional cost to the Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 - EXECUTION.

3.01 CLOSEOUT A. Upon completion of the Work, or prior thereto when required by the Engineer, remove temporary facilities structures and installations from the Owner’s property. B. Return areas utilized for temporary facilities to their original, natural state or, when called for on the Contract Documents, complete such areas as indicated.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TREE PROTECTION 01 56 39 - 1

SECTION 01 56 39 TREE PROTECTION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, services and miscellaneous and incidental work to provide all tree protection as indicated on the drawings and as specified including Protection and welfare of all existing trees within the Contract Limits.

1.02 REFERENCES A. Tree Care Industry Association (formerly National Arborists Association) “Pruning Standards and Practices.” B. Tree Care Industry Association (formerly NAA, National Arborist Association) "Cabling, Bracing and Guying Standards for Shade Trees." C. ASTM F1292 Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surfacing Materials Within the Use Zone of Playground Equipment. D. Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisers “A Guide for Plant Appraisal”, Latest Edition.

1.03 DEFINITIONS A. "Injury" is defined, without limitation, as any bruising, scarring, tearing, or breaking of roots, branches, or trunk. B. "Drip line" is defined as the outermost limits of the tree canopy.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General Responsibility: The Contractor shall be directly responsible for protection and welfare of existing trees within the Contract Limits which are to remain. This responsibility shall continue throughout the full construction period until the entire project is completed and accepted by the Owner and through completion of the guarantee period. B. Qualifications of Workmen: Trimming shall be performed only by a licensed arborist. Provide at least one person approved by the Design Professional who shall be present at all times during tree protection and trimming operations, who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of work involved, and who shall direct all protection and trimming work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 TREE PROTECTION MATERIALS A. Fencing: 1. Tree Protection Fence: Four-foot high chain link fence, sturdy and capable of acting as a barrier against objects, vehicles, etc., and designed so as to allow for relocations as required and shall have gate access to inside for care of tree. It shall be continuously maintained and repaired as necessary. Metal shall be galvanized. 2. Install tree protection fencing around trees to be preserved at a distance required from the base of the trunk to one-foot outside the drip line of the tree. Fencing shall remain until site work has commenced, and it shall then be removed as directed by the Design Professional.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TREE PROTECTION 01 56 39 - 2

3. During the course of construction, relocation of the fence may be required to facilitate construction. The Contractor shall do so as directed by the Design Professional at no additional expense to the Owner. B. Protective Mulch: Used to prevent compaction of the root zone. 1. Protective mulch shall be engineered wood fiber comprised of softwoods and/or hardwoods, consisting of randomly sized wood fibers for majority of which do not exceed 1.5 inches in length. 2. Protective mulch shall be non-toxic. It may not contain any recycled wood products or any wood containing paint, chemicals or additives. 3. Protective mulch shall have minimal bark and to be free of twigs, leaf debris and other organic material, and to be certified as non-flammable. 4. Protective mulch depth, after installation, must be in accordance with the procedure described in ASTM F1292. C. Protective Fabric: Used to prevent rutting and potholes. 1. The composite turf reinforcement mat shall be a machine-produced fiber matrix incorporated into permanent three-dimensional turf reinforcement matting. 2. The fiber matrix material shall be one of the following: a. UV stabilized polypropylene b. Coconut fiber 3. The matrix shall be evenly distributed across the entire width of the matting, stitch bonded between the bottom and middle nettings and then covered by a heavy-duty UV stabilized top net. The corrugated netting shall form prominent closely-spaced ridges across the entire width of the mat. The tree nettings shall be stitched together on two- inch center maximum with UV stabilized polypropylene thread to form a permanent three- dimensional turf reinforcement matting. 4. Installation staple patterns shall be clearly marked on the turf reinforcement mattings with environmentally safe paint. All mats shall be manufactured with a colored thread stitched along both outer edges (approximately 2-5 inches from the edge) as an overlap guide for adjacent mats. 5. The permanent composite turf reinforcement nettings (top and bottom) shall be heavy- duty UV stabilized polypropylene 8.00 lbs/1000 ft2, minimum. D. Logging Mats - used to prevent compaction of the root zone. 1. Logging mats shall be constructed of oak or a hardwood with similar strength and structural tendencies. 2. Timbers shall be bolted together with 1-1/4-inch steel rods, countersunk. 3. Ends of timbers shall be anchor-seal coated to prevent splitting and dry rot. 4. Mats shall be equipped with lifting cables or exposed bolts for ease of handling.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PROTECTION OF TREES A. The Contractor shall utilize Tree Protection measures in such a way to ensure the survival, protection, and overall health of all existing trees to remain.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TREE PROTECTION 01 56 39 - 3

B. The existing trees to be preserved shall not be allowed to deteriorate and shall be maintained in a healthy and vigorous condition during the course of construction and maintenance period. C. During the course of construction the Contractor shall take all necessary precautions, as outlined herein, to protect the existing trees to be preserved from injury or death. Protection shall be given to the roots, trunk, and foliage of all existing trees to remain. D. Trees subject to the provisions of this Section of the Specifications which have been injured shall be repaired immediately by an approved certified arborist. Repair shall include removal of rough edges and sprung bark and severely injured branches as directed by the Design Professional. E. Tree protection fencing shall be installed for the protection of existing trees to be preserved. No construction, demolition, or work of any nature will be allowed within the fenced area without prior written approval by the Design Professional. F. Approval by the Design Professional for work within the fenced area shall not release the Contractor from any of the provisions specified herein for the protection of existing trees to be preserved. G. During the course of construction of approved work within the fenced area, no roots larger than two inches in diameter shall be cut without prior written approval by the Design Professional. H. During construction the existing site surface drainage patterns shall not be altered within the area of drip line. Contractor shall take special precaution to maintain the original grade throughout construction for the area within the drip line. I. Contractor shall not alter the existing water table within area of drip line. J. Take necessary measures to maintain healthy living conditions for existing trees to be preserved. Such measures shall include but not be limited to periodic washing of leaves for the removal of dust, irrigation, etc. K. The area within the drip line of any tree shall be used for the storage of construction materials only when absolutely necessary, as approved by the Design Professional and only for storage of light-weight materials. When the storage of materials is necessary in the drip line areas, the Contractor shall utilize a combination of the tree protection measures as described in this Section of the Specifications that are used to prevent rutting, potholes, and compaction of the root zone. These areas shall not be overstocked, which might prevent sufficient watering of the trees. At no time shall more than 50% of the area within a tree's drip line be covered for storage. The Contractor shall periodically relocate materials in storage to a different section of the area within the drip line. When storage items have been removed from the area within the drip line, the Contractor shall aerate compacted soil. L. Do not permit the following within drip line of any existing tree to be preserved: 1. Storage or parking of automobiles or other vehicles. 2. Skinning or bruising of bark. 3. Use of trees as support posts, power poles, or signposts; anchorage for ropes, guy wires, or power lines; or other similar functions. 4. Dumping of poisonous materials on or around trees and roots. Such material includes but is not limited to paint, petroleum products, contaminated water, or other deleterious materials.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TREE PROTECTION 01 56 39 - 4

5. Cutting of tree roots by utility trenching, foundation digging, placement of curbs and trenches, and other miscellaneous excavation without prior written approval by the Design Professional. 6. Damage to trunk, limbs, or foliage caused by maneuvering vehicles or stacking material or equipment too close to the tree. 7. Compaction of the root area by movement of trucks or grading machines; storage of equipment, gravel, earth fill, or construction supplies, etc. 8. Excessive water or heat from equipment, utility line construction, or burning of trash under or near shrubs or trees. 9. Damage to root system from flooding, erosion, and excessive wetting and drying resulting from dewatering and other operations. M. Excavation Around Trees: 1. The Contractor shall direct utility access routes away from trees. Where practical, direct water, gas and other services around the drip line of existing trees to remain. Excavation within drip lines of trees shall be done only where absolutely necessary and as approved by the Design Professional. 2. Where trenching for utilities is required within drip lines, trenching around roots shall be by hand digging. The Contractor shall direct the trench as far away from the trunk as practical. Main lateral roots and taproots shall not be cut. Smaller roots that interfere with installation of new work may be cut wit prior approval from the Owner. 3. Where excavation for new construction is required within drip line of trees, hand excavation shall be employed to minimize damage to root system. Roots shall be relocated in backfill areas wherever possible. If large, main lateral roots are encountered, they shall be exposed beyond excavation limits as required to bend and relocate without breaking. If encountered immediately adjacent to location or new construction and relocation is not practical, roots shall be cut approximately 6 inches back from new construction. 4. When possible, the Contractor shall use boring or tunneling methods for utilities in the area within the drip line. The Contractor shall bore or trench as deep as practical to avoid the main feeding roots, which are near the surface. 5. Exposed roots shall not be allowed to dry out before permanent backfill is placed. Temporary earth cover shall be provided, or roots shall be packed with wet peat moss or four layers of wet, untreated burlap and temporarily supported and protected from damage until permanently relocated and covered with backfill. The cover over the roots shall be wetted to the point of runoff daily. 6. Branching structure shall be thinned in accordance with NAA "Pruning Standards and Practices" to balance loss to root system. Thinning shall not exceed 30 percent of existing branching structure.

3.02 TRIMMING OF TREES A. In company with the Design Professional and registered arborist, ascertain the limbs and roots which are to be trimmed, and clearly mark them to designate the approved point of cutting. B. A consulting arborist, registered by the American Society of Consulting Arborists (ASCA), shall be engaged to direct removal of branches from trees and large shrubs which are to remain if required to clear for new construction.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TREE PROTECTION 01 56 39 - 5

C. Dead and damaged trees that are determined by the Design Professional and arborist to be incapable of restoration to normal growth pattern shall be removed. D. Cut evenly, using proper tools and skilled workmen, to achieve neat severance with the least possible damage to the tree. E. In the case of root cuts, apply wet burlap or other protection, approved as noted herein, to prevent drying out, and maintain in a wet condition as long as necessary for temporary protection.

3.03 REPAIR A. Damage to existing tree crowns or roots over 1 inch in diameter shall be immediately reported to the Design Professional in writing, and, at the direction of the Design Professional repaired immediately at the Contractor's expense by an approved certified arborist. B. A certified arborist shall direct repair of trees damaged by construction operations. Repairs shall be made promptly to prevent progressive deterioration of damaged trees. C. Damaged tree limbs or trees which have died as a result of injury during construction shall be removed by the Contractor as directed by the Design Professional.

3.04 MAINTENANCE A. Contractor shall be responsible to perform periodic inspections of existing trees to be preserved and submit written proposals to the Design Professional for additional maintenance work as may be required to ensure the health and general well-being of the trees. Contractor shall retain, at the direction of the Design Professional additional specialists as may be required to perform this work. B. Irrigation: During construction the existing trees to be preserved shall be given deep watering (be irrigated). Quantities and lengths of time are variable and shall depend upon seasonal rainfall.

3.05 LIABILITY A. The Contractor shall be held liable for any damage to protected trees. A dollar value shall be determined by following the criteria contained in “A Guide for Plant Appraisal” (Council of Tree and Landscape Appraisal, Latest Edition). B. The Contractor shall be held liable for all remedial measures required to treat broken limbs, or damaged trees and roots, or for unauthorized removal of existing trees or plant material. All tree surgery and remedial treatments will be accomplished by a certified arborist. C. Contractor will protect all trees, shrubs and grass in the project site that will not be removed as part of the scope of Work. Any damages to these live plants will be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor’s sole cost before final payment will be issued by the Owner. D. The actual damages are difficult to ascertain. Therefore, in addition to the above, the Contractor shall pay the Owner, as liquidated damages and not as penalty, $500 per day for each day that the Owner and/or Design Professional documents violations of the requirements within this section. Such liquidated damages shall be paid to the Owner through a unilateral deductive change order to the Contractor’s Contract. E. During the warranty period the Contractor shall be liable for damages to all trees covered by the provisions of this Section.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TREE PROTECTION 01 56 39 - 6

F. Contractor will not be held responsible for failures due to neglect by the Owner, vandalism, lightning strikes, severe weather, etc. during the warranty period. Contractor is responsible to report such conditions to the Owner.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 57 00 - 1

SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Traffic plan, traffic controls, and construction operations under traffic. B. Pollution abatement. C. Erosion and sediment control, dust control, mud control, and noise control.

1.02 NO SEPARATE OR ADDITIONAL PAYMENT Furnishing and maintaining traffic control and other temporary controls is considered to be part of the work. All costs for furnishing and maintaining temporary controls are considered as being included in the Contract Price.

1.03 REFERENCES A. State of Georgia, Department of Transportation (GDOT), Standard Specifications, Section 150 - Traffic Control B. U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). C. State of Georgia, Motor Vehicle Code.

1.04 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND OPERATIONS A. Traffic Control Plan: 1. The Contractor shall prepare a traffic control plan for the Work. The traffic control plan shall include drawings showing proposed traffic control devices including temporary signage and temporary pavement markings and striping. The traffic control plan shall address each phase of the work requiring different traffic diversion patterns and methods of control. 2. The Contractor shall submit the traffic control plan to the Owner for approval. B. Control Devices and Facilities: 1. Furnish, install, operate, maintain, and remove when no longer required, all traffic control and protective devices required for the approved traffic plan. 2. Traffic control and protective devices shall include temporary directional electrical warning signs, detour signs, and danger signals; temporary barricades and guard rails; and the services of qualified flaggers. C. Traffic Control Signs: Each change in location of traffic shall be adequately posted with signs mounted on barricades or standard posts in accordance with requirements of local public works authority. D. Redirecting Traffic: All channelizing, shifting of traffic lanes, and barricading of traffic in connection with the Work will be subject to approval of the Owner. Failure or refusal of the Contractor to construct and maintain detours at the proper time shall be sufficient cause for closing down the Work until such detours are in satisfactory condition for use by public traffic.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 57 00 - 2

E. Temporary Closing to Traffic: Prior to temporary closing to traffic of any road, driveway, sidewalk, or other access, or to changing traffic patterns from those indicated on the approved traffic control plan, obtain approval from the Owner, at least two weeks before such closures or changes are made. Deviations will be for an emergency condition affecting life and property only, and the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner of any such emergency changes. F. Temporary Walkways: In areas where removal of existing sidewalks is necessary, access to facilities shall be maintained by temporary walkways having a width of not less than 4 feet.

1.05 SUBMITTALS Refer to Section 01 30 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures.

1.06 CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS UNDER TRAFFIC A. Definitions: “Construction equipment” is defined for the purposes of this section as all types of equipment, vehicles, and tools used in connection with construction work. The term “workers” includes every person or firm performing work in or adjacent to public streets. B. Construction Equipment: When in traffic areas, all vehicles and equipment shall be operated at normal traffic speeds. Construction equipment shall not be parked in any lane intended for use by normal traffic. Equipment parked or stored at the work site shall be behind a guardrail, barrier, curb, or other protective device. C. One-Way Traffic: No construction equipment shall be operated in traffic lanes, except in the designated direction of travel for respective lanes. D. Construction Operations: 1. Schedule operations so that work is not carried on intermittently throughout the area. Excavation or construction activities shall be scheduled and pursued to completion as required to permit opening of driveway and parking areas to traffic without unnecessary delays. 2. No construction work involving occupancy of traffic lanes shall be performed during adverse weather conditions or adverse road conditions, and traffic shall be properly safeguarded by the use of flashers and lights in addition to the signs and other markings specified herein. During these periods, no construction deliveries shall take place over a travel lane or immediately adjacent thereto. 3. When traffic conditions dictate, the Contractor shall modify its work operation for such length of time as required to alleviate the hazardous traffic conditions. E. Flaggers: When flagging is required, provide qualified flaggers and flagging in accordance with the requirements of the MUTCD. F. Removal of Traffic Control Devices: All temporary signs, barricades, barrier curbs, crash cushions, drums, and cones used to safeguard traffic in connection with construction work shall be removed at the close of the work day, unless the state of the work is such that warning devices are still needed and are adapted for night closing.

1.07 POLLUTION ABATEMENT - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct construction operations in a manner that will minimize pollution of the environment surrounding the area of the Work by all practicable means and methods. Apply specific controls as specified in the Contract Specifications and as follows:

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 57 00 - 3

1. Waste Materials: No waste or eroded materials shall be allowed to enter natural or man- made water or sewage removal systems. Eroded materials from excavations, borrow areas, or stockpiled fill shall be contained within the Work area. The Contractor shall develop methods for control of erosion as specified in Article 1.08 herein. 2. Burning: No burning of waste materials or debris will be permitted. 3. Burying: No burying of waste materials and debris will be permitted within the limits of the Owner’s property. B. Provide for and maintain the flow of all sewers, drains, building or inlet connections, and all water courses which may be encountered during progress of the Work. Do not allow the contents of any sewer, drain, or building or inlet connection to flow into trenches. Immediately remove from proximity of the Work all offensive matter, using such precautions as are required by the Owner and the State and local authorities having jurisdiction.

1.08 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Requirements: 1. The Contractor shall prevent erosion of excavated areas, embankments, stockpiled earth materials, and other erodible areas, and shall provide control of runoff sediment from siltation and pollution of the drainage systems. 2. Prevent erosion of excavated areas, embankments, stockpiled earth materials, and other erodible construction areas, and prevent pollution of drainage systems by diversion of storm runoff around construction activities or by trapping or retaining sediment delivered by storm runoff. 3. Provide control of construction operations so that excessive sediment or siltation shall not be introduced into the drainage systems from storm runoff. 4. Comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, orders, and regulations concerning the prevention, control, and abatement of water pollution. B. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan: 1. Comply with all provisions of the approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. 2. Install, construct, operate and maintain erosion and sediment control facilities in a safe and systematic manner, and repair any damage to the control structures and equipment caused by floods or excessive storm runoff or other unforeseen circumstance. C. Prevention of Erosion: 1. Protect open excavations, trenches, embankments, and the like with barriers, berms, dams, waterproof coverings, or other measures as required to prevent erosion of open earth areas and excavated piles from storm runoff. 2. Protect stockpiled earth materials to prevent erosion. 3. Where natural drainageways are intercepted by construction activities, such drainageways shall be protected so that runoff from the site or water from construction activities is not allowed to enter the natural drainage way. D. Sediment Control: 1. Sediment retention basins shall be constructed only when there are no other, more economical, measures that can be employed to prevent sediment from entering streams, drainage systems, and storm sewers during storm runoff.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01 57 00 - 4

2. Sediment control shall be achieved by well-planned and scheduled excavation and backfill operations and effective control measures. E. Removal of Temporary Structures: Erosion and sediment control structures and facilities shall be removed from the site upon completion of the affected work.

1.09 DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide dust control at all times, including holidays and weekends, as required to abate dust nuisance on and about the site which is a result of construction activities. Dust control shall be by means of sprinklered water or by other approved methods, except that chemicals, oil, or similar palliatives shall not be used. B. Quantities and equipment for dust control shall be sufficient to effectively prevent dust nuisance on and about the jobsite; and when weather conditions warrant, sprinklering equipment shall be on hand at all times for immediate availability. C. The Engineer shall have authority to order dust control work whenever conditions warrant, and there shall be no additional cost to the Owner for the additional measures. Dust control shall be effectively maintained whether or not the Engineer orders such work. D. Where earthwork operations are in progress, keep exposed earth surfaces dampened continuously. Also, keep dirt accessways and roads dampened continuously. E. If portions of the site are temporarily inactive or abandoned for whatever reason, provide dust control and abatement continuously during such periods of inactivity.

1.10 MUD CONTROL A. The Contractor shall take proper measures to prevent tracking of mud onto public streets, drives, and sidewalks. Such measures shall include, but are not limited to, covering muddy areas on the site with clean, dry straw or hay. B. All egress from the site shall be maintained in a dry condition, and any mud tracked onto streets, sidewalks, or drives shall be immediately removed, and the affected area shall be cleaned. The Owner may order such work at any time the conditions warrant. C. Where trucks will leave a muddy site and enter public streets, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable truck wheel-washing facility and crew. All trucks, or other vehicles leaving the site, shall be cleaned of mud and dirt, including mud and dirt clinging to exterior body surfaces of vehicles. D. All trucks coming to the jobsite or leaving the jobsite with materials or loose debris shall be loaded in a manner that will prevent dropping of materials or debris on streets. Spillage resulting from hauling operations along or across any public traveled way shall be removed immediately.

1.11 NOISE CONTROL Requirements: Minimize noise caused by construction operations, and provide working machinery and equipment fitted with efficient noise suppression devices. Employ other noise abatement measures as necessary for protection of employees and the public. In addition, restrict working hours and schedule operations in a manner that will minimize, to the greatest extent feasible, disturbance to building occupants and residents in the vicinity of the Work.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. POST CONSTRUCTION CCTV INSPECTION OF SEWERS & STORM DRAINS 01 77 19 - 1

SECTION 01 77 19 POST CONSTRUCTION CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION OF SANITARY SEWERS AND STORM DRAINS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section includes requirements to execute internal closed circuit television (CCTV) survey to inspect sanitary sewer mains and storm drain pipes. B. CCTV inspection survey to be conducted after all site work is complete, including paving and hardscape, after all structure tops are set and structure inverts are complete, and after site cleanup is complete. Schedule for CCTV inspection survey shall be coordinated with the Owner.

1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit sample of television survey log, DVD/CD-ROMs, and equipment list for approval before commencement of work. C. Provide three (3) copies of the survey logs, DVD/CD-ROMs, and survey key map to the Engineer.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS A. General 1. Provide equipment to perform inspections of gravity pipelines located in streets, parking lots, driveways, courtyards, plazas, landscaped areas, yards and natural areas, including but not limited to portable CCTV equipment, vehicles capable of transporting TV equipment and accessing remote easements, and adequate cleaning equipment. 2. Certify that backup equipment is available and can be delivered to site within 48 hours. B. Software Requirements: PACP certification and video recording. C. CCTV. 1. Color Video Camera: a. Specifically designed and constructed for this application. b. Camera, Television Monitor, and Other Components: Capable of producing a minimum 700-line resolution color video picture. c. Able to inspect 4-inch diameter lateral lines. d. Pan and tilt type, capable of turning at right angles to pipe’s axis over an entire vertical circle (minimum pan of 270 degrees and rotation of 360 degrees). e. Lighting: Suitable to allow clear picture of entire inner pipe wall extending at least 10 feet in front, including black High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe. f. Operative in 100 percent humidity conditions.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. POST CONSTRUCTION CCTV INSPECTION OF SEWERS & STORM DRAINS 01 77 19 - 2

g. Image: Capable of self righting itself. h. Include data view display feature capable of showing on tape following information: 1) Location description (building, address, etc.). 2) City and state. 3) Date and time. 4) Project name. 5) Contractor’s name. 6) Inside pipe diameter and type. 7) Manhole or storm drain structure identification (upstream to downstream). 8) On-going footage counter accurate to within 0.2 foot. 9) Include operator narration, in format approved by Engineer, using PACP standard terminology. 10) Recording of single section of sewer onto 2 DVD/CD-ROMs will not be acceptable. 11) Clearly label each DVD/CD-ROM as approved by the Engineer. i. Mounting: 1) Launched from within mainline pipe: Mounted on tread tractor that moves through pipelines and positions inspection camera launcher opposite lateral line connection. 2) Launched from within a cleanout: Able to travel to mainline pipe. j. Attachment: Push cable with a fiberglass rod core. k. Camera, Television Monitor, and Other Components: Capable of producing a minimum 700-line resolution color video picture.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 POST-CONSTRUCTION CCTV SURVEY A. Provide post-construction CCTV survey for all new and existing storm drain lines, and sanitary sewer mains within the construction limits, except as approved otherwise by the Engineer or the Owner. 1. CCTV Procedure. a. Mainline: 1) Light clean and inspect pipeline from manhole to manhole, preferably upstream to downstream, one section at a time. Light cleaning includes up to 3 passes with a hydraulic jet cleaner. 2) Maintain sewer main isolation by plugging or bypass pumping while camera is moving and recording. a) Plugs: Secured so as to remain in place during inspection. b) Conduct operations to prevent building backups and sewer overflows.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. POST CONSTRUCTION CCTV INSPECTION OF SEWERS & STORM DRAINS 01 77 19 - 3

c) Be responsible for cleanup, repair, fines, property damage costs and claims for any sewage backup, bypass spillage or sanitary sewer overflow. 2. Placement of camera. a. Manhole or Storm Drain Structure: 1) Place at center of structure and commence video before entering pipe. 2) Start footage counter at center of manhole. b. Mainline: Mount on a transport platform that will keep it centered along longitudinal axis of pipeline and above water. 3. Operation of camera. a. Show inside of manhole walls, manhole channel, and pipe connection to wall at both upstream and downstream manhole and lateral connections. b. Move through line at speed not greater than 30 feet per minute stopping for minimum 10 seconds to record lateral connections, mainline connections, defects, and features and points of interest. c. Maintain technical quality, sharp focus, and distortion free picture. d. Videotape each section of pipeline in its entirety with no breaks or interruptions. e. Pan, tilt, and rotate as necessary to best view and evaluate lateral connections, defects, features, and points of interest. f. Use power winches, powered rewinds, tractors, or other devices that do not obstruct camera view or interfere with proper documentation of sewer conditions to move camera through sewer. Whenever non-remote powered and controlled winches are used, set up telephones or other suitable means of communication between manholes to insure good communications. g. Use hydraulic jet nozzle if necessary to remove standing water from line. h. Eliminate steam in line for duration of inspection; utilize blower as needed to defog sewer line. i. Measurement for location of defects and service laterals: 1) At ground level by means of footage counter or metering device, as approved by the Engineer. 2) Measurement meters: Accurate to 0.2 foot over length of section being televised. 3) Use measuring target in front of television as exact measurement reference point. j. Movement of television camera. 1) Mainline. a) Stop camera at service connections and inspect lateral with pan and tilt camera. b) At active service connections where flow is discharging: (1) Identify building address and confirm that laterals are active by obtaining flush, with or without dye, of property owner’s commode or by using outside cleanout, if available. (2) If no flows are being discharged from building, consider observed flow as infiltration/inflow.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. POST CONSTRUCTION CCTV INSPECTION OF SEWERS & STORM DRAINS 01 77 19 - 4

k. Identification of defects. 1) If debris or sediment impedes inspection, withdraw camera and clean pipeline by hydraulic jet. Upon completion of cleaning operation resume internal inspection. 2) If obstructions are not passable and cannot be removed by pipeline cleaning with hydraulic jet, withdraw CCTV equipment and perform inspection from opposite end. 3) If additional obstructions are encountered after re-deployment of equipment, notify the Engineer. B. Field Documentation. 1. Mainline: a. Submit records, logs, maps, DVD’s or CD-ROMs, and electronic data for pipeline inspection to Engineer within 5 working days. b. Records to include, but not be limited to following information. 1) Project Number. 2) Owner. 3) Date, time (begin to end inspections). 4) Weather condition. 5) Operator name. 6) QA reviewer name. 7) DVD/CD number and index. 8) Lateral location, identified by building number. 9) Manhole number to manhole number. 10) Manhole depths. 11) Length of pipe segment. 12) Direction of CCTV (Upstream or Downstream). 13) Pipe size. 14) Pipe material. 15) General physical conditions. 16) Footage locations, clock position, descriptions, and estimated leakage rates for visible point sources of infiltration/inflow. 17) Footage locations, clock position, and descriptions for lateral connections and estimated flow from laterals. 18) Footage locations, clock position, and descriptions of defects such as obstructions, root intrusion, blockages in pipe, deteriorated joints, offset joints, holes, breaks, cracks, collapses, bends or sags in alignment, or protruding lateral connections. 19) Footage locations, clock position, and descriptions of other defects, features and points of interest found. 20) Whether CCTV was complete or incomplete.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. POST CONSTRUCTION CCTV INSPECTION OF SEWERS & STORM DRAINS 01 77 19 - 5

c. DVD/CD-ROM recording/playback: 1) At same speed that it was recorded. 2) Supply slow motion or stop motion playback features. 3) Once recorded, DVD/CD-ROM becomes property of the Owner. 4) Have DVD/CD-ROM and necessary playback equipment readily accessible for review by Engineer during Project. d. Follow PACP standard terminology during audio narration. e. DVD/CD-ROMs displaying poor video quality refers to, but is not limited to grease or debris on lens, camera under water, image too dark, washed-out, distorted, or out of focus, lines improperly cleaned, and poor/no audio. Re-televise line if necessary and resubmit DVD/ CD-ROM.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13 - 1

SECTION 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION

PART 1- GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES This section includes specifications for the selective demolition and removal of pavement, sidewalks, curb and gutter and utilities as indicated on the Plans, including protection of utilities, maintenance of access, materials to be salvage and disposal of demolition materials.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Temporary facilities, such as fences, barricades, warning lights, and other temporary safety measures, are specified in Section 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. Provide such additional temporary facilities as may be required to facilitate continuous building operations during construction work. B. Dust control is specified in Section 31 25 00 – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS. C. Protection of trees is specified in Section 01 56 39 – TREE PROTECTION.

1.03 REFERENCES American National Standards Institute, ANSI Al0.6 Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations

1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Official Code of Georgia Annotated (O.C.G.A.), Title 8, Chapter 2, Standards and Requirements for Construction, Alteration, etc., of Buildings and other Structures.

1.05 DESCRIPTION Removal of site improvements, such as existing pavements, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, retaining walls and designated utility structures.

1.06 PERMITS The Contractor shall obtain all special permits and licenses and give all notices required for performance and completion of the demolition and removal work, hauling, and disposal of debris.

1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Demolition Plan: Submit a comprehensive demolition plan, describing the proposed sequence, methods, and equipment for demolition, removal, disposal and salvage. Do not proceed with demolition until the Engineer has given written approval of the demolition plan. C. Permits: Submit copies of demolition, hauling, and debris disposal permits and notices for record purposes. Include description of proposed haul routes.

1.08 SITE CONDITIONS A. Protection of Persons and Property:

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13 - 2

1. Erect and maintain temporary fencing, bracing, shoring, lights, barricades, signs, and other measures as necessary to protect the public, workers, and adjoining property from damage from demolition work, all in accordance with applicable codes and regulations. 2. Open depressions and excavations occurring as part of this work shall be barricaded and posted with warning lights when accessible through adjacent property or through public access. Operate warning lights during hours from dusk to dawn each day and as otherwise required. 3. Protect utilities, pavements, and facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by demolition operations. 4. Utility services to facilities to be removed or demolished shall be disconnected, cut, and capped. B. Protection of Utilities: 1. Protect active sewer, water, gas, electric, and other utilities; and drainage and irrigation lines. If utility is damaged, immediately notify the utility owner for corrective action. 2. Arrange with and perform work required by utility owner for discontinuance or interruption of utility services due to demolition work. C. Noise and Dust Abatement: 1. Provide continuous noise and dust abatement as required to prevent disturbance and nuisance to the public and workers and to the occupants of adjacent premises and surrounding areas. Dampen or cover areas affected by demolition operations as necessary to prevent dust nuisance. 2. When a certain level of noise is unavoidable because of the nature of the work or equipment involved, and such noise is objectionable to the occupants of adjacent premises, make arrangements with the Owner to perform such work or operate such equipment at the most appropriate time periods of the day. D. Unknown Conditions: 1. The Plans and related documents may not represent all surface conditions at the site and adjoining areas. The known surface conditions are as indicated, and shall be compared with actual conditions before commencement of work. 2. If existing active services encountered are not indicated or otherwise made known to the Contractor and interfere with the permanent facilities under construction, notify the Engineer in writing, requesting instructions on their disposition. Take immediate steps to ensure that the service provided is not interrupted, and do not proceed with the work until written instructions are received from the Engineer. 3. Refer to geotechnical reports provided by the Owner for thicknesses of existing concrete and asphalt pavements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, tools, equipment, devices, appurtenances, facilities, and services as required for performing the demolition and removal work. B. Materials used for backfill shall conform to Section 31 00 00 - Earthwork.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13 - 3

3.01 PRESERVATION OF REFERENCE MARKERS A. Protect and preserve all survey markers and monuments. B. If the work requires removal of a survey marker or monument, record the locations and designation of survey markers and monuments prior to their removal. Provide three reference points for each survey marker and monument removed, established by a licensed professional engineer or land surveyor currently registered in the State of Georgia. C. Store removed markers and monuments during demolition work, and replace them upon completion of the work. Re-establish survey markers and monuments in conformance with the recorded reference points. Forward to the Engineer a letter verifying re-establishment of survey markers and monuments, signed by a licensed professional engineer or land surveyor currently registered in the State of Georgia.

3.02 DEMOLITION A. Perform demolition in accordance with the approved Demolition Plan. Perform demolition work in accordance with ANSI A10.6, as applicable. B. Cap and plug pipes and conduits abandoned due to demolition, with approved type caps and plugs as required by the utility owners. C. Backfill and compact depressions caused by excavations, demolition, and removal in accordance with applicable requirements of Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK.

3.03 REMOVAL A. Remove existing pavements, utility structures, and site improvements that interfere with new construction, where demolition is indicated. B. All pavement and curb to be removed shall be saw cut. C. Completely remove retaining walls and footings that are indicated to be removed.

3.04 SALVAGE A. Salvage or reuse materials and equipment as indicated on the Plans and in accordance with the Specifications. B. Protect metallic coatings on salvaged items. Remove adhering concrete from salvaged items. C. Repair, or replace with new material, salvaged material damaged or destroyed due to Contractor’s negligence, as determined by the Owner.

3.05 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS AND DEBRIS A. Removed materials, trash, and debris shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the Owner’s property and disposed of in a legal manner. B. Dispose of removed materials, waste, trash, and debris resulting from demolition operations in a permitted landfill. Provide written documentation of waste disposal sites. C. Burying or burning of trash and debris on the site will not be permitted. D. Remove trash and debris from the site on a daily basis or at more frequent intervals if necessary to not delay the progress of the work or cause hazardous conditions for workers and the public. E. Maintain a clean and orderly site at all times.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK 03 10 00 - 1

SECTION 03 10 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Section includes the design and erection of formwork and shoring for cast-in-place concrete and accessories.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK. B Section 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK.

1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. B. ACI 301 - Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. C. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. D. ACI 347 - Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. E. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit locations of construction joints for approval.

1.05 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Design of formwork and shoring and its removal is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. B. Design of formwork and shoring shall conform to ACI 117, ACI 301, ACI 318, and ACI 347. C. Design formwork in a manner such that existing or new construction is not overloaded.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 FORM MATERIALS A. Construct forms with wood, plywood, metal, fiberglass or a combination of these. B. Form materials shall have sufficient strength to prevent distortion.

2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES Formwork accessories that are embedded in concrete, including ties and hangers, shall be commercially manufactured products. Only fabricated wire form ties shall be used in the work.

2.03 FORM RELEASE AGENT Form release agent shall not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK 03 10 00 - 2

2.04 EXPANSION JOINT FILLER Asphalt impregnated premolded fiberboard expansion joint filler shall conform with ASTM D1751 and be 3/8-inch thick by full thickness of slab or joint, unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings.

2.05 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Provide key type steel forms by Vulcan screed joints, Burke Keyed Kold joint form, or Key Loc by Form-a-key Products.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL A. Erect formwork in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 318, and ACI 347. B. Maintain formwork and shoring to support loads until such loads can be supported by concrete Structure.

3.02 TOLERANCES Finished work shall comply with ACI 117 tolerances.

3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION A. For concrete exposed to view, seal form joints to prevent leakage. B. Before reinforcement is placed, coat contact surfaces of form with form release agent in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Do not allow excess form release agent to accumulate in forms or come in contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed.

3.04 FOUNDATION ELEMENTS A. Sides of turned-down slabs shall be formed. B. Maintain minimum coverage of reinforcing steel as indicated on the plans.

3.05 FORM REMOVAL Remove forms carefully in such manner and at such time as to ensure complete safety of structure. Do not remove forms shoring, or reshoring until members have acquired sufficient strength to support their weight and the load thereon safely.

3.06 CLEANING Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed.

3.07 FORM SURFACES Coat contact surfaces of forms with a formcoating compound before reinforcement is placed. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable.

3.08 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Provide construction joints in accordance with ACI 318.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK 03 10 00 - 3

B. Obtain Engineer's prior approval for use and location of joints. C. Provide 1-1/2 inch deep key type construction joints at end of each placement for slabs, beams, walls, and footings. Bevel forms for easy removal. D. Remove loose particles and latency from surface prior to placing the next lift. Chip the surface to a depth sufficient to expose sound concrete.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK 03 20 00 - 1

SECTION 03 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 10 00 - CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK. B. Section 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK.

1.02 REFERENCES A. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. B. ACI 301 - Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. C. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. D. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. E. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. F. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. G. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. H. CRSI - Manual of Practice, and Documents 63 and 65.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit shop drawings as follows: 1. Indicate size, spacings, locations and quantities of reinforcing steel and wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, splice lengths, stirrup spacing, supporting and spacing devices. Detail reinforcing steel in accordance with ACI 315 and CRSI Standards. 2. Written description of reinforcement without adequate sections, elevations, and details is not acceptable. 3. Reproduction of the plans for shop drawings is not permitted. C. Submit a certification from each manufacturer or supplier stating that materials meet the requirements of the ASTM and ACI standards referenced. Submittal shall include mill test reports.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Coordinate and schedule in a timely manner with the Testing Laboratory the following quality related items: 1. Verify reinforcing steel for quantity, size, location, and support. 2. Verify proper reinforcing steel concrete coverage.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK 03 20 00 - 2

1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTING Store reinforcing steel above ground so that it remains clean. Maintain steel surfaces free from materials and coatings which might impair bond.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS A. Deformed reinforcing steel shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60 minimum. B. Welded steel wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A185.

2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Annealed steel tie wire shall be 16-1/2 gage minimum. B. Bar supports shall be plastic-tipped steel Class I bar supports conforming to CRSI Specifications. Concrete brick may be used to support reinforcement to obtain proper clearance from earth. C. Provide coated tie wire at all areas where epoxy-coated reinforcing steel is installed.

2.03 DOWEL ADHESIVE Adhesive for dowels in existing concrete shall be EPCON System Ceramic 6 Epoxy adhesive supplied by ITW Ramset/Red Head, HIT HY150 injection adhesive supplied by Hilti Fastening Systems, Foil-Fast epoxy injection gel supplied by the Rawlplug Company or approved equal.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 FABRICATION A. Fabricate steel in accordance with ACI 318 and CRSI standards. B. Bend bars cold. Do not heat or flame cut bars. No field bending of bars partially embedded in concrete is permitted, unless specifically approved by Engineer and checked by Testing Agency for cracks. C. Welding of reinforcing steel is prohibited. D. Tag reinforcing steel for easy identification.

3.02 INSTALLATION A Before placing concrete, clean reinforcement of foreign particles and coatings. B. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement in accordance with ACI 318 and CRSI standards. Do not deviate from alignment or measurement. C. Locate welded wire fabric in the top third of slabs. Overlap mesh one lap plus two inches at side and end joints. Provide chair supports at not less than 24” O.C. to maintain welded wire fabric placement in slab. D. Maintain cover and tolerances in accordance with ACI and CRSI Specifications, unless indicated otherwise on Structural Drawings.

3.03 SPLICES Do not splice reinforcement.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK 03 20 00 - 3

3.04 DOWELS IN EXISTING CONCRETE A. Install dowels and dowel adhesive in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Minimum embedment length shall be 12 bar diameters, unless noted otherwise.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 03 30 00 - 1

SECTION 03 30 10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete work indicated in the Contract Documents or otherwise required for proper completion of the work. B. Provide cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement accessories, concrete materials, concrete mix design, placement procedures, and finishes, for concrete pavement, sidewalks, ramps, curb and gutter, thrust blocking, pavement patching and retaining walls or where indicated on the Plans.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 10 10 CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR SITEWORK. B. Section 03 20 10 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK.

1.03 REFERENCES A. ACI 214 - Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. B. ACI 224.3R - Joints in Concrete Construction. C. ACI 233R - Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag as a Cementitious Constituent in Concrete. D. ACI 302.1 R-04 – Concrete Floor and Slab Construction E. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. F. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting. G. ACI 306 - Cold Weather Concreting. H. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. I. ACI 309 - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. J. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. K. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. L. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. M. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. N. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. O. ASTM C138 - Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content (Gravimetric) of Concrete. P. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. Q. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. R. ASTM C172 - Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. S. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method. T. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 03 30 00 - 2

U. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. V. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. W. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete.

1.04 SUBMITTALS General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Laboratory shall perform the following quality related items: 1. Examine concrete in truck to verify that concrete appears properly mixed. 2. Perform a slump test as deemed necessary for each concrete load. Record if water or admixtures are added to the concrete at the job site. Perform additional slump tests after job site adjustments. 3. Mold a minimum of four specimens per set for compressive strength testing; mold a minimum of one set for each 50 cubic yards or fraction there of each mix design placed in any one day. For each set molded, record: a. Slump b. Air content c. Unit weight d. Temperature, ambient and concrete e. Location of placement f. Any pertinent information, such as addition of water, addition of admixtures, etc. Perform one 7-day and two 28-day cylinder breaks; the average of the two 28-day cylinder breaks will yield one compressive strength test. (Retain one cylinder as a spare to be broken as directed by the Design Professional if compressive strengths do not appear adequate.) The strength level shall be considered satisfactory for a class of concrete only if every test equals or exceeds the specified 28-day compressive strength, and the slump and air content are within the limits specified. 4. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing agency, concrete design compressive strength, location of concrete placement in structure, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength and type of break. B. The ready-mixed concrete plant shall be certified for conformance with the requirements of the National Ready Mix Concrete Association.

1.06 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN A. Establish concrete mix design proportions in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. B. Submit concrete mix designs for approval. Mix design submittal shall include the following: 1. Type and quantities of materials. 2. Slump.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 03 30 00 - 3

3. Air content. 4. Fresh unit weight. 5. Aggregates sieve analysis. 6. Design compressive strength. 7. Location of placement. 8. Method of placement. 9. Method of curing. C. Concrete supplier shall submit certifications that the materials used meet applicable ASTM Specifications. Mix designs not conforming to the above will be rejected.

1.07 SLUMP A. Design concrete with a maximum slump of four (4) inches and a minimum slump of two (2) inches. B. If a slump greater than four (4) inches is desired it shall be achieved with a high-range water reducer. The maximum slump after high-range water reducers are added shall be 6 inches.

1.08 FRESH UNIT WEIGHT Normal weight concrete shall have a fresh unit weight of 140 to 152 pcf.

1.09 AIR CONTENT A. Exposure class for all concrete covered by this specification is Category F1 per ACI 318-11 Table 4.2.1. B. For normal weight concrete, entrained air content shall be 5.5 percent in accordance with ACI 318-11 Table 4.4.1, plus or minus one and one half percent, unless specified otherwise.

1.10 WATER/CEMENT RATIO Water cement ratio shall comply with ACI 318-11 Table 4.3.1 for the exposure class specified herein.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS Materials designated by specific manufacturer's trade names are approved, subject to compliance with the quality and performance indicated by the manufacturer. Instructions and specifications, published by the manufacturer of such materials are included in and are a part of these specifications. Upon request, provide certification from manufacturer or supplier that materials designated by reference to ASTM and ACI standards meet the requirements of these standards.

2.02 CONCRETE STRENGTH All concrete covered by this specification shall be 3000 psi minimum 28-day compressive strength, unless called for otherwise on the plans.

2.03 CEMENT Portland cement shall conform to ASTM C150, Type I, unless noted otherwise. Use one brand only.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 03 30 00 - 4

2.04 AGGREGATE A. Fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C33. B. Coarse aggregate of gravel or crushed stone shall conform to ASTM C33, Class 4M. Size coarse aggregate in accordance with ACI 318.

2.05 WATER Water shall be potable and free of deleterious substances in accordance with ACI 318.

2.06 AIR ENTRAINING AGENT Air entraining agent shall conform to ASTM C260.

2.07 WATER REDUCER Water reducing agent shall conform to ASTM C494.

2.08 HIGH-RANGE WATER REDUCER High-range water reducers (superplasticizers) shall conform to ASTM C494.

2.09 CHLORIDE Use no chlorides of any form in concrete.

2.10 CURING COMPOUND An acrylic, water based, “odorless” cure compound with a minimum solid content of 20 percent may be used at the Contractor's option in accordance with ASTM C309, and in compliance with these specifications.

2.11 FLY ASH A. Fly ash shall be Class F fly ash with a loss on ignition of less than five percent or Class C fly ash with a loss on ignition of less than one percent in accordance with ASTM C618. B. Maximum fly ash content shall be limited to 20% of the total cementitious material weight.

2.12 ACCELERATORS Non-chloride accelerators shall conform to ASTM C494.

2.13 RETARDERS Retarders shall conform to ASTM C494.

2.14 CONTRACTION JOINT SEALANT Joint sealant shall be a high quality traffic bearing two-part polyurethane or polysulfide sealant.

2.15 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Expansion joint filler for sidewalks shall be preformed cellular fibre type, conforming to ASTM D1751. Expansion joint filler shall be furnished and installed with disposable cap to facilitate placement and sealing. B. Expansion joint filler for concrete pavements shall be preformed elastomeric joint seals conforming to ASTM D2628.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 03 30 00 - 5

C. All expansion joints shall be sealed. Joint sealant shall be elastic, low modulus, one component, moisture curing, non-sag polyurethane sealant, conforming to ASTM C920 and ASTM D412. D. Expansion joint filler and sealants shall be compatible products from one manufacturer. Approved manufacturers are WR Meadows, Sika Corporation, and WR Grace and Company. E. Placement of expansion joints shall be as called for on the Plans.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 HIGH-RANGE WATER REDUCERS If used, high-range water reducers are to be added at dosage recommended by the manufacturer. The slump of the concrete shall be one to four inches at the time the high-range water reducers are added. Do not permit fresh concrete containing superplasticizers to come in contact with fresh concrete not containing superplasticizers.

3.02 ADDITION OF WATER AT JOB SITE A. Water may be added to the batch only if neither the maximum permissible water/cement ratio nor the maximum slump is exceeded. B. The superintendent or his designated representative may only add water to the concrete batch if the batching plant has noted on the trip ticket the maximum amount of water that may be added on site.

3.03 PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE A. Deposit concrete as near as practical to final position. Maximum free fall shall be six feet. B. Flowing of concrete with vibrators is prohibited. C. Place concrete for pavements, ramps and sidewalks in accordance with ACI 302.1 R-04. D. Do not use aluminum equipment in placing and finishing concrete. E. Mix, convey, place, and cure concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 304, and ACI 318. Wet forms before placing concrete. F. Place concrete on properly prepared granular subbase.

3.04 TIME LIMITS A. Maximum time limits for placement of concrete shall be 1 ½ hours from first addition of water to the mix in accordance with ASTM C94. B. When the ambient air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees F, the maximum time for placement of concrete shall be reduced to 75 minutes. C. When the ambient air temperature is above 90 degrees F, the maximum time for placement of concrete shall be reduced to 60 minutes.

3.05 VIBRATION Consolidate concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 309.

3.06 CURING A. Begin curing procedures immediately following the commencement of the finishing operation. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 03 30 00 - 6

Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold weather protection and ACI 301 for hot weather protection during curing. B. Cure concrete in accordance with ACI 308. Keep the concrete surface moist. If an acrylic curing compound is used, apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to surfaces of concrete not protected for five days by formwork.

3.07 ENVIRONMENTAL PROVISIONS A. Perform cold weather concreting in accordance with ACI 306 and as follows: 1. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions or low temperatures. 2. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 degrees F for 3 successive days, maintain delivered concrete temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 3. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 4. Do not use calcium chloride, salt or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in design mixtures. B. Perform hot weather concreting in accordance with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 degrees F at time of placement. Chilled mixing water may be used to control temperature. Chopped ice may be used to control temperature provide the water equivalent of ice is calculated in total amount of mixing water. 2. Fog spray forms, steel reinforcement and subgrade immediately before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist but without standing water, soft spots or dry areas. C. Protect concrete from drying and excessive temperature for the first seven days. D. Protect fresh concrete from wind.

3.08 CONTRACTION JOINTS A. Obtain Design Professional’s approval for location of contraction joints. B. Contraction joints shall be saw cut within 8 hours after placement of concrete. Saw cuts shall be a depth equal to one-fourth the slab thickness by one-eighth inch wide.

3.09 PATCHWORK AND REPAIRS Notify Design Professional of any defective areas in concrete to be patched or repaired. Repair and patch defective areas with non-shrink grout. Cut out defective areas over two inches in diameter to solid concrete, but not less than a depth of one inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface.

3.10 CONCRETE FINISHES A. Finish concrete in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 117, and ACI 302.1. B. Concrete sidewalks, curb and gutter, pavement and ramps shall receive stiff broom finish. For concrete sidewalks, pavement and ramps, broom at right angles to the slope of the surface. C. All exposed surfaces of concrete retaining walls (exterior walls) shall receive a smooth hand rubbed finish. Not later than one day after form removal, fill all form tie holes, strike off or otherwise remove all fins and laitance, then moisten concrete surfaces and rub with

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK 03 30 00 - 7

carborundum brick or other abrasive to produce a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 1

SECTION 31 00 00 EARTHWORK

PART 1- GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Staking and grades B. Existing utilities C. Earthwork general requirements D. Subsurface extraction E. Rough grading and filling F. Excavation G. Embankment construction H. Subgrade preparation I. Foundation preparation J. Subgrade filling/raising grade K. Compaction L. Backfilling M. Rough grading N. Finish grading O. Field quality control

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 23 00, Excavation and Fill For Structures, Pavement And Utilities B. Section 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition C. Section 31 23 19 Dewatering

1.03 REFERENCES. A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C 131 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 2. ASTM C 136 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 3. ASTM C 535 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 4. ASTM D422 Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils 5. ASTM D653 Terminology Related to Soil, Rods, and Contained Fluids 6. ASTM D1140 Test Method for Amount of Material in Soils Finer Than the 200 (75-urn) Sieve 7. ASTM D1557 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb (4.54-kg) Rammer and 18-in. (457-mm) Drop

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 2

8. ASTM D2216 Test Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures. 9. ASTM D2487 Test Method for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 10. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 11. ASTM D2974 Test Method for Moisture, Ash, and Organic Matter of Peat and Other Organic Materials 12. ASTM D3017 Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) 13. ASTM D4253 Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table 14. ASTM D4254 Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density 15. ASTM D4318 Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils

1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Earthwork Terminology: Terms used in this Section and not defined herein shall be interpreted in accordance with the definitions given in ASTM D653. B. Soil Classification: Soil classification is based on the Unified Soil Classification system given in ASTM D2487. Group symbols, when used, conform with the symbols of ASTM D2487. C. Fill: Soil or soil-rock material placed to raise the subgrade or natural grade of the site. D. Backfill: Soil or soil-rock material used to backfill excavations and to backfill excavated spaces around foundation walls, building walls, retaining walls, head walls, and abutments. E. Embankment: Soil or soil-rock material for embankment construction. Embankment construction includes constructing embankments and dikes, including the preparation of the areas upon which they are to be placed; and the construction of temporary surcharge embankment above the grading plane. F. Borrow: Soil or soil-rock material used for fill, backfill, embankment, or other construction that is excavated from an off-site location and hauled in. G. Unsuitable Material: Excavated material or material below the natural ground surface in embankment areas or below sub grade elevation in excavated areas, which is unsuitable for its planned use. Unsuitable material is further defined as material determined to be: 1. Of such unstable nature as to be incapable of being compacted to specified density using ordinary methods at optimum moisture content; or 2. Too wet to be properly compacted and circumstances prevent suitable drying prior to incorporation into the work; the presence of excessive moisture in a material is not, by itself, sufficient cause for determining that the material is unsuitable. The existence of unsuitable material may be indicated in the Contract Documents or may be determined by the Engineer during the progress of the work 3. Otherwise unsuitable for the planned use. H. Relative Compaction: The ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the in-place dry density of material as compacted in the field to the maximum dry density of the same material as determined by laboratory test ASTM D1557. I. Optimum Moisture Content: The water content at which a soil can be compacted to a maximum dry unit weight by a given compactive effort

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 3

J. Relative Density: Mass per unit volume as specified in ASTM D4253 and ASTM D4254, as applicable to the soil and test method employed.

1.05 CLASSIFICATION OF EARTHWORK A. For specification purposes, earthwork shall be classified as follows: 1. Excavation-Common: All excavation involved in grading and construction of the parking areas, landscaped areas, walkways, roads, driveways, and connections thereto; and any other excavation classified or indicated as common excavation. Excavation-Common includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together with earth and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. 2. Excavation - Rock: Includes removal of material in place which cannot be loosened or broken down with one pass of a crawler tractor weighing not less than 55,000 pounds, with a maximum draw-bar pull of not less than 56,000 pounds-force, pulling a single 24- inch hydraulic ripper tooth approved by the tooth manufacturer for use with the tractor under full hydraulic down pressure, or equipment of equivalent ripping capacity at one mile per hour (Caterpillar D8K or larger) or excavated by a front-end loader with a minimum bucket breakout force of 25,600 pounds (Caterpillar 977 or larger). a. Typical of materials classified as rock are solid rock, rock in ledges, and rock-hard continuous aggregate deposits. b. Intermittent drilling or ripping performed to increase production and not necessary to permit excavation of material encountered will be classified as earth excavation. c. Do not perform rock excavation work until material to be excavated has been cross- sectioned and classified by Owner. Such excavation will be paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. d. Rock payment lines are limited to the following: 1. Two feet outside of concrete work for which forms are required, except footings. 2. One foot outside perimeter of footings. 3. In pipe trenches, 6" below invert elevation of pipe and 2 ft. wider than inside diameter of pipe, but not less than 3 ft. minimum trench width. 4. At outside dimensions of concrete work where no forms are required. 5. Under slabs on grade, 6" below bottom of concrete slab. 3. Structure Excavation: The removal of material for the construction of foundations for buildings, retaining walls, headwalls, and other structures, and such other excavation indicated as structure excavation. 4. Structure Backfill: Structure backfill includes furnishing structural fill material, and placing and compacting structural fill material around structures to the lines and grades indicated. Structure backfill includes borrow excavation and material when required. 5. Fill for Raising Grade: Includes raising of sub grade or grade to indicated elevation with structural fill, including moisture conditioning and compaction of placed fill material. Structural fill material includes borrow excavation and material when required. 6. Pervious Backfill: Includes furnishing, placing, and compacting pervious backfill material behind abutments, wingwalls, and retaining walls, as indicated. 7. Common Embankment: Used only for embankment construction, above surrounding grade, below 1.0 feet of the finished embankment grade or sub grade, and where there

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 4

are no foundation-bearing concrete structures above. Common embankment includes borrow excavation material when required. 8. Select Embankment: Used only for embankment construction, above surrounding grade, within 1.0 feet of the finished embankment grade or sub grade. Select embankment includes borrow excavation material when required. 9. Subsurface Extraction: Includes removal of abandoned utilities, tanks, walls, foundations, and other miscellaneous subsurface man-made structures that interfere with new construction and are designated to be removed, and the cleaning of such items if they are indicated to be salvaged. Removal of such obstructions at or above grade is specified in Section 02 41 13 – SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION. 10. Salvaging Topsoil: Salvaging topsoil is the removal of topsoil to the depth indicated, stockpiling the material on-site, and maintaining the stockpile until the material is reused in the work. Salvaging of topsoil shall be classified the same as the excavation with which it is associated, but if no such classification can be made, it shall be classified as Excavation - Common. 11. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Owner. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Owner, will be at Contractor's expense. a. Under footings, foundations, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing to excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be acceptable if approved by Owner. b. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Owner.

1.06 DESCRIPTION Provide excavation for pavement; excavation and placement of compacted fill and backfill for structures and subsurface and surface drainage; placement of pervious backfill; construction of embankments; sub grade and foundation preparation; subsurface extraction of miscellaneous structures and facilities indicated or required to be removed; and finish grading.

1.07 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports of all tests specified. Test reports shall be sealed and signed by a Georgia registered geotechnical engineer. C. Delivery Tickets: Submit a delivery ticket with each load of imported borrow material delivered to the site, stating the type of fill material and the quantity. D. Written documentation of waste disposal sites. E. Submit drawings and supporting calculations for support systems for earth walls 5 feet or more in depth. Submittals for support systems shall be prepared, sealed, and signed by a professional civil or structural engineer currently registered in the State of Georgia.

1.08 QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control: The Contractor shall provide proper quality control measures to assure compliance with specified requirements. Foundation and sub grade preparation and the placement and compaction of fills shall be performed under the surveillance of a Georgia registered geotechnical engineer engaged by the Owner.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 5

B. Tests: The Owner shall engage the services of an approved independent soils testing laboratory to perform tests. C. Testing Requirements: 1. Compaction tests in accord with ASTM D698. 2. Field density tests for area fills for each 1'-0" lift, in accord with ASTM D698, one test for each 2,500 sq. ft. of fill. A minimum of three (3) tests for fill placed in isolated areas. 3. Field density tests for trench excavations for each 1'-0" lift, in accord with ASTM D698, one test for each 100 linear feet of trench under buildings and pavement, one test for each 200 linear feet otherwise. 4. Inspection and testing subgrades and proposed fill materials. 5. Contractor's duties relative to testing include: a. Provide representative fill soil samples to Testing Agency for test purposes. Provide 50 lb. samples of each fill soil. b. Advise Testing Agency sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for completion of quality tests and for assignment of personnel. c. Be responsible for paying costs of additional testing if initial tests reveal nonconformance with specified requirements. 6. Test report on borrow material. 7. Verification of each footing subgrade. 8. Field density test reports. 9. Verification of classification of soil type used in fill and backfill. 10. One optimum moisture-maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered. 11. Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and/or results of bearing tests of each strata tested. D. Tolerances: 1. Construct finished surfaces to plus or minus 1/2-inch of the elevations indicated. 2. Complete embankment slopes to plus or minus 6 inches of the slope line indicated. Do not encroach on the roadbed. 3. Maintain the moisture content of fill material as it is being placed within plus or minus two percent of the recommended moisture content of the material.

1.09 SITE CONDITIONS A. Unfavorable Weather Conditions: 1. Excavating, filling, backfilling, and grading work shall not be performed during weather conditions which might damage or be detrimental to the condition of existing ground, in- progress work, or completed work. When the work is interrupted by rain, excavating, filling, backfilling, and grading work shall not resume, until the site and soil condition (moisture content) are suitable for compaction. 2. Sub grade shall be free from mud, snow, ice, and deleterious material when work is resumed.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 6

3. Soil material that is too wet for compaction shall be left to drain, to be aerated and dried by disking and harrowing or other approved methods until the moisture content of the area is uniform and within the specified limits. B. Prevention of Erosion: Comply with requirements specified in Section 31 25 00 – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS, and the following: 1. Prevent erosion of stockpiles, ditches, embankments, filled, backfilled, and graded areas until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed. 2. Perform “protective grading” to provide positive drainage and to minimize ponding of surface water. 3. Any repairs or mitigation due to erosion will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIALS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Material used for fill, backfill, and embankment construction shall be an inert, inorganic soil, free from deleterious substances, and of such quality that it will compact thoroughly without the presence of voids when watered and rolled. Inorganic soil is defined as soil containing less than two percent by weight of organic material when tested in accordance with ASTM D2974. Excavated on-site material will be considered suitable for fill, backfill, and embankment construction if it is free from organic matter and other deleterious substances and conforms to the requirements specified herein. 1. Satisfactory soil materials are defined as those with no organics, a plasticity index of less than 20 and a maximum particle size of four inches, with not more than 30% greater than 3/4 inch. It shall be clean material and rock no larger than 1/2 cu. ft. Fill material shall be tested and approved by Testing Agency for degree of compaction required by its intended use. 2. Unsatisfactory soil materials are defined as those complying with ASTM D2487 soil classification groups OH and PT or soil materials not capable of being compacted to density and moisture requirements of this section, debris, organic material and soil containing organic material. B. Excavated material that is suitable for fill, backfill, and embankment construction shall be conditioned for reuse and properly stockpiled for later filling and backfilling operations. Conditioning shall consist of spreading material in layers not to exceed 8 inches and raking free of debris and rubble. Rocks exceeding 6 inches in largest dimension and deleterious material shall be removed from the site and disposed of as specified herein under Disposal of Surplus Material. C. Where conditions require the importing of fill or backfill material, the material shall be an inert soil or soil-rock material free of organic matter and meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements specified herein for the location. D. All material to be used for filling, backfilling, and embankment construction requires written approval of the Engineer.

2.02 FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIALS - SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS A. Common Fill: Well-to moderately well-graded soils consisting of sands, silts, and clays, with or without gravel, as excavated, screened or blended, having the following mechanical properties and gradation: 1. Gradation (ASTM D422):

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 7

Sieve Opening Percent Passing by Weight 6-inch square 100 3/4-inch square 70 minimum 2. Liquid Limit (ASTM D43 18): 50 maximum 3. Plasticity Index (ASTM D4318): 20 maximum B. Common Embankment: Common fill, with the following additional requirements: 1. Liquid Limit (ASTM D4318): 40 maximum 2. Plasticity Index (ASTM D43l8): 15 maximum C. Select Embankment: Well-to moderately-graded soils consisting of sands, silts, and clays, with or without gravel, as excavated, screened or blended, having the following mechanical properties and gradation: 1. Gradation (ASTM D422): Sieve Opening Percent Passing by Weight 1 inch square 100 3/8 inch square 75 minimum U.S. No.4 20 minimum U.S.No.200 35 maximum 2. Sand Equivalent (Calif. Test 217): 10 minimum 3. Plasticity Index (ASTM D4318): 10 maximum D. Structural Fill: Well to moderately graded granular soils, as excavated, screened or blended, having the following mechanical properties and gradation: 1. Liquid Limit (ASTM D4318): 25 maximum 2. Plasticity Index (ASTM D4318): 6 maximum 3. Gradation (ASTM D422): Sieve Opening Percent Passing by Weight 3 inch square 100 U.S.No.4 35 minimum U.S. No. 30 20 minimum U.S. No. 200 25 maximum 4. Sand Equivalent: 20 minimum E. Pervious Backfill: Clean washed gravel or crushed stone, natural sands, manufactured sand, or combination thereof, conforming to the following requirements: 1. Gradation (ASTM C136): Sieve Opening Percent Passing by Weight 2 inches square 100 U.S.No.50 0-100 U.S. No. 100 0-8 U.S. No. 200 0-4 2. Percentage wear (ASTM C131 orC535): 50 percent maximum 3. Soft fragments as a function of percent wear: 15 percent maximum

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 8

4. Coal and lignite: 0.25 percent maximum 5. Clay Lumps: 0.25 percent maximum 6. Other deleterious material: 2.0 percent maximum

2.03 MATERIALS FOR EARTHWORK A. Fill and Backfill Materials: Where specific fill, backfill, and embankment materials are not indicated on Plans, conform to the following requirements: 1. Embankment: Common embankment below 1.0 feet for finished sub grade; select embankment for top 1.0 feet of finished sub grade. 2. Fill for Raising Grade: Structural fill beneath foundations and pavements and for sub grade below structures. Common embankment below 1.0 feet for finished sub grade; select embankment for top 1.0 feet of finished sub grade. 3. Backfill Against Concrete Walls and Waterproofing: Structural fill or pervious backfill as indicated. 4. Backfill for Retaining Walls, and Abutments: Structural fill or pervious backfill as indicated. 5. Backfill Where Not Otherwise Indicated: Common fill. B. Topsoil: Topsoil shall be salvaged and stockpiled for reuse in areas to be planted. Topsoil stockpiles shall be protected from wind and rain in accordance with the Land Disturbance Permit issued for the project.

2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Fill, backfill, and embankment materials proposed to be used in the work shall be tested in the laboratory for compliance with specified requirements as follows: 1. Moisture-Density Relationship: ASTM Dl 557. 2. Moisture Content: ASTM D2216. 3. Liquid Limit: ASTM D4318. 4. Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index: ASTM D43 18. 5. Percentage of Wear: ASTM C131 or C535 as applicable. 6. Sieve Analysis: ASTM D422, and ASTM C136, as applicable. 7. Percent Passing No 200 sieve: ASTM Dl 140. 8. Sand Equivalent: California Test 217. 9. Organic Content of Soils: ASTM D2974. B. Where classification of soils is necessary to meet specified requirements, perform laboratory tests in accordance with ASTM D2487. C. Submit certified test reports of all tests as herein specified under Submittals.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 STAKING AND GRADES A. Lay out the work, establish all necessary markers, benchmarks, grading stakes, and other stakes as required. Layout work shall be done under the supervision of an engineer or land

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 9

surveyor, registered in the State of Georgia, familiar with construction layout work, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Install settlement markers at locations and elevations as determined by the Engineer. C. Protect all grade stakes during the grading and filling operations, and reset any grade stakes and line stakes destroyed. D. Verify and flag all property corners and bench marks within 50 feet of any clearing or grading operations. Protect same during construction. If disturbed or destroyed, replace. If found at variance with Drawings, notify Owner before proceeding to layout work.

3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES A. Verify on site the location and depth (elevation) of all existing utilities and services before performing any excavation work. Excavation within 2 feet of an active utility line shall be performed by hand. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 2. Provide minimum of 48-hour notice to Owner, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. Utility service to be provided to the facility at all times. B. Abandoned sewers, piping, and other utilities encountered in the progress of the excavating shall be removed and the ends plugged. Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services if lines are active. All trench excavations resulting from removal of utility lines shall be backfilled with Structural Fill. C. Active utility lines encountered, which are not indicated in the Contract Documents, shall be reported immediately to the Engineer and utility owners involved. The Engineer and utility owners shall be permitted free access to determine the measures deemed necessary to repair, relocate, or remove the utility. Cooperate with Owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner.

3.03 EARTHWORK GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Dust Control: Refer to Section 31 25 00 – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS for dust control requirements. B. Erosion Protection: Prevent erosion of the site at all times. Refer to Section 31 25 00 – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS for additional requirements. C. Construction Traffic: Disperse travel paths of traffic and construction equipment over entire width of compacted surfaces so as to aid in obtaining uniform compaction. Protect exposed soil layers with high moisture content from excessive wheel loads. D. On-Site Excavation or Borrow Pits: Do not excavate or remove any material from the project site which is not within the designated excavation, as indicated by the slope and grade lines, without written authorization from the Engineer. E. Salvaging Topsoil: 1. Salvage topsoil from stripped and excavated areas, and stockpile on the site at appropriate locations. Prevent topsoil from contamination by other materials, and provide adequate drainage and erosion protection. 2. Place stockpiled topsoil in areas to be landscaped as indicated on the Plans. F. Stockpiling of Fill and Backfill Material:

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 10

1. Excavate and separately stockpile suitable fill and backfill material, as indicated, during the progress of the excavation work. Save sufficient suitable excavated material, if available, for later filling, backfilling, and embankment construction. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 2. Store materials from required excavations that are suitable for fill, backfill, and embankment as excavated, in stockpiles segregated by type. 3. Establish excavated material stockpiles on site only in locations where they will not interfere with the progress of the work. Offsite stockpiling, if necessary, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 4. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of trees indicated to remain. G. Disposal of Surplus Material: Excess earth materials, unsuitable materials, and debris shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site and disposed of in a legal manner. H. Maintenance of Excavations, Slopes, and Embankments: 1. Excavate and remove material outside the limits of the excavation which is unstable and constitutes potential slides, and material which comes into excavations for any reason including from the driving of piles. 3. Maintain slopes and embankments until substantial completion and acceptance of the work. Promptly repair slides, slipouts, washouts, settlements, and subsidences that occur for any reason, and refinish the slope or embankment to the indicated lines and grades. Any settlement or washing that occurs during and until completion of project and prior to acceptance of the work shall be repaired immediately and grades reestablished to the required elevations and slopes. Fill to required subgrade levels any areas where settlement occurs. 3. Temporary Grading and Drainage: Provide effective drainage at all times. No impoundment of water shall be permitted except as provided. Pools, puddles or inundated excavations shall be drained immediately. The Contractor is fully responsible for any and all water damage within the Limit of Work and all water damage to the site or installed work. I. Safeguarding of Structure Walls: Heavy equipment and rollers greater than one ton shall not be operated within 4 feet of structure walls. J. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. 1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. K. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with applicable requirements of Standard Building Code (International Building Code) with Georgia Amendments.

3.04 SUBSURFACE EXTRACTION A. Remove subsurface facilities and obstructions to the extent indicated. B. When subsurface facilities are encountered during excavation which interfere with new construction, and such facilities are not indicated, notify the Engineer promptly for corrective determination.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 11

3.05 ROUGH GRADING AND FILLING A. Prior to commencement of earthwork, perform such soil and rock removal and filling as may be required to facilitate the progress of the work and bring all elevations to the rough grading lines indicated on the Plans. Grading shall be performed by blading or as herein specified under Article 3.08. B. Fill or backfill, test pits, or holes which will not be completely removed by excavation, with lean concrete, pervious backfill, or clean structural fill, and compact as herein specified in layers not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. C. Fill or backfill holes, swales, and low points that will not otherwise be removed in the course of the work to the indicated grades.

3.06 EXCAVATION A. General Excavation Requirements: 1. Perform excavating as indicated and required for roadway and parking lot beds, for concrete footings, foundations, retaining walls, exterior paving, floor slabs, concrete walks, and for site levels and grading, and provide shoring, bracing, underpinning, cribbing, pumping, and planking as required. 2. The bottoms of excavations shall be level, firm, undisturbed earth, clean and free from loose material, debris, and foreign matter. 3. Excavate to the lines and grades indicated on the Plans; 4. Excavations shall be supported and maintained by providing structural support of earth walls. Excavations may be maintained by sloping cut faces where space permits, if calculations, sealed and signed by a civil or structural engineer currently registered in the State of Georgia, show that the slopes are safe. Calculations shall consider all existing conditions, including adjacent traffic, construction loading, and other local effects. 5. Limits of excavations shall allow for adequate working space for installing forms, wall waterproofing, and as required for safety of personnel. Cut excavations in solid rock accurately to the lines indicated on the Plans, or to the width of the ductbank or concrete encasement. 6. Dewater excavation as specified in 3.06.D. - Dewatering. Construct berms around excavations as required to prevent surface water and runoff from entering the excavation. 7. Remove unstable bottom material. Remove large stones, debris, and compressible soils from excavation bottoms to a minimum depth of 12 inches. Where required to excavate to rock, it shall be understood to mean sound bedrock. Remove loose and unsound material. 8. Except as otherwise indicated, preserve the material below and beyond the lines of excavations. Where an excavation is carried below the indicated grade, backfill to the indicated grade as herein specified. 9. Excavations for convenience of the Contractor shall be approved by the Engineer. 10. Place excavated material at a sufficient distance from edge of excavation so as not to cause cave-ins or bank slides, but in no case closer than 3 feet from the edge of excavations. 11. Unauthorized over excavations for footings and foundations shall be filled with lean concrete to indicated elevations. 12. Excavated earth material that is suitable for fill, backfill, or embankment shall be conditioned for re-use and properly stockpiled for later filling and backfilling operations as herein specified. Test, screen, and mix as necessary to meet specified requirements.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 12

B. Rock Excavation: 1. Rock, which cannot be broken up and removed by ripper equipment, shall be excavated and removed by drilling and blasting in accordance with the Contractor’s approved Blasting Plan. 2. Where footings or foundations are to be placed on rock which is not horizontal, key the center of the foundation approximately 12 inches in depth throughout an area approximately equal to the dimensions of the column or footing to be placed on the rock, or the entire width of the slab, at not more than 10-foot intervals. Remove loose fragments, and clean and fill all seams with lean concrete. 3. Material excavated beyond or below the indicated cross section shall be at the Contractors expense. Fill overbreakage to required invert with lean concrete at no additional expense to the Owner. C. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify Owner, who will make an inspection of conditions. 1. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace excavated material as directed by Owner. 2. Where it is not possible to provide a safe embankment slope, banks shall be temporarily supported and maintained secure until permanent support has been provided. 3. Where ditches or trenches are over 5'-0" deep, cross bracing and shoring shall be provided to prevent collapse. 4. Provide bracing systems designed by an engineer registered in the State of Georgia, experienced in bracing design. Submit reproducible shop drawings, showing the work and sequence in its entirety, to the Engineer prior to commencing the work. 5. To prevent cave-in, or settlement of earth adjacent to excavations, and for protection of persons as well as property, shoring, bracing and other similar work will be provided and installed to meet the conditions in each particular case and will be left in place until construction has reached a point where backfills behind walls or in ditches has been made and the need for shoring and bracing eliminated. D. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches.

3.07 EMBANKMENT CONSTRUCTION A. Construct embankments to lines, grades, and contours indicated, in layers as nearly uniform and horizontal as is consistent with the indicated finished contour and profile. Maximum thickness of the layers shall be 8 inches before compaction. Place no rocks exceeding 3" in diameter in top 1'-0" of fill. B. Compact each layer to specified density for entire width of the embankment. Achieve required compaction by rolling with compaction equipment suitable for type and condition of the particular material. Roll in a longitudinal direction parallel to longest dimension, starting at outer edges and progressing toward the center.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 13

C. Moisture condition embankment fill material as required to achieve its compaction to the specified density, within the tolerances specified herein. D. Do not compact material that contains excessive moisture. In such cases, scarify to the full depth of the layer having excessive moisture content and dry by reworking, mixing with dry materials, or other approved methods. E. Remove material that cannot be compacted to required density within specified tolerances, and replace with suitable material. F. Where pipes, culverts, or structures extend into embankments, construct embankment to at least 2 feet over and 10 feet on either side of the pipe, culvert, or structure location prior to excavation. G. Where fill is to be placed against hillsides or slopes steeper than 5 to 1 (horizontal to vertical), the existing slope shall be benched at least 6 feet horizontally into the hillside as the new embankment is placed in horizontal lifts. H. Do not commence final shaping until above specified requirements have been completed. Shape entire surface of the slopes of cuts and embankments to true grade, alignment, and cross section indicated. Leave cut slopes in rock with uniform surface, and remove all loose overhanging rock. I. Provide satisfactory soil material to perform earthwork operations indicated, including filling and backfilling to bring grade to elevations indicated. The cost of additional fill material required as a result of removal of existing unsuitable soil material will be included in the Contract.

3.08 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Remove vegetation, unsuitable soil materials, obstructions and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Break up sloped surfaces steeper than one vertical to four horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface. B. Perform all cutting, blading, and shaping as required to cut and shape the sub grade to the grades and elevations indicated. C. Sub grade preparation includes fine grading, reworking as necessary, and preparation of cut, fill, or embankment upon which the structure and equipment foundations, pipe, sub ballast, sub base, base, and pavement will be placed. Proofroll subgrades prior to placing fill using loaded 14 cubic yard, triaxle dump truck or similar weight construction equipment. Proofroll under the surveillance of the Testing Agency. All soft areas revealed by the proofrolling shall be under cut, stabilized and filled as directed by the Testing Agency. Remove unsuitable sub grade material, such as weak or compressible soils. D. Scarify and mix entire surface of sub grade to a depth of at least 6 inches. Moisture condition scarified sub grade to 3 percent above optimum moisture content. If sub grade stabilization material is required, incorporate it into the sub grade at this time. E. After the material has been thoroughly mixed and moisture-conditioned, accurately construct and fine grade the sub grade to indicated line, grade, and contour with high and low spots eliminated. Compact for full width to the specified density. Remove soft spots developed during working, fill with approved material, and re-compact. F. Finish sub grade to straightedge or template within specified tolerances with the finished surface bladed to a uniform, dense, smooth texture. 3.09 FOUNDATION PREPARATION A. Complete construction of the excavation support and dewatering systems prior to construction of structure and equipment foundations.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 14

B. Avoid disturbing bottom of excavation. If bottom is disturbed, restore and stabilize the bearing foundation with compacted pervious backfill material as specified herein. C. If material at bottom of the excavation is rock, remove loose material and roughly level the bearing foundation to indicated elevation. If the bottom contains occasional rock outcroppings or rock in only a portion of the area, remove such rock to a depth of 6 inches below indicated sub grade and backfill with lean concrete. D. Where unsuitable material is encountered at the elevations indicated for foundations, all soft, loose, or unsuitable material shall be removed. The area shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 12 inches, and the planned elevation shall be re-established by backfilling with structural backfill, moisture-conditioning, and compacting to a minimum dry density of 95 percent of the maximum laboratory dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D1557. Where the exposed foundation consists of competent, undisturbed in-place soils, scarifying may be omitted.

3.10 SUBGRADE FILLING/RAISING GRADE A. Compacted fill for raising of sub grade to indicated elevation shall be constructed by approved methods. Fill material shall be spread in uniform lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Place no rocks exceeding 3" in diameter in top 1'-0" of fill. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer to provide the optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to specified percentage of maximum density for area classification. Place no back fill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen or contain frost or ice. Fill material that does not contain sufficient moisture to compact properly shall be sprinkled with water; if it contains excess moisture it shall be aerated or permitted to dry to the proper water content. Fill material and water shall then be thoroughly mixed before being compacted. Each layer of spread fill material shall be compacted to the specified density. B. Control of fill shall consist of field inspection and testing to determine that each layer has been compacted to the required density and to ensure that optimum moisture is being obtained. Any layer or portion of a layer that does not attain the compaction required shall be scarified and re-compacted until the required compaction is obtained. C. Spreading and compacting shall be performed as required to produce the required density and a uniform surface smooth and true to grade.

3.11 COMPACTION A. Compaction Density: Compact each layer of embankment, fill, and backfill material to not less than the indicated or specified compaction. Required compactions are defined as Class I and Class II, as follows: 1. Class I Compaction: 95 percent relative compaction as determined by ASTM D698. 2. Class II Compaction: 98 percent relative compaction as determined by ASTM D698. B. Required Compactions: 1. Embankment or Fill where the Surface will be Bearing Foundation: Class II for full depth. Where embankment construction exceeds 8 feet in depth, provide minimum Class I compaction below the top 8 feet. 2. Fill Below Roadways and Pavements: Class II for full depth. Where fill exceeds 8 feet in depth, provide minimum Class I compaction below the top 8 feet. 3. Backfill around Structures: Class I under top 36 inches; Class II for top 36 inches. 4. Cut-and-Cover Backfill: Class I to 36 inches above structure or utility; Class II for balance, with a minimum of Class II for top 36 inches.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 15

5. Original Ground or Cut Sub grade: Except as specified in Articles 3.08 and 3.09 where original ground or cut sub grade, or fill less than 1 foot thick, will be sub grade or bearing foundation, scarify the surfaces and provide Class II compaction for at least 8 inches in depth. Include the following additional requirements: a. Provide Class II compaction for original ground when such original ground is within 3.5 feet of structure or within 2.5 feet of finished pavement grade, for full width of structure and pavement plus three feet on each side thereof. b. Provide Class II compaction for top 6 inches of undisturbed original ground upon which embankments are to be constructed. 6. Where not otherwise indicated or specified and where structures are not involved, provide Class I compaction to minimize settlement. C. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or layer of soil material must be moisture conditioned before compaction, uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade, or layer of soil material, to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 2. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by disking, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. 3. Perform moisture density determinations for each soil type used, to provide data for quality control. The natural moisture content at the time of compaction must be within moisture content limits that will allow the specified compaction to be obtained, but not in excess of 3% above or below the optimum moisture content.

3.12 COMPACTION (NON STRUCTURAL FILL) A. Perform compaction of soil materials for fills using mechanical soil compaction equipment for type and size materials to be compacted. Hand compact materials in areas inaccessible to machinery and within 5'-0" of below grade walls. B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Provide not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density by the Standard Proctor test, ASTM D698. 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6" of subgrade & each layer of backfill or fill material at 90% maximum dry density. C. Moisture Control: Where subgrade or soil layer must be moisture conditioned before compaction, apply water to surface of subgrade or soil layer. Scarify and air dry soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. Control soil moisture content of in place fill to within 3% of optimum moisture content. D. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread where directed by Owner and permitted to dry. Assist drying by discing, harrowing or pulverizing, until moisture content is reduced to satisfactory value, as determined by moisture density relation tests. When accepted by Testing Agency, soil material may be used in compacted backfill or fill.

3.13 BACKFILLING A. Use materials removed from site excavations if such material meets specified requirements. B. Backfilling is required around all substructures. Fill all abandoned vaults, shafts, airways, adits, holes, pits, and other voids.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 16

C. Place backfill in layers not to exceed eight inches of loose material, and compact each layer to specified density before the next layer is placed. D. Place backfill material in such manner that unbalanced horizontal loads will not be applied to a newly placed structure or portion of structure, utility, or pipeline. Do not backfill around portions of structures requiring backfill on only one side or on less than all sides, until the concrete has reached the specified 28-day strength to withstand the earth pressures on structures. E. When placing material for backfill around waterproofed structures, protect such structures and the waterproofing thereof with a shield when necessary to prevent displacement or injury by stones or other hard substances in the backfill. F. Do not backfill on or against structural concrete until the specified 28-day concrete strength has been attained. G. Complete backfill for end bents and abutments, including backflll for wingwalls, in accordance with the above specified time/strength limit. Step slopes behind abutments, unless otherwise indicated, to prevent backfill from acting as a wedge against the abutment. Provide drainage behind abutments and wingwalls as indicated. H. Do not use compaction equipment and methods that produce excessive horizontal or vertical earth pressures on structures. Excessive horizontal earth pressures are those in excess of at- rest earth pressures. Excessive vertical earth pressures are those in excess of overburden pressures.

3.14 ROUGH GRADING A. Grade areas to lines and elevations indicated, including adjacent transition area. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact and bring to uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown, or between such points and existing grades. B. Finish surfaces will be free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: C. Surfaces under walks and pavements: Shape surface of areas to line, grade and cross- section, with finish surface not more than 0.10' above or below required subgrade elevation. D. Surfaces under building slabs: Grade level, free of oils, compacted as specified, and within 1/2" of required elevation. E. Grassed areas: Shape areas to receive topsoil to within 0.10' above or below required subgrade elevation. F. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to depth and percentage of maximum density specified.

3.15 FINISH GRADING A. Finish grade all areas to elevations and grades indicated. In areas to receive topsoil and landscape planting, finish grading shall be performed to a uniform 7 to 8 inches below the grades and elevations indicated. B. Place and spread stockpiled topsoil to a uniform thickness of 6 inches (approximately) in areas to receive topsoil and landscape planting. Place and spread to a uniform thickness approximately 1/2 inch below finish grades indicated. C. Finish grade entire site obtaining uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown or between such points and existing grades. D. Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from building and to prevent ponding. E. Where cut and fill areas are disturbed by construction operations, scarify surface, reshape and recompact to required density.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EARTHWORK 31 00 00 - 17

F. Remove excess soil matter and debris from the site. G. At completion of finish grading operation, entire site is to be ready for landscaping. H. Where finish grading meets or abuts curbs, walks or pavements, uphill grades are to be slightly higher than pavements to permit drainage. I. Protection of graded areas: Protect newly graded surfaces from traffic and erosion. Keep free of debris. Where graded or compacted surfaces are damaged by subsequent operations, return to indicated grade and state of compaction.

3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Regulatory Requirements: In compliance with the International Building Code, the Contractor’s earthwork operations shall be performed under the observance and inspection of an Owner employed geotechnical engineer currently registered in the State of Georgia, as follows: 1. Site preparation, cutting and shaping, excavating, filling, backfilling, and embankment construction shall be carried out under the inspection of the geotechnical engineer, who will perform appropriate field and laboratory tests, as determined by the geotechnical engineer, to evaluate the suitability of fill and backfill material, the proper moisture content for compaction, and the degree of compaction achieved. Fill or backfill that does not meet the specified requirements shall be removed or recompacted until the requirements are satisfied. 2. Cutting and shaping, excavating, conditioning, filling, backfilling, and compacting procedures require approval of the geotechnical engineer as they are successively performed. Work found to be unsatisfactory or work disturbed by subsequent operations before approval is granted shall be corrected in as approved by the geotechnical engineer. B. Density Tests: Compacted fill, backfill, and embankment shall be tested to verify compliance with specified requirements in accordance with ASTM D2922. Frequency of tests shall be as specified above Paragraph 1.08C. C. Compaction Tests: Tests for compaction shall be performed in accordance with test procedures specified in ASTM D1557, Method D, as applicable. Field-testing of soils or compacted fill in place shall be performed in accordance with applicable requirements of ASTM D2922. D. Moisture Content Tests: Compacted fill, backfill, and embankment shall be tested to verify compliance with specified requirements in accordance with ASTM D3017. Minimum frequency of tests shall be as specified above in Paragraph 1.08C for density tests.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXCAVATION & FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT & UTILITIES 31 23 00 - 1

SECTION 31 23 00 EXCAVATION & FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT & UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Bedding and backfilling materials. B. Staking and grades. C. Existing utilities. D. Trenching and excavating. E. Bedding and backfilling. F. Field quality control.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS The work of this Section shall conform to the requirements of Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK, as applicable.

1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM C33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates B. Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation Systems, latest Edition.

1.04 DESCRIPTION A. This Section includes specifications for excavating, trenching, and backfilling for utilities and related structures, as indicated, including underground piping for water supply, sanitary and storm sewerage piping; roadway site subsurface and drainage piping; underground electrical conduits and ductbanks; and utility boxes, catch basins, manholes, inlets, pull boxes, and vaults. B. Trenching and backfilling for utilities includes restoration of existing pavements, where applicable, to the conditions existing before the excavation.

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit drawings and supporting calculations for trench support systems for utility trenches 5 feet or more in depth. Submittals for trench support systems shall be prepared, sealed, and signed by a professional civil or structural engineer currently registered in the State of Georgia.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 BEDDING AND BACKFILLING MATERIALS A. Bedding: 1. Foundation Backfill, Type I.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXCAVATION & FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT & UTILITIES 31 23 00 - 2

a. Use natural or artificial mixture of materials consisting of hard, durable particles or sand or stone, mixed with silt, clay and/or humus material for Type I Backfill. b. The mixture is to meet the requirements of Class I or Class II soils as found in the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation Systems, Section 810 – Roadway Materials. 2. Foundation Backfill, Type II. a. Use material that meets the requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation Systems, Section 800, Class A or B aggregate. Crushed concrete may be used provided that it meets the requirements of Section 800 that are applicable to Group 2 Aggregates. b. Do not use backfill aggregate containing soil or decomposed rock. c. Gradation. Use material that meets the following gradation requirements. Sieve Size % Passing by Weight 1-1/2 in. (37.5mm) 100 1 in. (25mm) 80-100 No. 8 (2.36mm) 0-5

B. Backfill Material: Backfill for excavations and trenches under structures and paving shall be Structural Backfill as indicated. Refer to Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK for requirements. Common Embankment will be permitted only for backfilling of excavations and trenches in open areas and landscaped areas. C. Slurry Cement Backfill: Slurry cement backfill shall consist of a fluid, workable mixture of portland cement, clean graded aggregate meeting the requirements of ASTM C-33 #89’s, and clean potable water.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 STAKING AND GRADES: Refer to Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK for requirements.

3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES: Refer to Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK for requirements.

3.03 TRENCHING AND EXCAVATING A. Perform trenching and excavating as indicated and required for drainage and utility piping, conduits, and related structures, and provide shoring, bracing, pumping, and planking as required and as specified by the Contractor submitted trench excavations and support systems plans. B. Excavate to the lines and grades indicated. C. Excavate trenches for pipes and conduits by the open-cut method, except where tunneling or jacking are indicated. Hand-excavate for crossing pipelines. D. In paved areas, cut pavement on the neat lines at the width indicated for the trench. Pavement shall be saw cut. After compacting the backfill, restore pavement to a condition equivalent to that existing at the start of construction. Restore pavement damaged outside the neat lines. In streets and roadways, provide slurry cement backfill for trench excavation to underside of pavement. E. Excavate trenches to the indicated width at all points below a horizontal plane 2 feet above the top of the pipe. Excavation above this plane may exceed the indicated width as required.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXCAVATION & FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT & UTILITIES 31 23 00 - 3

Where the width is not indicated, make the width not less than 6 inches nor more than 18 inches from the outside of the pipe. If the excavation exceeds permissible dimensions, install higher strength pipe or encase the pipe in Class 3000 concrete. F. The bottoms of excavations shall be firm earth or cut sub grade, clean and free from loose material, debris, and foreign matter. When bottoms of excavations or trenches are a soft or unstable material, the bed shall be made firm and solid by removing said unstable material to a sufficient depth and replacing same with gravel or crushed concrete, compacted to at least 90 percent relative compaction. G. Where water is encountered in the trench, dewater as specified in Section 31 23 19 DEWATERING and provide gravel or crushed concrete as required to drain the water and stabilize the bed. H. Bell holes for utility piping shall be accurately placed and shall not be larger than required to make-up the pipe joint. I. Excavations for structures shall conform to applicable requirements of Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK. J. Excavation Classifications: The following classifications of excavation will be made when rock excavation is encountered in work. 1. Earth Excavation includes excavation of pavements and other obstructions visible on ground surface; underground structures, utilities and other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together with earth and other materials encountered that are not classified as rock or unauthorized excavation. 2. Rock excavation in trenches and pits includes removal and disposal of materials and obstructions encountered occupying an original volume of more than ½ cubic yard which cannot be excavated with a backhoe having a bucket curling force rated at not less than 33,000 lbs., using a rock bucket and rock teeth (Caterpillar 325 or larger). Trenches in excess of 10'-0" in width and pits in excess of 30'-0" in either length or width are classified as open excavation. Refer to Section 31 00 00 – EARTHWORK for specifications.

3.04 BEDDING AND BACKFILLING A. Material for bedding of pipe shall be either Type I or Type II Foundation Backfill. Minimum thickness of backfill under pipe shall be 4 inches. Provide firm and uniform support of piping at indicated elevations and grades. Tamp bedding as required for firm support. B. Backfill below the horizontal centerline of pipe shall be Type I or Type II Foundation Backfill. Backfill to 6 inches above the top of pipe from the horizontal centerline of pipe shall be the Structure Backfill as specified in Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK. C. Backfill shall be placed in 6-inch layers, leveled, rammed, and tamped in place. Each layer shall be compacted with suitable compaction equipment to at least 95 percent relative compaction, taking care not to damage or misalign any pipe. The top 36 inches under structures and pavement shall be compacted to at least 98 percent relative compaction. D. Backfilling around concrete structures and for ductbanks and similar utilities shall conform to the applicable requirements of Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK.

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Comply with applicable requirements specified in Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. DEWATERING 31 23 19 - 1

SECTION 31 23 19 DEWATERING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Dewatering B. Restoration

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Coordinate the work of this Section with the work of Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK.

1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Provide dewatering as needed: 1. to control and dispose of storm water runoff; 2. to lower the water table and intercepting seepage which would otherwise emerge from the slopes or bottoms of excavations; 3. to assure stability of excavated slopes; 4. to prevent loss of material from beneath the slopes or bottoms of excavations; 5. to reduce lateral loads on sheeting and bracing; 6. to prevent rupture or heaving of the bottom of excavations; 7. to protect adjacent structures. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design and adequacy of the dewatering system to perform as follows: 1. Effectively reduce the hydrostatic pressure and lower the groundwater levels below excavations for structures and utilities; 2. Provide a substantially dry and stable subgrade for prosecution of construction operations; 3. Prevent damage to adjacent properties, buildings, structures, utilities, and other work as a result of settlement or other groundwater-related effects. C. Modify dewatering procedures that cause, or threaten to cause, excessive ground movement or damage to new or existing facilities, so as to prevent further ground movement damage. D. Wherever possible, groundwater shall be discharged into a nearby storm drainage system.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 30 00 - SUBMITTALS for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Prior to installation of the dewatering system, submit Shop Drawings and design data, indicating the proposed type of dewatering system, including methods for disposal of pumped water.

1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Methods of groundwater discharge, conveying, and transmission to off-site locations shall meet with the approval of the governmental authorities having jurisdiction.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. DEWATERING 31 23 19 - 2

1.06 SITE CONDITIONS A. Surface Drainage: Intercept and divert precipitation and surface water away from excavations through the use of dikes, curb walls, ditches, pipes, sumps, or other means. B. Drainage of Excavated Areas: 1. Provide and maintain ditches of adequate size to collect surface and seepage water which may enter the excavations. Divert the water into sumps and drain or pump into drainage channels or storm drains, subject to the approval of jurisdictional authorities. 2. When water is to be diverted into a storm drain, provide sediment traps or other approved facilities as required to reduce the amount of fine particles which may be carried into the drain. Sediment traps shall be established and maintained in accordance with the Land Disturbance Permit issued for the project.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Furnish all materials, tools, equipment, facilities, and services as required for providing the necessary dewatering work and facilities; Provide back-up equipment as necessary for replacement and for emergencies.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 DEWATERING A. Perform dewatering in accordance with approved submittal. Keep the Engineer advised of any changes made to accommodate field conditions. B. Organize dewatering operations to lower the groundwater level in excavations as required for prosecution of the work, and to provide stable dry subgrade for the prosecution of construction operations. Prior to placement of concrete, subgrade shall be in a firm, well- drained condition, and of adequate and uniform load-bearing nature to support construction personnel, construction materials, construction equipment, and steel reinforcing mats without tracking, rutting, heaving, or settlement. All weak, soft, saturated, or otherwise unsuitable material shall be removed and replaced with approved backfill. C. Maintain water level at lower elevations, so that no danger to structures can occur because of buildup of excessive hydrostatic pressure, and provide for maintaining the water level a minimum of 2 feet below the sub grade.

3.02 RESTORATION Restore existing structures to conditions equivalent to those existing prior to the start of work, including repair of any settlement-related damage.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 31 25 00 - 1

SECTION 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Requirements for temporary and permanent measures to provide erosion and sediment control including temporary erosion control measures and permanent stabilization.

1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements. B. Schedule of Operations: Submit schedule of proposed operations including program for erosion control measures, maintenance of control facilities and vegetative practices. Show anticipated starting and completion dates for land disturbing activities including excavation, filling and rough grading, finish grading, construction of temporary and permanent control measures, and disposition of temporary sediment control measures. C. Submit manufacturer’s technical product data and installation instructions for silt fence, matting blankets, and other erosion control products. D. Submit supplier’s information on seed and/or hydroseed mixtures including rate of application and recommended application dates.

1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Schedule erosion control construction prior to any grading or utility installation. B. Schedule grading operations to allow paving and permanent erosion control to take place in the same construction season, if possible. Avoid or minimize exposure of soils to winter weather. C. Construct and maintain temporary erosion control measures until such time as permanent paving, planting and restoration of natural areas is effective. Contractor will provide erosion control measures in addition to those specified based on conditions at the project site at no additional cost. D. Protect adjacent and downstream properties from siltation resulting from erosion of graded areas.

1.04 QUALITY CRITERIA A. Applicable Standards: 1. “Manual for Erosion and Sediment Control in Georgia”, Fifth Edition, 2000. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), standards as referenced herein. 3. Georgia Seed Laws and Rules and Regulations. 4. Georgia Department of Transportation, "Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation Systems", 2001 Edition, hereinafter referred to as Georgia D.O.T.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS A. Fertilizer:

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 31 25 00 - 2

1. Regular type: Nitrogen content derived from organic or inorganic sources; bearing manufacturer's statement of analysis. Minimum requirements: 5% nitrogen, 10% phosphoric acid, 15% potash. 2. Slow-release type: 50% of nitrogen is in slow-release form, content derived from organic or inorganic sources; bearing manufacturer's statement of analysis. Minimum requirements: 10% nitrogen, 10% phosphoric acid, 10% potash. B. Annual Rye (Lolium Mulltiflorum) seed: Fresh, clean seed testing 90% minimum purity, 70% minimum germination, 1% maximum weed content. C. Bermuda (Cynodon Dactylon) seed: Fresh, clean, hulled, new seed crop; 90% minimum purity, 70% minimum germination, 1% maximum weed content. D. Straw bales: Clean bales of straw of hay, wheat, rye, oats or barley. E. Hydromulch: Wood cellulose fiber containing no germination inhibiting or growth inhibiting agents. Characteristics shall be as follows: 1. Percent moisture content: 9.0% (+/- 3.0%) 2. Percent organic matter: 90.2% (+/- 0.8%) 3. Percent ash content: 0.8% (+/- 0.2%) 4. pH: 4.8 (+/- 0.5%) 5. Water holding capacity: 1150 grams water/100 grams fiber, minimum. F. Mulch: Clean, debris free, wheat straw, free of all sticks and foreign material. G. Asphalt emulsion: Meeting ASTM D977, Grade SS1. H. Staking pegs: 3/4" diameter by 8" long soft wood. I. Water: Clean, potable. J. Coarse aggregate: Meeting Georgia D.O.T. Specifications K. Rip-Rap: Meeting Georgia DOT Specifications Section 603 for plain rip-rap. L. Filter Fabric: Meeting Georgia D.O.T. Specifications, Section 171, Temporary Silt Fence.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DEVICES A. Construct temporary sediment barriers at all points where surface water flows from construction area, including entire perimeter of construction area where slope is outward and at other locations specified hereinafter. 1. Construct barriers of silt fencing per Georgia D.O.T. Specifications. 2. Arrange barriers to create ponding. Remove accumulated sediments at intervals as required to maintain original ponding capacity. 3. Maintain temporary barriers until permanent erosion control measures are established. Repair and replace barriers damaged or displaced by construction activity.

3.02 EROSION CONTROL DURING GRADING OPERATIONS A. Schedule grading operations to minimize exposure of graded surfaces prior to installation of permanent construction. B. Maintain large areas as flat as possible to minimize runoff. Where slopes of one vertical to four horizontal or steeper are indicated, construct a temporary sediment barrier at top of slope to

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS 31 25 00 - 3

cause water to flow to a controlled slope drain. In no case shall surface water be allowed to flow uncontrolled down graded slopes. C. Slope drains: Provide temporary drains to convey surface water down slopes. Provide drains with a top apron to anchor drain and to direct water. Place stone rip-rap at drain outlets in minimum 6" thickness to prevent scour.

3.03 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Maintain temporary sediment barriers around drainage structures until final subgrade preparation is begun to prevent washing of sediment into storm drainage system. B. Flush drainage lines between manholes and drainage structures as required during construction and after establishment of permanent erosion control measures to remove collected debris.

3.04 GROUND COVER A. Protect exposed soils having a slope of five percent or greater with ground cover. B. Ground cover may consist of any effective erosion preventive treatment such as straw mulch, stone base, plastic sheeting, hydroseeding or installation of permanent grassing or planting, as applicable. C. All grassing or planting operations will include mulching as stabilization until ground cover is effective.

3.05 HYDROSEEDING A. Apply seed/fertilizer/hydromulch mixture in water slurry. Dispense using hydraulic mulching equipment in following minimum quantities: 1. Fertilizer: 120 lbs/acre 2. Tall Fescue: 70 lbs/acre 3. Hydromulch: 1200 -1500 lbs/acre B. Seed in accordance with the following schedule: 1. Tall Fescue: August 15 – October 31 2. Bermuda: March 15 – June 30 (hulled), October 1 – February 28 (unhulled) 3. Annual Rye: August 15 – March 31

3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL DEVICES A. As soon as permanent erosion control devices are established, Contractor may remove temporary devices, including sediment barriers, berms, slope drains and similar devices. B. Remove all debris from project site.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 32 11 23 - 1

SECTION 32 11 23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Aggregate base material for rigid and flexible pavements including placement, spreading, compaction and field quality control.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Section 31 23 00 - EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES.

1.03 CLASSIFICATION Aggregate bases shall conform to Section 815, Graded Aggregate, of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation Systems, 2013 Edition with latest updates.

1.04 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C136 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 2. ASTM D421 Practice for Dry Preparation of Soil Samples for Particle-Size Analysis and Determination of Soil Constants. 3. ASTM D1241 Specification for Materials for Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base, and Surface Courses. 4. ASTM D1557 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. 5. ASTM D2419 Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate. 6. ASTM D2844 Test Method for Resistance R-Value and Expansion Pressure of Compacted Soils. 7. ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 8. ASTM D3017 Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 9. ASTM D3744 Test Method for Aggregate Durability Index. B. State of Georgia, Department of Transportation (GDOT), Standard Specifications for Construction of Transportation Systems: 1. Section 815, Graded Aggregate 2. Section 310, Graded Aggregate Construction

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 32 11 23 - 2

B. Product Data: Submit source, gradation, R-value, sand equivalent, and durability for the proposed base course material. C. Test Reports: Submit plant and field test reports as specified in Paragraphs 2.02 and 3.05 herein.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 AGGREGATE BASE MATERIAL A. Aggregate base course material shall conform with Section 815 of the Georgia DOT Standard Specifications. Material shall meet all requirements of Paragraph 815.2.01 and 815.2.02. Material may be Group 1 or Group 2. B. Aggregate source shall be approved by Georgia DOT Office of Materials and Research. Provide written documentation of current approval.

2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall perform sampling and tests of the aggregate base material in accordance with the ASTM Test Methods herein specified, to determine compliance with specified requirements. Samples shall be taken from material as delivered to the site, and shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM D421, as applicable. B. Aggregate grading or sand equivalent test shall represent no more than 500 cubic yards of base course material or one day’s production, whichever is the greater amount.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION A. The Contractor shall call for an inspection by the Engineer and obtain written acceptance of the prepared subgrade before proceeding with the placement of aggregate base course. B. The subgrade to receive aggregate base course, immediately prior to spreading, shall conform to the compaction and elevation tolerances indicated for the material involved and shall be free of standing water and loose or extraneous material.

3.02 INSTALLATION STANDARDS A. Aggregate base course shall be applied over the prepared subgrade and compacted in accordance with Section 310 of the GDOT Standard Specifications. B. Aggregate base course shall have minimum uniform thickness after compaction of dimensions indicated. Where a thickness is not indicated on the plans, minimum compacted thickness shall be 6 inches. C. All compaction expressed in percentages in this section refers to the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D1557.

3.03 SPREADING OF MATERIAL A. Aggregate for base course shall be delivered as uniform mixture of fine and coarse aggregate and shall be spread in layers without segregation. B. Aggregate base course material shall be free from pockets of large and fine material. Segregated materials shall be re-mixed until uniform.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. AGGREGATE BASE COURSE 32 11 23 - 3

C. Aggregate base material shall be moisture-conditioned to near optimum moisture content in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 310 of the GDOT Standard Specifications. D. Aggregate base course 6 inches or less in thickness may be spread and compacted in one layer. For thickness greater than 6 inches, the aggregate base course shall be spread and compacted in two or more layers of uniform thickness not greater than 6 inches each.

3.04 COMPACTION A. Relative compaction of each layer of compacted aggregate base material shall be not less than 98 percent as determined by ASTM D1557. B. Thickness of finished base course shall not vary more than 1/2 inch from the indicated thickness at any point. Base that does not conform to this requirement shall be reshaped or reworked, watered, and recompacted to achieve compliance with specified requirements. C. The surface of the finished aggregate base course at any point shall not vary more than 1/2 inch above or below the indicated grade.

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall perform field tests in accordance with ASTM D2922 to determine compliance with specified requirements for density and compaction of aggregate base material, and with ASTM D3017 to determine moisture-content compliance of the installed base course. B. Testing frequency shall be not less than one test for every 2,000 square feet of graded aggregate base course material, per layer or lift.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. ASPHALT PAVING 32 12 16 - 1

SECTION 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Placing of base course. B. Placing of asphalt concrete. C. Sealant. D. Field quality control. E. Maintenance of pavement.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Preparation of sub grade to proper grade for base course, including compaction, is specified in Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK. B. Aggregate base course for asphalt paving is specified in Section 32 11 23 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE. C. Portland cement concrete paving is specified in Section 32 13 13 - CONCRETE PAVING. D. Portland cement concrete curbs and gutters are specified in Section 32 16 00 - CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS.

1.03 REFERENCES A. State of Georgia, Department of Transportation (GDOT) Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation Systems, 2013 edition, with latest updates: 1. Section 400 – Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Construction 2. Section 413 – Bituminous Tack Coat 3. Section 820 - Asphalt Cement 4. Section 822 – Emulsified Asphalt 5. Section 828 – Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete Mixtures 6. Section 833 – Joint Fillers and Sealers B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C136 - Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 2. ASTM D7113 – Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures in Place 3. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 4. ASTM D6307 Standard Test Method for Asphalt Content of Hot-Mix Asphalt by Ignition Method 5. ASTM D7113 - Standard Test Method for Density of Bituminous Paving Mixtures in Place by the Electromagnetic Surface Contact Methods

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. ASPHALT PAVING 32 12 16 - 2

6. ASTM D5361 - Standard Practice for Sampling Compacted Bituminous Mixtures for Laboratory Testing

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES, for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Mix Design: Submit proposed mix design for each asphaltic concrete mixture and seal coat to be used in the work, covering the specific materials to be used in the mixes. Include test data in support of each proposed mix design. C. Test Reports: Submit test results of sampling and testing, and inspection records within 24 hours of asphaltic concrete placement.

1.05 PROTECTION Protect concrete pavements and walks, curbs and bases, and other improvements adjacent to the operations with suitable materials. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by the Contractor’s employees or equipment and shall make necessary repairs. Buildings and other surfaces shall be covered with paper or other protection, where required. All damage caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired or replaced as required.

1.06. TESTING A. Owner will retain Testing & Inspection Laboratory. B. Testing laboratory will test in-place courses for compliance with specified density, thickness and surface smoothness requirements. C. Laboratory will take two 4" diameter cores per 1,000 square yards at locations selected by the Owner for density and thickness tests. Cores shall be taken through base, intermediate and/or surface course. Repair holes resulting from coring to match existing paving. D. Compaction: Determine in-place density using test method GDT 39 or AASHTO T331. Maximum pavement mean air voids for all SuperPave asphalt mixtures shall not exceed 7.0 percent. E. Contractor's duties relative to testing include: 1. Notify laboratory of conditions requiring testing. 2. Coordinate with laboratory for field testing. 3. Assume payment for additional testing performed beyond scope of that required and for retesting where initial tests reveal nonconformance with specified requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 BASE COURSE MATERIAL Graded aggregate base as specified in Section 32 11 23 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE of these Specifications.

2.02 TACK COATS Tack Coat: Asphalt Cement, performance grade PG 58-22, PG 64-22, or PG 67-22 in conformance with Section 413 of the GDOT Standard Specifications.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. ASPHALT PAVING 32 12 16 - 3

2.03 PAVEMENT REINFORCING FABRIC If required, pavement reinforcing fabric specifications shall be as shown on the Plans.

2.04 ASPHALT PAVING MATERIALS A. Asphaltic Concrete Mixture: 9.5mm Superpave Level B; 12.5mm Superpave; 19mm Superpave and/or 25mm Superpave, in accordance with Section 400 and Section 828 of the GDOT Standard Specifications, as called for on the Plans. B. Aggregates for Asphaltic Concrete: Group II, with the grading of the combined aggregate conforming to 1/2-inch maximum size, medium grading, or 3/4-inch maximum size, medium grading, as indicated, and as specified in Section 802 of the GDOT Standard Specifications. C. Mixing Facilities: Asphalt concrete paving material shall be furnished from a Georgia DOT approved asphalt mixing plant.

2.05 MIX DESIGN A. Design of asphaltic concrete mixes shall be provided by the Contractor, and shall be obtained from a qualified independent testing laboratory or agency, properly equipped to design asphaltic concrete mixes. Costs of obtaining mix designs shall be at the Contractor’s expense. B. Design of asphaltic concrete mixes, including aggregate quality and gradation, shall conform to quality requirements of Section 828 of the GDOT Standard Specifications.

2.06 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. The testing agency shall perform sampling and testing of materials in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Aggregate Grading: The combined aggregate, prior to addition of asphalt binder (paving asphalt), shall conform with the requirements specified in Section 828 of the GDOT Standard Specifications for the type of aggregate specified herein. 2. Frequency of Tests: Minimum testing frequency shall be one test for every 500 tons, or fraction thereof, for each graded aggregate, each day. 3. Asphalt Content: Asphalt content shall be within plus or minus 0.50 percent of the mix design content. Conformance with asphalt content requirements shall be determined by ASTM D6307 from samples taken from the mat behind the paving machine. Minimum testing frequency shall be one test for every 500 tons, or fraction thereof, for each asphaltic paving mix placed each day.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PLACING OF BASE COURSE A. The Contractor shall call for an inspection by the Engineer and obtain written approval of the subgrade before proceeding with the base course. 1. Inspect subgrade for loose or soft material, rock or organic matter. No stones over 2 inches in diameter will be allowed in top of 6 inches of subgrade. 2. Proof roll subgrade using heavy rubber tired vehicle to verify that exposed subgrades are stable and to identify loose or soft areas requiring undercutting or stabilization. Proof rolling to be performed under surveillance of Testing Agency.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. ASPHALT PAVING 32 12 16 - 4

3. Stabilization of soft or unstable subgrades is to be accomplished to minimum depth of 6 inches. Stabilization aggregate is to be of type specified for base course aggregate. 4. Verify proper elevations and cross sections of subgrade immediately prior to placing base material. B. Graded aggregate base course shall be minimum uniform thickness of dimensions indicated, measured after compaction. Place and spread aggregate base material to compacted depth indicated, to elevation and shape. Compact base course to dry density of 98% in accordance with ASTM D1557. C. Base course shall be placed over finished subgrade and compacted in accordance with Section 32 11 23 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE. D. After base course has been completed, the Contractor shall call for an inspection by the Engineer and obtain written approval before proceeding with application of the asphalt- wearing surface. E. Weather Limitations: 1. Construct asphaltic courses only when atmospheric temperature is above 40 degrees F. and rising, when the underlying base is dry and when weather is not rainy. 2. Place base course when air temperature is above 35 degrees F. and rising.

3.02 PLACING ASPHALT CONCRETE A. Areas to be paved shall be covered with a layer of hot asphalt concrete surfacing not less than the thickness indicated after compaction. B. Paving asphaltic concrete shall be delivered, laid, rolled, and finished in accordance with Section 400 of the GDOT Standard Specifications. 1. Binder Course: 19 mm Superpave Hot Mix. 2. Asphaltic Surface Course: 12.5 mm SuperPave Level B Hot Mix Asphaltic Concrete. C. Bituminous tack coat shall be applied in accordance with Section 413 of the GDOT Standard Specifications at the rate of 0.02 to 0.10 gallons per square yard. Bituminous tack coat shall be placed between each layer of asphalt. D. Finish surface of the wearing course shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, and free from ruts, humps, depressions, cold joints, or other irregularities. Compact each layer while hot by rolling. E. Finish paving shall conform to slopes, lines, and finish grades indicated, and shall drain properly. Where adjacent surfaces are intended to be flush (as at concrete gutters, walks, and paving), they shall conform smoothly at all joints. F. Ridges, indentations, and other objectionable marks left in the surface of the asphalt concrete by paving or rolling equipment shall be eliminated by rolling. The use of equipment that leaves ridges, indentations, or other objectionable marks in the asphalt concrete shall be discontinued, and other acceptable equipment shall be employed. G. Where cold joints are indicated or necessary, cut back the placed and compacted cold asphalt a minimum of 3 inches with a concrete or masonry power saw, so that a vertical face of compacted full thickness material is exposed. Treat this surface with bituminous tack coat before proceeding with placement of asphaltic concrete surfacing. H. Finish paving shall conform to finish grade elevations shown on the Plans within plus or minus 0.02 of a foot and shall be level to within plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet when measured with a 10-foot straightedge in any direction.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. ASPHALT PAVING 32 12 16 - 5

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall control the quality of the Work and shall coordinate testing to assure compliance with these Specifications. B. After completion of paving work, all paving shall be flooded with water, and any resulting birdbaths or areas of ponding shall be ringed with chalk. All birdbaths and areas of ponding shall be corrected with addition of asphalt paving materials and re-rolling until all paving is free from birdbaths and areas of ponding. C. The Contractor shall coordinate testing of graded aggregate base and asphalt pavement by the testing agency in accordance with Paragraph 1.06 and Paragraph 2.06 of this specification section. D. Allowable variation in thickness: 1. Base course: +/- 1/2". 2. Intermediate course: +/- 1/4" 3. Surface course: +/- 1/8"

3.04 MAINTENANCE OF PAVEMENT A. Upon completion of final rolling, vehicular traffic shall not be permitted on the finished pavement for at least six hours, and until the asphalt concrete has cooled sufficiently to withstand traffic without being deformed. B. Finished pavement shall be maintained in finished clean condition until the Work is accepted by the Owner. C. At completion of each operation, remove excess or spilled materials from site. Dumping or spreading of excess asphalt materials on project site is prohibited.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 1

SECTION 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING

PART 1- GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Materials and accessories. B. Subgrade preparation. C. Formwork. D. Placing concrete reinforcement. E. Placing concrete. F. Joints. G. Finishing. H. Curing and protection. I. Installation of joint seals. J. Field quality control.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Preparation of subgrade to proper grade for concrete, including compaction, is specified in Section 31 00 00 – EARTHWORK and Section 32 11 23 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE. B. Portland cement concrete curbs and gutters are specified in Section 32 16 00 - CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, AND WALKS. C. Portland cement concrete, concrete reinforcement, and various materials, services, and incidentals pertaining thereto shall conform with Section 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK and Section 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK.

1.03 REFERENCES A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. AASHTO M81 Cut-Back Asphalt (Rapid-Curing Type) B. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 117 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 2. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A53 Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless 2. ASTM A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 3. ASTM A663 Specification for Steel. Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, Mechanical Properties 4. ASTM C39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 2

5. ASTM C309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 6. ASTM C496 Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens 7. ASTM D2628 Specification for Preformed Polychloroprene Elastomeric Joint Seals for Concrete Pavements D. Federal Specifications (FS): 1. UU-B-790 Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber, (Kraft, Waterproofed, Water Repellent, And Fire Resistant)

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Product Data: Submit the respective manufacturer’s product data for manufactured products. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit drawings that indicate the locations of all joints in concrete, including construction joints, expansion joints, isolation joints, and weakened-plane or contraction joints. 2. Submit drawings of reinforcing steel, tie bars, and connecting dowels. Comply with requirements specified in Section 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE Tolerances: Comply with requirements of ACI 117, Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 FORMS A. Provide metal forms having adequate weight and thickness to not deflect or warp under the weight of all loads applied in the paving process. Forms shall have depth equal to the prescribed edge thickness of the pavement, without horizontal joints. B. Provide forms not less than 10 feet long except where shorter forms are necessary for curves. Use metal keyway forms for the full length of roadway form to which attached. Provide wood bulkheads for the full width of pavement lane equipped with keyway form. C. Provide holes for bars and dowel assemblies where required. D. Provide at least three stake pockets to accommodate a 1-inch diameter. stake in each section of form 10 feet or more in length, and at least two such pockets in each section of form less than 10 feet long. E. Provide each section of form with a positive locking device that will secure it tightly to the adjoining section.

2.02 MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Concrete Reinforcement: Refer to Section 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK, for requirements.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 3

B. Portland Cement Concrete: Refer to Section 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK, for requirements. Concrete strength shall be as called for on the plans. C. Liquid Asphalt: AASHTO M81, cut-back asphalt, rapid-curing type. D. Subgrade Paper: Kraft laminated building paper with bituminous binder, reinforced, meeting requirements of FS UU-B-790. E. Benches and Chairs: ACI 318. F. Tie Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, of type and size indicated. G. Dowels: Plain round bars meeting requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60, or ASTM A663, Grade 80, epoxy-coated bars, furnished with approved snug-fitting ASTM A53 galvanized pipe sleeve. Provide sleeve with one end closed. H. Expansion-Joint Filler: ASTM D2628, preformed elastomeric joint seal. I. Joint Sealing Compound: Concrete joint sealant, conforming to ASTM D1190 or ASTM D3406, as applicable, for sealing of expansion (isolation) and contraction (control) joints in slabs and at junctions of slabs and vertical surfaces. Joint sealant color shall match pavement color. J. Concrete Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1. K. Welded Wire Mesh: Welded plain cold-drawn steel wire fabric, ASTM A185-79.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01. PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Immediately prior to placing forms, condition and trim subgrade or base to exact shape, grade, and cross section required by the Plans. Condition and shape to indicated width between side forms plus not less than one extra foot on each side. B. Use of a subgrade machine of approved type is permitted, in which case place forms in advance of exact conditioning and trimming, to permit use of the machine. C. Where the crown is to be warped or sloped to conform to contour of intersecting streets, storm water inlets, and other intersecting contoured surfaces, shape subgrade to required depth and cross section. 1. Drive grade stakes to proper elevation in the subgrade at 6-foot intervals in both directions. 2. Compact subgrade by rolling at least 1 foot wider on each side than the concrete. 3. Finish concrete in such locations by means of floats, shovels, spades, or other approved hand tools, operated so as to consolidate the concrete without segregation. D. Deposit any excess material obtained from such preparations upon adjacent shoulders or as required. E. Prepare subgrade and base as specified in Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK and Section 32 11 23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSE. 1. Compact top 12" to 98% maximum dry density. 2. Remove loose material from compacted subgrade surface immediately before placing concrete.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 4

3. Proof-roll prepared subgrade surface to check for unstable areas and need for additional compaction. Do not begin paving work until such conditions have been corrected and are ready to receive paving. 4. Moisten subgrade just prior to concrete placement. Place no concrete on subgrades which are saturated or which contain standing water.

3.02 FORMWORK A. Obtain written approval from the Engineer of the subgrade and base prior to placing forms and impervious compacted subgrade. B. Place subgrade paper where indicated. C. Do not use built-up forms. Remove forms with battered top surfaces, distorted faces or bases, and forms that are deformed or broken in any way; and, if straightened and repaired, do not reuse until they have been inspected and approved in writing by the Engineer. D. Do not use forms showing a variation of more than 1/8 inch in a 10-foot length from the plane of the top or face when tested with a straightedge. E. Join forms neatly and tightly and stake securely with stakes in every pocket. Drive up fully all locking devices at form joints so as to produce a smooth fitting, rigid joint. F. Maintain proper grade and alignment under all working conditions. Maintain base of forms directly in contact with the finished subgrade, base, or subbase. G. Building of pedestals of earth or other materials upon which to rest forms in order to bring them to the required grades will not be permitted. H. Clean and coat forms with form release compound before concrete is placed against them, each time they are used. I. Do not remove forms from freshly placed concrete until the concrete has set for 12 hours.

3.03 PLACING CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. When reinforcement is indicated, provide deformed bars, welded wire fabric, or prefabricated welded or clipped deformed bar mats, as indicated on the Plans, and of size and quantity indicated. B. Place reinforcement so that the extreme longitudinal member will be located not more than 3 inches from the sides of the slab section, and extend the end of all longitudinal members to within 2 inches of the ends of slab sections. C. Lap adjacent sheets of welded wire fabric and welded or clipped mats not less than 12 inches when the lap is made at right angles to the centerline of the pavement and where wire fabric sheets are permitted to be lapped parallel to the centerline. D. Wrap the wire fabric or bar mats together with wire at all laps, at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. E. Place tied bars or prefabricated bar-mat reinforcement securely supported on approved chairs as specified in Section 03 20 00, CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK, and ACI 318. Install reinforcement in place on supports on the subgrade for a distance ahead of the paver equal to at least 500 feet or a two-hour run of the paver, whichever is greatest, before any paving is begun. Stop paving and install a bulkheaded construction joint whenever the paver comes to within 100 feet of the end of such steel placement. Secure reinforcement against displacement during concrete placement. F. Tie Bars and Dowels:

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 5

1. Uniformly place all tie bars and dowel assemblies at the indicated depth below finished surface on 4-foot centers or other dimensions where indicated otherwise on the Contract Drawings. 2. In all of the above methods of reinforcement placement, install dowel bar assemblies and secure in place in metal chairs on the subgrade, ahead of the placement of the slab reinforcement and concrete. 3. Support tie bars for weakened-plane joints on metal chairs and securely fasten prior to placing concrete, or place on top of the freshly poured concrete and vibrate to position at proper depth. Install tie bars in such manner that upon initial set of the concrete they will be at proper alignment, depth and spacing, and at right angles to the designated line of cut. 4. Place tie bars for construction joints on metal chairs, or machine place, in such a manner that upon the initial set of the concrete, they will be at proper alignment, depth, and spacing, and at right angles to the formed edge of the joint.

3.04 PLACING CONCRETE A. Notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of placing concrete. B. In the event completion of concrete placement during darkness should become necessary, provide a lighting system adequate to illuminate all concrete-placement operations. C. An interval of more than 45 minutes between placing of two consecutive concrete batches will be cause for stopping paving operations. Should this occur, place a bulkhead with construction joint keyway. D. Place concrete while fresh. Retempering of concrete will not be permitted. E. Place concrete pavement in full traffic lane widths, separated by construction joints; or if approved, the concrete pavement may be placed monolithically, two or more traffic: lanes wide without a construction joint, but with a longitudinal weakened-plane joint at each traffic lane line. F. Deposit concrete in successive batches on the subgrade or base to full width of traffic lane and strike off with an approved screed-type finishing machine. G. Use a mechanical spreader of an approved type, designed to move the volume of freshly deposited concrete transversely. H. Use concrete already placed in adjacent traffic lane, curb, or gutter as the form for new concrete placed adjacent thereto, but not until the concrete placed in the first lane has attained a split tensile strength of at least 300 pounds per square inch, as determined by ASTM C496. I. Consolidate concrete by means of suitable vibrating screed, internal vibrator, or other approved vibratory equipment such that the concrete is effectively consolidated without segregation. Maintain amplitude of vibration such that the vibrations are perceptible on the surface of the concrete at least one foot from the vibrating equipment. Provide a device for measuring and indicating the actual frequency of vibrations. J. Perform screeding and tamping by making one complete pass over the entire area of the pavement. Adjust the tamper to produce the proper tamping action and adjust screeds to an elevation slightly above finished grade, so that when properly consolidated and finished, the completed surface of the pavement will be at the required grade, true to cross section indicated, and free from laitance and porous areas. K. Concrete required to be placed in widths less than a normal traffic lane may be compacted and shaped by a powered mechanical compacting and shaping machine supplemented by hand methods as necessary. Deposit concrete as nearly as possible in its final position. Do not use vibrators for extensive shifting of masses of fresh concrete.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 6

3.05 JOINTS A. General: 1. Joints in pavement are designated as longitudinal and transverse construction joints, transverse expansion joints, and longitudinal and transverse weakened-plane joints. 2. Construct the faces of all joints normal to the finished surface of the road. 3. Construct transverse joints normal to the centerline, of the road and extending full width of pavement. Construct similar types of transverse joints in line with each other across the full width of the pavement. 4. Construct longitudinal joints coincident with or parallel to the pavement centerline. 5. Install load transfer devices parallel to finished surface of the road. 6. Maintain finished surface of concrete in the same plane on both sides of a joint. B. Construction Joints: 1. Construction joints shall be made when placing fresh, concrete against hardened concrete at planned locations and elsewhere when concreting is interrupted for longer than 45 minutes. 2. Connect concrete on both sides of longitudinal construction joints with tie bars as indicated. 3. Do not place transverse construction joints within 10 feet of any other transverse joint. Should it become necessary to stop concreting for a period of time sufficient to require the installation of a bulkhead and construction joint within 10 feet of an existing transverse joint, remove and waste the concrete that has been placed beyond the existing joint. C. Transverse Expansion Joints: 1. Form transverse expansion joints at indicated locations by means of preformed expansion joint filler. Support the joint strips in position by means of metal holders and end supports. Hold the supports firmly in position during concreting, and maintain them in place after completion of pavement. 2. Use metal holders fabricated of minimum 16-gage sheet steel in the form of a deep channel extending not less than 4 inches downward on both sides of the joint strip, slotted and cut away as necessary to allow the concrete to make close contact with the joint strip at close intervals. Spread ends of holders to admit the end supports. 3. During placement and consolidation of concrete, secure joint holder and end supports so as to prevent movement of the joint strip and to keep the top edge of the joint strip approximately 1/2 inch below the surface of finished pavement. After concrete has been placed and consolidated, the metal holder may be removed and a suitable metal channel substituted therefore; fit the channel snugly over the top edge of the joint strip and maintain it there until the joint is edged. 4. After side forms are removed, remove concrete that has flowed around the ends of the joint filler. D. Weakened-Plane Joints: 1. Construct weakened-plane joints with a power concrete or masonry saw to a depth of not less than 2 inches and a width of 1/4 inch, plus or minus 1/16 inch. Produce clean cuts with sharp edges and no dislocation of coarse aggregate.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 7

2. Saw weakened-plane joints not less than twelve hours nor more than twenty-four hours after placing concrete, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Conduct night operations if necessary to meet these time limits. Maintain a stand-by power concrete saw on the site at all times when paving operations are under way. 3. Do not saw where volunteer transverse cracks exist. If a volunteer transverse crack exists within 5 feet of a planned, sawed joint, omit the sawed joint, but do not omit more than three consecutive planned, sawed joints. 4. Restore curing compound disturbed by sawing operations. Conduct sawing operations in such a manner that the surface and edges of pavement will not be unprotected for more than 20 minutes. 5. At the Contractor’s option, longitudinal weakened-plane joints at traffic lane lines in multilane monolithic concrete pavement may be formed by placing a continuous strip of plastic or other approved material that will not react adversely with the concrete. Use joint insert material of such width and character that, when placed vertically in the concrete, it will not bond with the concrete and will form an effective weakened-plane joint not less than 2 inches deep. 6. Insert the joint material with a mechanical device that places the material in a continuous strip, except where intervening structures break the continuity of paving. Splices in joint material will be permitted if splices are effective in maintaining the continuity of the joint material as placed. 7. Maintain top of joint material not more than 1/8 inch below finished surface of concrete. Do not deform joint material from a vertical position. Maintain alignment of finished joint parallel with center line of pavement, and free of local irregularities that exceed 1/2 inch, measured by a 12 foot straightedge, except for normal curvature of center line alignment. 8. Use a mechanical installation device to vibrate the concrete during placement of the strip, to cause the concrete to flow evenly about the joint material. 9. On completion of joint sawing, or on removal of the optional joint insert material, clean the joint and remove moisture by blowing with compressed air if necessary. Fill the joint with joint sealing compound in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

3.06 FINISHING A. Following placing of concrete, and after it has been screeded with a transverse finishing machine, screed longitudinally with a power-operated longitudinal finishing machine of an approved type. Work longitudinal screed cross-wise so as to level any irregularities in the surface. B. Following longitudinal screed, use an approved scraping strike off for removing any accumulation of excess mortar, laitance, or inert material from the surface. C. For the final finish, drag surface with a single full width strip of burlap to produce a uniform gritty texture on the surface. Keep burlap wet and periodically, wash out to remove accumulations of mortar. D. After burlap dragging has been completed and concrete has taken its initial set, use an edging tool with 1/4 inch radius along each edge of the surface to prevent chipping of the edges in the removal of forms. Tool in same manner the longitudinal edge of any concrete surface adjoining previously placed pavement, to avoid subsequent spalling. Edge all joints at the same time, working from suitable bridges. Take particular care to keep surface of concrete in the same plane on both sides of each joint. Kneeling planks will not be permitted on the concrete surface.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 8

E. Where special circumstances require, hand float finishing may be substituted for a finishing machine, providing the following requirements are met: 1. Use float of approved design and construction to provide a true floated surface. 2. Operate each float from the side of the pavement and parallel to the centerline of the pavement. 3. Use edge of float to cut down high areas. Float removed material into depressions until a true surface is obtained. 4. On each successive passage of the float, slightly lap the previous path; and, upon completion of each passage, bring the float back and smooth the overlap between the two passages. 5. Operate floats as far back of tamping machine as the concrete remains workable, with sufficient passes to remove perceptible irregularities. 6. Maintain at least one spare float in good condition and available on the worksite at all times.

3.07 CURING AND PROTECTION Comply with the applicable requirements of Section 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK, for curing concrete with liquid membrane-forming curing compound. Do not permit traffic on new concrete pavement until the concrete has attained its 28-day compressive strength as determined by strength tests in accordance with ASTM C39.

3.08 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALS A. EXAMINATION 1. Verify that joint surfaces are dry to the extent necessary for successful sealant application and long service life as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. 2. Verify also that ambient and concrete-surface temperatures and humidity are within the ranges recommended by the manufacturer for successful sealant application. B. PREPARATION 1. Thoroughly clean joints free of dirt, debris, dust, and laitance 2. Prime joint surfaces, where required, as recommended by the manufacturer of the joint sealing compound or elastomeric joint seal, as applicable. 3. Mix multi-component sealing compound as recommended by the manufacturer. C. INSTALLATION 1. Installation/Application Requirements: Joint fillers and sealing compounds shall be installed in accordance with the respective manufacturers’ installation and application instructions. Comply also with ASTM Dl 190, ASTM D3405, Appendix XI, and ASTM D3406, Appendix XI, for application of sealants, as applicable. Coordinate the placement of joint fillers and securing them in position. 2. Expansion (Isolation) Joints: a. Provide pre-molded joint filler to full depth of slabs, less 1/2 inch. Install joint filler with top edge 1/2 inch below the surface, and tool adjacent concrete edges to a 1/4-inch radius. Use steel pins to hold material in place during placing and floating of concrete. Finished joints shall be tight and leak-proof.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 9

b. After a minimum of 28 days after slabs have been placed and finished, fill expansion joints with joint sealing compound to 1/8 inch below surface of slabs. No traffic shall be permitted to travel over sealed joints until sealing compound has properly cured. 3. Contraction (Control) Joints: Saw-cut contraction joints and weakened plane joints shall be filled with joint sealing compound in areas and locations indicated. Joints shall be filled and tooled flush to within 1/16 inch of the slab surface.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Strength Tests: The Contractor shall perform strength tests of concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. B. Thickness: After pavement is placed and cured, the Contractor shall take core samples at locations designated by the Engineer, for determination of actual thickness. A minimum of one core sample shall be obtained from each 1000 square feet of pavement.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 13.13 - 1

SECTION 32 13 13.13 EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE PAVING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY This Section applies to exterior cement concrete pavement for mow strips adjacent to cabins.

1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit product data for all concrete, aggregate, expansion joint, sealant and curing materials. C. Design Mixtures: Submit design mix for concrete pavement mixture: See Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. D. Samples: Provide 10-lb. sample of exposed aggregate. Include information from aggregate supplier indicating source, type, color, and gradation of aggregate.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Experienced installer who has completed pavement work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products who complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 2. Manufacturer certified in according to the National Ready Mix Concrete Association’s Plant Certification Program. C. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer’s plant and each aggregate from one source. D. ACI Publications: Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 FORMS A. Form Materials: Plywood, metal-framed plywood, or other approved panel-type materials to provide full-depth, continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a radius 100 feet or less. B. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 13.13 - 2

2.02 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Size and spacing of reinforcement shall be as called for on the Plans. B. Comply with requirements of Section 32 20 00 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK.

2.03 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Concrete for exposed aggregate paving shall be Portland Cement ASTM C150, Type I. B. Exposed Aggregate: Exposed hard, sound, durable, and free of all deleterious materials and staining qualities. Provide aggregates from a single source. C. Store select seeding aggregates off the ground and protected from moisture. D. Aggregate shall match color, size, and gradation of the aggregate used in the exposed aggregate sidewalks and pavement existing at other cabins onsite.

2.04 CURING MATERIALS A. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. B. Water: Potable.

2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion joint materials: See Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. B. Joint Sealing Material: See Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. C. Acid: Acid for acid wash shall be 5-10 percent solution of muriatic acid. Acid solution shall be tested on aggregate to ensure that aggregate does not dissolve or discolor. D. Sealer: Acrylic resin meeting the requirements of ASTM C1315. Sealer shall be suitable for sealing of exposed aggregate horizontal concrete surfaces.

2.06 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Comply with requirements of Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. B. Exposed Aggregate Surface: Concrete to receive an exposed aggregate surface shall contain a minimum of 560 lb. of ASTM C 150 Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of concrete. C. Aggregates used in base mix shall not be limestone. D. Aggregate size shall be a minimum of 3/8 inch and a maximum of 3/4 inch.

2.07 CONCRETE MIXING Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116. Furnish batch certificates for each batch delivered to the site and placed.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION A. Sub-grade shall be approved by the testing agency prior to placement of concrete.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 13.13 - 3

B. Remove all loose material from compacted sub-base surface immediately before placing concrete.

3.02 EDGE FORMS AND SCREED CONSTRUCTION A. Set, brace, and secure edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed guides for pavement to required lines, grades, and elevations. Install forms to allow continuous progress of work and so forms can remain in place at least 24 hours after concrete placement. B. Clean forms after each use and coat with form-release agent to ensure separation from concrete without damage.

3.03 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Provide steel reinforcement as called for on the Plans. B. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials. D. Arrange, space, and securely tie wire, bars and supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.

3.04 JOINTS A. General: Form construction, isolation, and contraction joints and tool edgings true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. Construct transverse joints at right angles to centerline, unless otherwise indicated. B. Construction Joints: Set construction joints at side and end terminations of pavement and at locations where pavement operations are stopped for more than one-half hour unless pavement terminates at isolation joints. C. When joining existing pavement, place transverse joints to align with previously placed joints unless otherwise indicated. D. Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. E. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of the concrete thickness as follows: F. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint with grooving tool. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes to a 1/4-inch (6 mm) radius. Eliminate grooving marks on concrete surfaces. G. Edging: Tool edges of pavement and joints in concrete after initial floating with an edging tool to a 1/4-inch radius. Repeat tooling of edges after applying surface finishes. Eliminate tool marks on concrete surfaces.

3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: Before placing concrete, inspect and complete form-work installation, reinforcement steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. B. Remove snow, ice, or frost from sub-base surface and reinforcement before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 13.13 - 4

C. Moisten sub-base to provide a uniform dampened condition at the time concrete is placed. Do not place concrete around manholes or other structures until they are at the required finish elevation and alignment. D. Comply with requirements and with recommendations of ACI 304R for measuring, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete. E. Do not add water to concrete during delivery at site or during placement. F. Deposit and spread concrete in a continuous manner between transverse joints. Do not push or drag concrete into place or use vibrators to move concrete into place. G. Consolidate concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures to consolidate concrete according to recommendations in ACI 309R. H. Consolidate concrete along face of forms and adjacent to transverse joints with an internal vibrator. Keep vibrator away form joint assemblies, reinforcement, or side forms. Consolidate with care to prevent dislocating reinforcement, dowels, and joint devices. I. Screed pavement surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Commence initial floating using bull floats to form an open textured and uniform surface plane before excess moisture or bleed water appears on the surface. Do not further disturb concrete surfaces before beginning finishing operations or spreading dry-shake surface treatments.

3.06 FINISHES A. Seeded Exposed Aggregate Finish: Immediately after floating, broadcast a single layer of aggregate uniformly onto the pavement surface. Tamp seeded aggregate into plastic concrete, and float to entirely embed aggregate with mortar cover of 1/16 inch. B. Prior to the concrete placing operation, all select seeding aggregate shall be thoroughly washed so that it is free of all dust, dirt, and clay particles. The aggregate shall be in a damp condition but without free surface water at the time of seeding application. There shall be sufficient select aggregate on hand to complete the seeding once it has commenced. C. The seeding operation shall start immediately after the placement of concrete as described above. The select aggregate shall be carefully and uniformly seeded by suitable means so that the entire surface is completely covered with one layer of stone. Stacked stones and flat and slivery particles shall be removed at this time. The aggregate shall be embedded by suitable means. Care shall be taken to not over-embed and deform the surface. Under no circumstances shall areas lacking sufficient mortar be filled with small quantities of the base concrete mix. D. Without dislodging aggregate, remove excess mortar by lightly brushing surface with a stiff, nylon bristle broom. E. Fine-spray surface with water and brush. Repeat water flushing and brushing cycle until cement film is removed from aggregate surfaces to depth required.

3.06 CONCRETE CURING AND SEALING A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305 R for hot-weather protection during curing. C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. EXPOSED AGGREGATE CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 13.13 - 5

operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating, but before float finishing. D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. E. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moisture curing, moisture-retaining-cover curing, curing compound or a combination of these methods. F. Apply sealant to concrete pavement in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Sealant shall be roller applied to prevent splashing or overspray onto the exterior siding of building. A minimum of two coats shall be applied; application rate shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.

3.07 PAVEMENT TOLERANCES Comply with tolerances of ACI 117 and as follows: 1. Elevation: 1/4 inch. 2. Thickness: Plus 3/8 inch, minus 1/4 inch. 3. Surface: Gap below 10-foot- long, unleveled straightedge not to exceed 1/4 inch. 4. Lateral Alignment and spacing of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1 inch. 5. Vertical Alignment of Tie Bars and Dowels: 1/4 inch (6 mm). 6. Alignment of Tie-Bar End Relative to Line Perpendicular to Pavement Edge: 1/2 inch. 7. Contraction Joint Spacing: Plus or minus 3 inches. 8. Contraction Joint Depth: Plus 1/4 inch, no minus. 9. Joint Width: Plus 1/8 inch, no minus.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing of poured in place concrete shall be as called for in Section 03 30 00 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK.

3.09 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace concrete pavement that is broken, damaged, or defective or that does not comply with requirements in this Section. B. Protect concrete from damage. Exclude traffic from pavement for at least 14 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain pavement as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur. C. Maintain concrete pavement free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete pavement not more than two days before date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS & SIDEWALKS 32 16 00 - 1

SECTION 32 16 00 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, & SIDEWALKS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Materials and accessories. B. Preparation of sub grade. C. Types of construction. D. Joints. E. Form removal. F. Finishing. G. Curing and protection. H. Field quality control.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Preparation of sub grade to proper grade for concrete, including compaction, is specified in Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK.

1.03 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 117 Standard Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction Materials 2. ACI 301 Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete 3. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A53 Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless 2. ASTM A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 3. ASTM A663 Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, Mechanical Properties 4. ASTM C260 Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 5. ASTM C309 Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete 6. ASTM C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete

1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Product Data: Submit the respective manufacturer’s product data for manufactured products. C. Shop Drawings:

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS & SIDEWALKS 32 16 00 - 2

1. Submit drawings that indicate the locations of joints in concrete, including construction joints, expansion joints, isolation joints, and contraction joints. 2. Submit drawings of extruded curbs and gutters, if proposed, and any modification of the indicated section profile required by the extrusion process. 3. Submit drawings of reinforcing steel, tie bars, and connecting dowels.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tolerances: 1. Construct concrete surfaces within 1/4 inch of the indicated elevation, and deviating not more than 1/8 inch from a 10-foot straightedge placed anywhere on the surface. 2. Slab tolerances shall be “straightedge tolerance” as specified in ACI 117. B. Finishes: Slab finishes shall be as specified herein in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES A. Concrete Reinforcement: Refer to Section 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK, for requirements. B. Portland Cement Concrete: Refer to Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK for requirements. Provide Class of Concrete indicated on the Plans. C. Benches and Chairs: AC1 318. D. Tie Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60, of type and size indicated. E. Dowels: Plain round bars meeting requirements of ASTM A615, Grade 60, or ASTM A663, Grade 80, epoxy-coated bars, furnished with approved snug-fitting ASTM A53 galvanized pipe sleeve. Provide sleeve with one end closed. F. Expansion-Joint Filler and Joint Sealing Compound: Refer to Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK for requirements. G. Concrete Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1-D, Class A. H. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C881, Type V for load-bearing concrete, Grade and Class as determined by project conditions and requirements.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE A. Excavate for and prepare the sub grade as specified in Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK, true to the indicated grade and cross section. B. Test completed sub grade for correct grade and cross section by means of template supported on side forms. C. Dampen sub grade and forms just before placing concrete.

3.02 TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION A. Provide cast-in-place concrete construction, plain or reinforced as indicated. Curbs and gutters shall be formed accurately to indicated section profile with template screed

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS & SIDEWALKS 32 16 00 - 3

B. Extruded curbs and gutter, placed by an extrusion machine, may be provided where site conditions are suitable and the extrusion process is appropriate for the purpose.

3.03 JOINTS A. Expansion Joints: 1. Construct 3/8-inch to 1/2-inch thick expansion joints in the following locations: a. In curb or curb and gutter, at the locations of expansion joints in the concrete roadway. b. In curb or curb and gutter, at points where curved and tangent sections join. c. Between curb or curb and gutter, and any drain, inlet, or similar structure occurring within the limits of the curb or combination curb and gutter. d. At corners in sidewalks, following the projections of the building lines from the corner of the building to the curb. e. Between sidewalks and any permanent structure. . f. Between sidewalk and curb. g. Through sidewalks at intervals not greater than 15 feet. h. In sidewalks, encircling fixtures more than 12 inches in diameter. 2. Construct expansion joints as specified in Section 32 13 13 – CONCRETE PAVING except that load transfer devices will not be required unless indicated. Shape preformed filler to cross section of curbs and combination curb and gutter. B. Contraction Joints: In sidewalks, provide contraction joints as indicated in uniform intervals not greater than 6 feet, with the edges rounded to a 1/4-inch to 3/8-inch radius. C. Tooling: Finish joints with an edging tool having 1/4-inch to 3/8-inch radius, leaving joints free of mortar and concrete. In preformed type joints, leave joint filler material exposed for full length of joint with clean and true edges. D. Joint Sealing: 1. Seal to within 1/8 inch of pavement surface joints in curbs and gutters, including gutter surfaces of combination curb and gutter sections; all joints between curbs and vehicular pavement; all joints between gutters and vehicular pavement; and all other expansion joints. Do not seal other joints unless so indicated. 2. Do not seal joints until concrete curing is complete. Prior to installation of the joint sealing compound, clean the joints of dirt and other foreign material. Joints may be cleaned with compressed air jets provided that the air in such jets is free of oil or water. Do not fill joints when there is any free water in or adjacent to the joints. Joint walls and all surfaces to which the sealing material is to adhere shall be surface dry for at least three hours prior to sealing. 3. Apply with approved pressurized equipment. Perform sealing of joints to make them impervious to water and to prevent the sealing compound from spreading over the surface of the pavement.

3.04 FORM REMOVAL A. Remove front curb forms not less than two nor more than six hours alter placing concrete, but in no case while the concrete is still plastic enough to slump. B. Remove other forms not less than twelve hours after finishing is completed.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS & SIDEWALKS 32 16 00 - 4

3.05 FINISHING A. Curb or Curb and Gutter: 1. Trowel the face of curb smooth to a depth of not less than 2 inches below the flow line, or to the flow line of integral curb and gutter, and finish with a steel trowel, all immediately after removal of front curb forms. 2. Finish all curb edges with a radius of 1/2-inch. 3. Provide a final fine brush finish to both top and face of curb with brush strokes parallel to the line of the curb, so that both top and front face present the same Uniform appearance. 4. Keep the curb face wet during above finishing operations. 5. Allow no coarse aggregate to show on the finished curb surface. B. Sidewalk, Island Paving, and Ramps: 1. Provide “floated finish” or light “broom finish” as indicated in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301. 2. For pedestrian and wheelchair ramps, and all other surfaces where the Plans require a non-slip finish, provide a “nonslip finish” in combination with a “floated finish” or “broom finish” in accordance with the requirements of ACI 301. 3. Broom finish shall be applied perpendicular to the direction of traffic flow. C. Joints and Edges: As soon as the condition of the work permits, perform joint work, edging, and marking. Finish all edges with a radius of 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch.

3.06 CURING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with the applicable requirements of Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK for curing concrete with liquid membrane-forming curing compound. Do not permit traffic on new concrete pavement until the concrete has cured a minimum period often days. B. Provide damp curing only, for concrete slab surfaces indicated to be treated with concrete hardener and dust proofer.

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL The Contractor shall perform inspections and tests as specified in Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. The Contractor shall provide such samples and services to facilitate testing as required.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 17 23 - 1

SECTION 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Traffic line paint and thermoplastic material for traffic striping and marking. B. Application of traffic striping and control markings.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Asphalt pavement is specified in Section 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING. B. Concrete pavement is specified in Section 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING. C. Concrete curbs, gutters, and walks are specified in Section 32 16 00 CONCRETE CURBS, GUTTERS, AND SIDEWALKS.

1.03 REFERENCES A. State of Georgia, Department of Transportation (GDOT), Standard Specifications for Construction of Transportation Systems, latest edition B. Federal Specifications TTP-1952-E. C. MUTCD, Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, latest edition.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit manufacturer’s product data sheets and documentation of Georgia DOT qualified products listing approval for traffic line paint and thermoplastic material. C. Submit traffic paint colors indicating proposed area of use.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS A. Permanent traffic striping for driveways and parking space pavements, for asphalt or for porous concrete, shall be water-based traffic paint that meets Federal Specification TTP- 1952-E, Type III. B. Permanent traffic striping for driveways and parking space pavements, for new concrete, shall be traffic line paint per Georgia DOT Standard Specification 652. C. Permanent traffic striping for roadways, for solid lines and for skip lines, shall be thermoplastic per Georgia DOT Standard Specification 653. D. Permanent pavement marking symbols (arrows, words, etc.) and cross-walks shall be Hot Applied Preformed Plastic Pavement Markings per Georgia DOT Standard Specification 659. E. Temporary traffic striping and pavement markings within roadways shall be preformed plastic pavement markings, Type TR, per Georgia DOT Standard Specification 657. F. Color of traffic markings shall be as called for on the plans or as required by the MUTCD (Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices), as approved by the Owner. Only standard pre-

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. PAVEMENT MARKINGS 32 17 23 - 2

tinted paint colors shall be used for white, yellow, blue, red green and black traffic paint markings.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 APPLICATION A. Permanent traffic paint shall be applied not less than 30 days after placement of asphalt pavement or for the number of days for pavement curing as recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is longer. B. Thermoplastic pavement markings shall be applied not less than 15 days after placement of asphalt pavement or for the number of days for pavement curing as recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is longer. Ensure that pavement has cured sufficiently to carry application equipment without damage. C. Replace traffic striping and control markings obliterated by construction operations for streets and parking areas that will remain in service. Traffic striping and control markings shall be of the same type, color and material as the original. D. Provide new traffic striping and control markings on pavement, parking stalls, and curbs in accordance with the layout, configurations, and dimensions indicated on the Plans. E. Application equipment and procedures shall conform to the applicable requirements of the GDOT Standard Specifications. Keep paint thoroughly mixed throughout application. F. Traffic control markings and parking space striping shall be applied with the use of substantial cutout patterns and templates, or with striping equipment that applies straight, uniform width, sharp lines. G. Coverage shall be thorough and complete in accordance with the paint and thermoplastic manufacturer’s instructions and recommendations and the GDOT Standard Specifications. 1. For asphalt surfaces, apply two coats of traffic paint. Each application shall be a minimum of 15 miles. 2. For concrete surfaces, apply one coat of traffic paint. Each application shall be a minimum of 15 mils. 3. Apply thermoplastic material at a minimum thickness of 0.090 inches or at the manufacturer’s recommended minimum thickness, whichever is greater. H. Traffic control markings and parking stalls shall be sharp and accurate, straight where required, without fuzziness at edges of lines. I. Accessible parking stalls shall include the International Symbol for Accessibility. J. At completion, the Contractor shall check the work thoroughly and touchup any parking and traffic control markings that are not distinct or thorough in coverage, or not uniform in color. K. Removal of existing traffic stripes or markings shall be performed in accordance with Georgia DOT Standard Specification Section 656.

3.02 TOLERANCES AND APPEARANCE A. In addition to the tolerances and appearance requirements specified in the GDOT Standard Specifications, edges shall be uniform with local variations not exceeding 1/8 inch per foot and surfaces shall be smooth and uniform. B. Letter sizes and patterns shall be as indicated on the Plans with variations of not more than plus or minus 15 percent in dimension.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SEGMENTAL BLOCK RETAINING WALLS 32 32 23 - 1

SECTION 32 32 23 SEGMENTAL BLOCK RETAINING WALLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Work includes furnishing and installing modular concrete block retaining wall units to the lines and grades designated on the Plans and as specified herein.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C1372 Standard Specification for Segmental Retaining Wall Units. B. ASTM C1262 Evaluating the Freeze thaw Durability of Manufactured CMU’s and Related Concrete Units C. ASTM D698 Moisture Density Relationship for Soils, Standard Method D. ASTM D422 Gradation of Soils E. ASTM C140 Sample and Testing Concrete Masonry Units

1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Contractor shall check the materials upon delivery to assure proper material has been received. B. Contractor shall prevent excessive mud, cementitious material, and other construction debris from coming in contact with the materials. C. Contractor shall protect the materials from damage. Damaged material shall not be incorporated in the project.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit complete manufacturer’s data for segmental block units. C. Submit color sample for Owner approval. D. Submit graded aggregate for rock backfill.

1.05 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 31 23 00 - EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES. B. Section 31 00 00 – EARTHWORK C. Section 31 23 19 – DEWATERING D. Section 31 25 00 – EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS

1.06 QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall provide proper quality control measures to assure compliance with specified requirements. Foundation and sub grade preparation and the placement and

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SEGMENTAL BLOCK RETAINING WALLS 32 32 23 - 2

compaction of fills shall be performed under the surveillance of a Georgia registered geotechnical engineer engaged by the Owner. B. Contractor shall coordinate testing of subgrade and backfill. C. The Contractor shall call for an inspection by the geotechnical engineer and obtain written acceptance of the prepared subgrade before proceeding with the placement of graded aggregate foundation course. D. The subgrade to receive graded aggregate foundation course, immediately prior to spreading, shall conform to the compaction and elevation tolerances indicated for the material involved and shall be free of standing water and loose or extraneous material.

E. The Contractor shall call for an inspection by the geotechnical engineer and obtain written acceptance of the prepared foundation course before proceeding with the placement of the segmental block units. F. The foundation course shall not vary more than 1/2 inch from the specified thickness at any point.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.01 MODULAR WALL UNITS A. Wall units shall be Allan Block AB Retaining Wall units as produced by a licensed manufacturer. B. Wall units shall have minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3000 psi in accordance with ASTM C1372. The concrete units shall have adequate freeze-thaw protection with an average absorption rate in accordance with ASTM C1372 or an average absorption rate of 7.5 lb/ft3 for northern climates and 10 lb/ft3 for southern climates. C. Exterior dimensions shall be uniform and consistent. Maximum dimensional deviations on the height of any two units shall be 0.125 in. D. Wall units shall provide a minimum of 110 lbs total weight per square foot of wall face area. Fill contained within the units may be considered 80% effective weight. E. Exterior face shall be textured. F. Manufactured wall unit corner blocks shall be used at wall corners, whether specifically indicated on the Plans or not. G. Color to match existing Allan Block walls on-site.

2.02 WALL ROCK A. Drainage rock shall extend a minimum distance of 12-inches behind the block. B. Drainage rock shall meet the requirements of Georgia DOT Standard Specification Section 812.2.02 for Foundation Backfill, Type II. C. Fill material within the blocks shall be the same material as the drainage rock.

2.03 BACKFILL SOIL A. Backfill material for the reinforced zone shall be crushed stone or sand meeting the requirements of Georgia DOT Standard Specification Section 812.2.04.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SEGMENTAL BLOCK RETAINING WALLS 32 32 23 - 3

B. Backfill material may be site excavated soils when approved by the on-site soils engineer unless otherwise specified on the Plans. Poorly graded sands, expansive clays and/or soils with a plasticity index (PI) >20 or a liquid limit (LL) >40 shall not be used in wall construction. C. The infill soil used must meet or exceed the design friction angle and must be free of debris and organic matter. D. Where additional fill is required, contractor shall submit sample and specifications to the onsite soils engineer for approval and the approving engineer must certify that the soils proposed for use has properties meeting or exceeding original design standards.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXCAVATION A. Contractor shall excavate to the lines and grades shown on the construction drawings. Contractor shall use caution not to over-excavate beyond the lines shown, or to disturb the base elevations beyond those shown. B. Contractor shall verify locations of existing structures and utilities prior to excavation. Contractor shall ensure all surrounding structures are protected from the effects of wall excavation.

3.02 FOUNDATION SOIL PREPARATION A. Foundation soil shall be defined as any soils located beneath a wall. B. Foundation soil shall be excavated as dimensioned on the plans and compacted to a minimum of 95% of Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) prior to placement of the base material. C. Foundation soil shall be examined by the on-site soils engineer to ensure that the actual foundation soil strength meets or exceeds assumed design strength. Soil not meeting the required strength shall be removed and replaced with acceptable material.

3.03 BASE A. The base material shall be the same as the Wall Rock material (Section 2.2). B. Base material shall be placed as shown on the Plans. Top of base shall be located to allow bottom wall units to be buried to proper depths as per wall heights and specifications. C. Base material shall be installed on undisturbed native soils or suitable replacement fills compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698). D. Base shall be compacted at 95% Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) to provide a level hard surface on which to place the first course of blocks. The base shall be constructed to ensure proper wall embedment and the final elevation shown on the plans. Well-graded sand approved by the on-site soils engineer can be used to smooth the top 1/2 in. on the base material. E. Placement of base material shall be 6 inch minimum depth and 24-inch minimum width.

3.04 UNIT INSTALLATION A. The first course of wall units shall be placed on the prepared base with the raised lip facing up and out and the front edges tight together. Units shall be checked for level and alignment as they are placed.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SEGMENTAL BLOCK RETAINING WALLS 32 32 23 - 4

B. Ensure that units are in full contact with base. Proper care shall be taken to develop straight lines and smooth curves on base course as per wall layout. C. Fill all cores and cavities and a minimum of 12 in. behind the base course with wall rock. Use infill soils behind the wall rock and approved soils in front of the base course to firmly lock in place. Check again for level and alignment. Use a plate compactor to consolidate the area behind the base course. All excess material shall be swept from top of units. D. Install next course of wall units on top of base course. Position blocks to be offset from seams of blocks below with 3 in. minimum offset. Check each block for proper alignment and level. Fill all cavities in and around wall units and to a minimum of 12 in. depth behind block with wall rock. Spread infill soil in uniform lifts not exceeding 8 in. (200 mm) in uncompacted thickness and compact to 95% of Standard Proctor (ASTM D698) behind the consolidation zone. E. The consolidation zone is defined as 3 feet minimum behind the wall for non-reinforced walls. For reinforced walls, the consolidation zone is defined as the full length of the specified geogrid reinforcement plus 12-inches. F. Compaction within the consolidation zone shall be accomplished by using a hand operated plate compactor and shall begin by running the plate compactor directly on the block and then compacting in parallel paths from the wall face until the entire consolidation zone has been compacted. A minimum of two passes of the plate compactor are required with maximum lifts of 8 in. Maximum lifts of 4 inches may be required to achieve adequate compaction within the consolidation zone. Contractor shall employ methods using lightweight compaction equipment that will not disrupt the stability or batter of the wall. G. Install each subsequent course in like manner. Repeat procedure to the extent of wall height. H. The constructed wall shall not exceed the following tolerances: Vertical Control ±1.25 inches, over 10 foot distance Horizontal Location Control ±1.25 inches, over a 10 foot distance. Rotation ± 2.0°, from established plan wall batter Bulging 1.0 inches over a 10 foot distance

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TURF AND GRASSES 32 92 00 - 1

SECTION 32 92 00 TURF AND GRASSES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Work includes topsoil, seeding and sodding for complete establishment of grassed areas as shown on drawings.

1.02 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.03 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit two copies, minimum, supplier’s information on seed and/or hydroseed mixtures including rate of application and recommended application dates.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicable Publications: The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. 1. U.S. Department of Agriculture: Federal Seed Act of August 9, 1939 (53 Stat. 1275) Rules and Regulations. 2. Bulletin 773: Lawns in Georgia. Cooperative Extension Service: University of Georgia College of Agriculture, revised April 2000. 3. Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC) Publication: Official Methods of Analysis (13th Ed., 1980 and Suppl 1, 2, 3 and 4).

1.05 WARRANTY A. Guarantee all seeded grasses to germinate and grow to a height of one inch. Evenly distribute grass over the site. Reseed bare spots at no cost to the Owner within a period of four weeks after the initial installation, and prior to final acceptance by the Owner. The acceptable standard for seeded lawns is when scattered bare spots, not greater than one square foot, do not exceed 3% of the lawn area. B. Guarantee all sod grasses to be actively growing and/or taking root within 8 weeks after the installation date.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS A. Topsoil: Existing Topsoil: Suitable topsoil is to be stripped from construction areas and stockpiled. Use topsoil to bring landscaped areas to finished grade. Dispose of any stored topsoil remaining after all work is in place. Indicated areas not stripped but to be seeded, are to be prepared as hereinafter specified.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TURF AND GRASSES 32 92 00 - 2

B. New Topsoil: If stockpiled material is not sufficient to complete all indicated work provide additional topsoil from approved sources off the site. Topsoil provided must be a natural friable silt loam soil, representative of productive soils in the vicinity. It must be obtained from well- drained areas, free of admixture of subsoil and foreign matter or objects larger than 2 inches in diameter, toxic substances, and any other material or substances which may be harmful to plant growth. C. Mulch Materials: Acceptable mulch materials will be any of the following or any locally available material approved by the Owner. Mulch material which contains noxious weed or other plants detrimental to the site or adjacent property will not be acceptable. Straw or other material which is excessively brittle, or badly decomposed, will not be acceptable. 1. Straw: The threshed stalks of oats, wheat, barley, rice, rye, beans or peanuts containing not more than 15 percent moisture. 2. Hay: The leaves and stems of plants as timothy redtop, sudan grass, alfalfa, clover and broom sedge hay or native grasshay such as bluestem mixtures containing not more than 10 percent moisture. 3. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch: Air-dried, color-dyed, containing no growth or germination inhibiting factors. The material must be manufactured and packaged in such manner that when added to water with fertilizer, and grass seed, agitation will readily cause separation of fibers and uniform suspension to form a homogenous slurry which when applied to soil will permit water to percolate to the soil. The material is to be supplied in packages having a gross air dry weight not in excess of 100 pounds (equivalent to 10 percent moisture). D. Commercial Fertilizer: Uniform in composition, free-flowing, suitable for application with approved equipment and manufacturer's guaranteed analysis and in conformity with state fertilizer laws. Fertilizer is to contain following minimum percentages of plant food by weight: 1. 5% available Nitrogen (for seed) 10% available Nitrogen (for sod) 2. 10% available Phosphoric Acid 3. 10% available Potash E. Lime: Agricultural ground or pelletized limestone, Lime-Rite or equivalent. F. Sod: Delivered to the site within 18 hours after stripping, and a healthy green color and free of diseases, fungus, insects, insect eggs or nematodes. Sod must be free of noxious weeds and weed seeds. A written invoice from the sod farm is to be provided showing proof of variety and correct date and time of stripping. Sod must have a rooted soil layer of approximately ¾ to 1 inch. Pieces of sod with less than the minimum soil attached will not be accepted. Sod which has been overseeded with perennial grasses is not acceptable under any circumstances. Sod which has been overseeded with annual rye grass is acceptable only if specified.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION OF SITE A. General: The areas to be treated and their respective requirements for seed, fertilizer, lime, and other treatment are specified herein. Equipment necessary for the proper preparation of the ground surface and for handling and placing all required materials is to be on hand, in good condition, and approved before the work is started. Demonstrate before starting work that the application of the materials required will be made at the specified rates. B. Clearing: Prior to placing topsoil, tillage, seeding, or other specified operations, all vegetation which might interfere with the indicated treatment of the areas is to be mowed, grubbed, raked and the debris removed from the site. Prior to or during grading and tillage operations the ground surface must be cleared of materials which might hinder final operations.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TURF AND GRASSES 32 92 00 - 3

C. Grading: All grassed areas which have been rough graded to 4 inches below finished grade must be maintained in a true and even condition prior to distributing topsoil. D. Distributing Topsoil: The topsoil shall be uniformly distributed on the designated areas and evenly spread to a minimum thickness of 4 inches. Prior to placing the topsoil, the subgrade must be loosened by disking or by scarifying to a depth of at least 2 inches, to permit bonding to the subgrade. Any irregularities in the surface resulting from distributing topsoil or other operations must be corrected in order to prevent the formation of depressions where water will stand. Do not place topsoil when the subgrade is frozen, excessively wet, extremely dry, or in a condition otherwise detrimental to the proposed planting or to proper grading. E. Tillage: After the areas required to be seeded have been brought to the grades shown on the drawings or as specified, thoroughly till to a depth of at least 4 inches by plowing, disking, harrowing, or other approved methods until the condition of the soil is acceptable. Work only during period when beneficial results are likely to be obtained. When conditions are such, by reason of drought, excessive moisture, or other factors that satisfactory results are not likely to be obtained, work shall be stopped. Work may be resumed only when desired results are likely to be obtained. F. Distribute Application of Lime: Immediately following or simultaneously with incorporation of fertilizer, lime uniformly at a rate specified by soils report (at a minimum rate of 2000 pounds per acre or 50 pounds per 1,000 square feet to raise ph in clay 10 mm 1.0 point). Incorporate into the soil to a depth of at least 4 inches by disking, harrowing, or other acceptable methods. Incorporation of lime together with fertilizer may form a part of tillage operation hereinbefore specified. G. Leveling: Any undulations or irregularities in the surface resulting from tillage, fertilizing, liming, or other operations must be leveled or rolled before seeding or sodding operations are begun while maintaining positive drainage. Hand rake and smooth, removing all rocks larger than 1” from the surface. Use metal screen or wooden drag on larger surfaces. Contact the landscape architect for an inspection of the fine graded surface, prior to seeding or to sod installation.

3.02 SODDING A. The planting season for warm season vegetative grasses is May-July. B. Place sod within 18 hours of stripping. C. Grade to be 1/2 inch lower than paved surfaces for Bermuda and Zoysia sod. D. Sod strips to be carefully handled so that tearing and ripping does not occur. Sod to be kept moist at all times. E. Sod strips to be placed carefully to insure that there is no overlapping and no gap between pieces. All joints to be off-set in relation to previous joints. F. When laying sod around planting beds, outline the bed with full pieces of sod. If patches of sod must be used they are to be no smaller than 8 inches in either dimension, and used to fill the middle of the sodded area rather than around edges. G. Water sod immediately after planting. H. Roll all sod areas after planting. I. Erect barricades as needed to protect newly sodded areas from traffic or other use. If necessary, provide plywood for use as walking planks.

3.03 MAINTENANCE OF GRASSED AREAS A. Maintenance must begin immediately after seeding or sodding and must continue until final acceptance of the work in total by the Owner.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. TURF AND GRASSES 32 92 00 - 4

B. Weed, water and treat for any disease, fungus or insect damage which may occur during this period. The amount of water needed will vary greatly, but generally the area should be slowly soaked a minimum of twice per day for 10 days, then increasing the duration and decreasing the frequency of watering. Increase or decrease this schedule as weather and site conditions require to maintain the soil in optimum transplant condition. Seeded lawns must be kept moist, not wet, until germination, and then decrease the frequency of watering. C. Additional fertilizer needs or mowing needs are to be handled in a separate contract with the Owner. Notify the Owner in writing if fertilizing or mowing is needed during the period until final acceptance.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 - 1

SECTION 33 05 16 UTILITY STRUCTURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavation and backfill. B. Cast-in place concrete structures. C. Precast concrete structures. D. Metal components.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Concrete formwork, concrete reinforcement, cast-in-place concrete, portland cement concrete, concrete repair and finishing, and precast concrete are specified in the various Sections under Division 03 - Concrete.

1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A36 - Specification for Structural Steel 2. ASTM A48 - Specification for Gray Iron Castings 3. ASTM A108 - Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality 4. ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 5. ASTM A153 - Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 6. ASTM A536 - Specifications for Ductile Iron Castings 7. ASTM B3 - Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire 8. ASTM B26 - Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings 9. ASTM C33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates 10. ASTM C150 - Specification for Portland Cement 11. ASTM C260 - Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 12. ASTM C270 - Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry 13. ASTM C478 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections 14. ASTM C618 - Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete 15. ASTM C789 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers 16. ASTM C850 - Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts, Storm Drains, and Sewers with Less Than 2 feet of Cover Subjected to Highway Loadings 17. ASTM C858 - Specification for Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 - 2

18. ASTM C891 - Practice for Installation of Underground Precast Concrete Utility Structures B. Official Code of Georgia Annotated (OCGA) C. State of Georgia, Department of Transportation (GDOT) D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): UL 467 Grounding and Bonding Equipment

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit detailed shop drawings for cast-in-place and precast concrete utility structures and related metal work. C. Submit manufacturers’ product data for standard manufactured precast concrete utility boxes and structures, metal gratings and covers, and other related miscellaneous metal items. D. Submit certification or other acceptable evidence that covers and grates to be provided for roadways and parking areas meet proof-testing requirements for H20 and HS2O loadings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK, except as specified otherwise herein. 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, low alkali. 2. Cementitious Admixture: Provide fly ash or pozzolan conforming with ASTM C618, Class F or N, not to exceed 15 percent by weight of the cement content. 3. Aggregates: ASTM C33, fine aggregate and Size Nos. 56 or 57 (1-inch maximum size) coarse aggregate. B. Mix Design: Obtain design of concrete mix as specified in Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK, and incorporate the following requirements: 1. Concrete Strength: Class 4000 minimum in accordance with Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. 2. Maximum water-cement plus pozzolan ratio: 0.45. 3. Maximum slump: 4 inches.

2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES A. General: Provide precast concrete structures that conform to the general configuration, capacities, and inverts indicated. B. Fabrication Standards: Comply with requirements of ASTM C478, ASTM C789, ASTM C850, and ASTM C858, as applicable, and applicable manufacturers’ standards. C. Materials: Comply with requirements of Section 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK, Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK except as specified otherwise herein. Provide fine and coarse aggregates conforming to ASTM C33, in size commensurate with structure and reinforcement clearances. D. Portland Cement Concrete: Concrete for precast or cast in place utility structures shall be Class 4000 minimum in accordance with Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 - 3

FOR SITEWORK. Concrete may be polymer or latex modified to achieve higher strengths and denser concrete. Concrete shall not deteriorate from chemical attack of sanitary waste. F. Quality Control: The Contractor shall perform inspections and tests as required to verify compliance with these Specifications.

2.03 METAL COVERS, GRATES, AND INLETS A. Ferrous Castings: 1. Metal used in manufacture of castings shall conform to ASTM A48, Class 35B for Gray Iron, or ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12 for Ductile Iron. 2. Castings shall be of uniform quality, free from blowholes, shrinkage, distortion or other defects. Castings shall be smooth and cleaned by shotblasting. 3. Minimum tensile strength shall be 35,000 psi. 4. Castings shall be manufactured true to pattern; component parts shall fit together in a satisfactory manner. Round frames and covers shall have continuously machined bearing surfaces to prevent rocking and rattling. 5. Provide ductile iron castings where castings will be subjected to loads of H20 or greater, and as indicated. 6. All castings shall be of domestic (USA) manufacture. B. Manhole Covers: Provide cast, manufactured manhole covers and frames with heavy-duty solid cover (lid) or vented cover (lid) as indicated. Covers shall be embossed or engraved with nonslip diamond or square cross-hatched pattern except as indicated otherwise on the Plans. Provide covers with embossed or engraved word identification, as indicated or appropriate, for the enclosed or underground utility. C. Grates for area drains and catch basins shall be cast iron bicycle-safe inlet grates and frames of size and configuration indicated. Grates in roadways and parking areas shall be heavy duty traffic rated. D. Curb and Gutter Inlets: Provide cast, manufactured curb inlet frame, grate, and curb box of size and configuration indicated. Curb and gutter inlets shall conform to the contour and profile of the concrete curb and gutter. Grates shall be heavy-duty traffic rated and bicycle- safe. E. Manhole Steps: Provide manufactured manhole steps with cross-hatched treads and with anchor configuration appropriate for cast-in-place concrete or precast concrete as indicated. Provide steps for installation 12 inches on center in staggered vertical alignment.

2.04 MISCELLANEOUS METAL A. Provide channel inserts, pulling eyes and steps as indicated. B. Steel Materials: Standard structural sections, shapes, plates, bars, and rods, as indicated, conforming with ASTM A36/A36M. Bars conforming with ASTM 108 will be acceptable. C. Bolts, studs, nuts, and washers shall be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A153. D. Fabrication: Form and fabricate the work as indicated. Include anchors, fasteners, and accessories to anchor and secure the work in place. E. Galvanizing: All ferrous metal items shall be galvanized after fabrication by the hot-dip process in accordance with ASTM A 123. Weight of the zinc coating shall conform with the requirements specified under “Weight of Coating” in ASTM A123.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. UTILITY STRUCTURES 33 05 16 - 4

2.05 MORTAR A. Cement mortar for the sealing of openings for pipe penetrations, for cementing of joints of component parts of precast structures, for providing of flow characteristics for the bottoms of drainage structures, and other features as indicated shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 1,800 psi. B. Mortar shall comply with applicable requirements of ASTM C270, including measurement, mixing, proportioning, and water retention. Ten percent by volume of the cement content of the mortar shall be fly ash or pozzolanic material conforming with ASTM C618. C. Use mortar within 90 minutes after mixing. Discard mortar that has been mixed longer or that has begun to set. Re-tempering of mortar will not be permitted.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION. A. Requirements: Construct manholes, junction boxes, catch basins, curb inlets, utility boxes and vaults, and related utility structures in connection with the installation of pipe, conduits, and utility trenches, as indicated. B. Excavation and Backfill: Provide excavation, prepared subgrade and aggregate base, and backfill as specified in Section 31 00 00 - EARTHWORK, Section 31 23 00 EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES, and Section 32 11 23 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSE, as indicated. C. Cast-in-Place Concrete Structures: Provide formwork, steel reinforcement, and concrete in accordance with applicable requirements of Section 03 20 00 - CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT FOR SITEWORK, and Section 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. D. Precast Concrete Structures: Install as indicated. Comply with applicable requirements of ASTM C891. Provide such appurtenances and installation accessories, including cement mortar and sealants, as required for a complete installation. E. Metal Components: Install manhole covers, grates and. frames, manhole steps, ladders and hatches as indicated and in accordance with the respective manufacturer’s instructions. Covers and grates in roadways, parking areas, and concrete walks shall be installed flush with finished grade of surrounding pavement. F. Openings for utility connections in pre-cast or cast-in-place structures shall be precast or core-sawed. Any field modification of openings in precast structures shall be approved in advance by the Engineer. G. Inverts shall be constructed in all sanitary sewer and storm drain structures per the applicable detail for each type of structure. Inverts shall be constructed of bricks and mortar unless approved otherwise by the Owner.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Contractor shall perform slump tests and strength tests of cast-in-place structures in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK. B. Acceptance of cast-in-place structures will be in accordance with Section 03 30 00 - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. SUPPORT AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES 33 05 25 - 1

SECTION 33 05 25 SUPPORT AND PROTECTION OF UTILITIES

PART I - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES This Section includes specifications for maintenance, support, and protection of existing underground utilities as indicated.

1.02 REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain existing utilities and protect from damage as necessary to satisfy the requirements of jurisdictional utility companies and related codes and regulations. B. Do not disconnect or shut down any existing utilities and services, except by permission of authorities having jurisdiction. Submit schedule of estimated shut-down time in order to obtain such permission, and notify all interested parties, neighbors, utilities, and municipal and county authorities, as required. C. Utilities to be removed shall not be removed until shut-down time can be kept to a minimum. Do not remove an existing utility line or service until the replacement line, crossover, or capping is ready to be performed. D. Provide shoring, underpinning, and structural support for existing utility lines and structures that become suspended or otherwise unsupported because of adjacent excavation operations.

1.03 REQUIRED NOTIFICATIONS A. Underground utilities shall be marked for identification by the affected utility companies prior to the Contractor performing any excavation or other work close to any underground pipeline, conduit, duct, wire, or other structure. B. Contractor shall notify affected utilities by calling Utilities Protection Center at 1-800-282- 7411. Contact utility owners not covered by the Utilities Protection Center by calling the affected utility owners directly. C. Protect active underground utilities from damage. If underground utilities are damaged in any way, notify the Engineer and affected utilities immediately for corrective action. The Contractor shall obtain the names of the utility companies in the area and their respective addresses and telephone numbers prior to the beginning of construction on the property.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Not Used

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 1

SECTION 33 10 00 WATER UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Buried pipe and fittings. B. Valves. C. Fire hydrants. D. Thrust blocks and harnessing. E. Field quality control. F. Testing. G. System disinfection. H. Connections to existing mains.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Trenching, bedding, and backfilling for pipelines are specified in SECTION 31 23 00 EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES.

1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A126 Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings 2. ASTM A307 Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile B. American Water Works Association (AWWA): 1. ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 for ductile iron pipe. 2. AWWA C500 Gate Valve, 3 through 48 inches NPS for Water and Sewage System 3. AWWA C503 Standard for Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants 4. AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints 5. ANSI/AWWA C651 Standard for Disinfecting Water Mains C. State of Georgia Minimum Standards for Public Water Systems, Current Revision.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Submit respective manufacturer’s product data for manufactured materials and equipment, including all valves and fire hydrants. C. Submit record drawings at project closeout. Record actual location of piping mains, valves, connections, and invert elevations for review.

1.05 SITE CONDITIONS A. Excavations in which products will be buried shall be dry.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 2

B. Protect and maintain existing structures, fences, walls, sidewalks, driveways, water, sewer, gas and drain piping, electrical and telephone cables, pedestrian and traffic accessibility. Repair any damage caused during construction at no expense to the Owner. C. Notify and obtain the approval of the Owner on the schedule of work. Notify and coordinate work with all affected utility, street and road departments.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Where noted on the Drawings, D.I. indicates ductile iron pipe. Ductile iron pipe is to be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Pipe to be cement lined as per AWWA C104 (ANSI A21.4) and coated inside and outside with an approved coal-tar coating. B. Ductile iron pipe is to be furnished with push-on joints in accordance with AWWA Standard C111 (ANSI A21.11). C. Ductile iron pipe wall thickness to be Pressure Class 350. D. Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron meeting the requirements of AWWA Specification C110/ANSI A21.10, or ductile iron compact fittings per AWWA C153/ANSI A21.53. The pressure rating must be 350 psi for fittings up to 12 inches and a minimum of 150 psi for larger sizes unless otherwise noted on the Plans. E. All fittings are to be mechanical type joints and are to be cement lined and coated inside and outside with coal-tar enamel. F. Fittings shall be by same manufacturer as ductile iron pipe provided, and all pipe and fittings shall be of domestic manufacture. G. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be American (ACIPCO), McWane, Griffin Pipe Products, or US Pipe.

2.03 VALVES A. Gate Valves shall be resilient seat type in accordance with AWWA C509. Valves to be rated for 250 psi working pressure. Valves to be iron body, with cast bronze valve stem, non-rising stem type fitted with "O-Ring" seals. The operating nuts to be 2" square. All valves are to open left, or counterclockwise. Stuffing boxed to be the "O-Ring" type. Gate valves to be mechanical joint, ANSI Standard 21.11 except where shown otherwise. Flange joint to be ANSI B16.1 standard. Valves shall be Mueller Company 2360 Series, M&H Valve Company Style 4067, or US Pipe Valve & Hydrant Division A-USPO-20. B. All buried gate valves shall be mechanical joint type, and non-buried valves shall be flanged joint type. C. Interior and exterior surfaces of valve shall be coated with fusion-bonded epoxy coating in accordance with AWWA C550.

2.04 VALVE BOXES A. Valve boxes for gate valves shall be 3-piece, screw type, cast iron. B. Valve boxes shall be by Tyler Union, Clow or East Jordan Iron Works, and of domestic manufacture. C. Valve boxes shall be furnished with cast iron lid. The word “WATER” shall be cast into lid on valve boxes.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 3

2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Restrained joint fittings are to be provided where vertical and horizontal changes in direction are required, in addition to thrust blocking requirements. Restrained joint fittings shall be by the same manufacturer as the ductile iron pipe. B. Insulating Joints: Joints between pipe of dissimilar metals are to have a rubber-gasketed or other suitable approved type of insulating joint or dielectric coupling which will effectively prevent metal-to-metal contact between adjacent sections of piping. C. Any pipe, solder or flux used in the installation or repair of water system shall be lead free with not more than 8.0% lead in pipes and fittings and not more than 0.2% lead in solders and flux.

2.05 CONCRETE FOR THRUST BLOCKS Provide Class 3000 concrete for all thrust blocks, as specified in Section 03 30 10 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK, with reinforcement where indicated.

2.06 MISCELLANEOUS METAL A. Tie Rods: Stainless steel, Type 304 or Type 316, threaded ANSI standard, bolt threaded on both ends. Minimum 1/2-inch diameter for 4-inch pipe, 5/8-inch minimum diameter for 6-inch and 8-inch diameter pipe, and 3/4-inch minimum diameter for 12-inch and larger. B. Rod Couplings: Malleable iron, ASTM A197, turnbuckle design, female threaded to mate with tie rods, 5/8-inch and 3/4-inch sizes to mate with both rods and mechanical joint bolts. C. Pipe Clamps: For sizes 4 inches and larger, provide with malleable iron rod sockets. Provide washers in lieu of rod sockets where authorized, conforming with ASTM A126, Class A, cast iron. Bolts and bolting shall conform with ASTM A307. D. Locked (restrained) mechanical joint fittings are to be provided where vertical changes in direction are required. E. Insulating Joints: Joints between pipe of dissimilar metals are to have a rubber-gasketed or other suitable approved type of insulating joint or dielectric coupling which will effectively prevent metal-to-metal contact between adjacent sections of piping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION A. Use proper and suitable tools and appliances for safe and convenient handling and installing of pipe and fittings. Take great care to prevent the pipe coating from being damaged, particularly cement linings on the inside of the pipes and fittings. Any damage must be remedied as directed. Carefully examine all pipes and fittings for defects just before installing. No pipe or fitting is to be installed which is defective. B. If any defective pipe or fitting is discovered after having been installed, it must be removed and replaced in a satisfactory manner with a sound pipe or fitting. All pipes and fittings are to be thoroughly cleaned before they are installed and kept clean until they are used in the completed work. Open ends of pipe are to be kept plugged with a bulkhead during construction. C. Pipe laid in trench is to be laid to lie on a firm and even bearing for its full length at depths and grades shown on the plans. Take precautions against flotation. D. Where bends and tees occur in pressure mains, pour a block of concrete at the bend or tee to prevent movement of the pipe when in use. The block is to consist of 3000 psi concrete as

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 4

specified under Division 03 of these specifications, and is to be of size and shape as shown on the plans or otherwise directed by the Design Professional. Use forms or earth walls to mold the "kick-block"; however, if earth walls are used they are to be cut true to shape with all excess earth removed and the work is to be done in such a manner that no loose earth will become mixed with the fresh concrete. At the end of 24 hours, damp earth may be placed over the concrete to help retain the moisture.

3.02 PIPE BEDDING A. Install pipe on the type of bedding specified. Regardless of the type of bedding used, holes in the trench are to be provided to receive the pipe bell. The holes excavated must be sufficient to relieve pipe bells of all load and yet provide support over the total length of the pipe barrel. B. Bedding classes are defined below: 1. Bedding for ductile iron water pipe shall be Type 2 or better, constructed per the details provided on the Plans. a. For Type 2 bedding, the trench bottom is to be hand shaped to receive the portion of the circumference of the pipe barrel shown on the Drawings. b. For Type 3 bedding, gravel is to be compacted in the trench bottom, and compacted around the pipe to the depth shown on the drawings. Use Type 3 if acceptable bedding cannot be obtained with Type 2.

3.03 CROSSING UTILITIES Water mains crossing sanitary sewer service lines, sanitary sewer mains, or storm drainage lines shall be installed to provide a separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom of the water main and the top of the sewer. At the crossings, one full length of water pipe shall be located so that both joints will be as far from the sewer as possible.

3.04 HYDROSTATIC TESTS A. Pressure and leakage tests shall be performed in accordance with the latest edition of AWWA Standard C600. B. All piping and attached appurtenances subjected to system working pressure shall be hydrostatically tested at 200 psi or 50 psi in excess of the system working pressure, whichever is greater. C. Allowable leakage shall be no greater than as calculated in L=SD(P)1/2/133,200 where L is allowable leakage in gallons/hour, S is the length of pipe tested in feet, D is pipe diameter in inches and P is test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per square inch (psi). D. The Design Professional shall witness and certify that the pressure test meets testing requirements. E. After completion and testing of the water distribution system, provide the Owner with the Contractor’s Material and Test Certificates required by the National Fire Protection Association Standard 24.

3.05 FLUSHING AND DISINFECTION OF WATER MAINS A. All new water mains shall be disinfected before they are placed into service. B. Existing water mains shall be disinfected whenever the main has been drained for the installation or relocation of appurtenances, or for repairs. Water main shall be disinfected before being placed back into service. All domestic service lines shall be flushed in conjunction with flushing of the water main.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 5

C. Disinfection of water mains and the disposal of the heavily chlorinated water, following the disinfection, shall be accomplished in accordance with the latest edition of AWWA Standard C651. D. The “tablet method” of disinfection which consists of placing calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets in the water main as it is being installed and then filling the main with potable water when installation is complete is not allowed. E. Before the main is chlorinated, it shall be filled to eliminate air pockets and shall be flushed to remove particulates. A flushing velocity of not less than 2.5 feet/second shall be maintained in pipe sizes less than 24 inches in diameter. F. During disinfection of the water mains an approved cross-connection control device shall be provided for backflow protection of the active distribution system. G. The quality of the water used during the disinfection procedures shall meet the required drinking water standards. H. The chlorine solution used for disinfection of water mains shall have a free chlorine residual concentration not less than 25 mg/L. This heavily chlorinated water shall be retained in the main for at least 24 hours, during which time all valves and hydrants shall be operated to ensure disinfection of the appurtenances. I. At the end of the 24-hour period, the treated water in all portions of the main shall have a residual of not less than 10 mg/L free chlorine. Re-chlorinate if required results are not obtained on all samples. J. After the applicable retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be disposed in a manner that will not harm the environment. Neutralizing chemicals, such as Sulfur Dioxide, Sodium Bisulfite, Sodium Sulfite or Sodium Thiosulfate may be used to neutralize the chlorine residual remaining in the water to be wasted. Disposal method shall be approved by the Design Professional. K. Flush all lines until residual is equal to existing system. After final flushing and before the water main is placed into service, water samples shall be collected from the main and tested for microbiological quality in accordance with the Georgia Rules for Safe Drinking Water, Chapter 391-3-5. The laboratory results must show the absence of coliform organisms in the water. L. Re-flush and re-disinfect the lines, as necessary, until satisfactory bacteriological results are obtained.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 - 1

SECTION 33 40 00 STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES This section includes specifications for furnishing and installing storm drainage structures, piping and castings.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS Trenching, bedding, and backfilling for pipelines are specified in Section 31 23 00 - EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES.

1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C14 Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe 2. ASTM C76 Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe 3. ASTM C270 Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry 4. ASTM C443 Specification for Joints for Circular Concrete. Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets 5. ASTM C881 Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete B. Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation Systems, latest Edition.

1.04 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to Section 01 30 00 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES for submittal requirements and procedures. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers’ product data for storm drainage structures, castings, pipe and pipe connection materials.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Where noted on the Plans, RCP indicates reinforced concrete pipe. Pipe is to conform to ASTM C-76 and be of sizes shown on Plans. Pipe shall be Class III minimum unless otherwise noted. B. Joints are to be watertight, bell and spigot type with O-ring gaskets. C. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM C443. Only a natural agent may be used as a lubricant. D. Certification: Manufacturer's certification of compliance with this specification is required. E. All reinforced concrete pipe shall be installed with Type C bedding at minimum.

2.02 HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE A. Where noted on the Plans, HDPE indicates high density polyethylene pipe.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 - 2

B. Pipe and fitting material are to be high-density polyethylene meeting ATSM D 3350 minimum cell classification 324420C for 4- through 10-inch diameters or 335420C for 12- through 60-inch diameters. Pipe manufactured for this specification is to comply with the requirements for test methods, dimensions, and markings found in AASHTO M252, AASHTO M294 and/or AASHTO MP7-97. The specified pipe sizes are nominal inside diameters. Pipe sizes are to be no less than 99% of nominal inside diameter and have a minimum laying length of 20 feet. C. For 4 to 10 inch (100 to 250mm) diameters, the pipe supplied is to be smooth interior and Annular Exterior Corrugated High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) meeting requirements of AASHTO M252, Type S. D. For 12 to 48 inch (300 to 1200mm) diameters, the pipe supplied is to be smooth interior and Annular Exterior Corrugated High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) meeting requirements of AASHTO M294, Type S. E. Fittings shall conform to AASHTO M252, M294 or MP7-97. Fabricated fittings are to be welded on the interior and exterior at all junctions. F. Install in accordance with ASTM D2321 with the exception that minimum cover in traffic areas shall be one foot (0.3m) for 4”-48” pipe and 18” (0.5m) for 54” and 60” pipe. G. Backfill the pipe with material meeting the requirements of ASTM D2321 Class I, II or III subject to approval of the Engineer. H. Trench width should be wide enough to place and compact backfill around the entire pipe. The trench width is to be outside diameter +24” for pipe sizes 12” to 30” and outside diameter +36” for pipe sizes 36” to 60”. I. All HDPE pipe shall be Advanced Drainage Systems N-12 type furnished with bell and spigot type watertight joints and gaskets, or approved equal. J. All HDPE pipe shall be installed with Type B bedding at minimum. Bedding material shall be clean natural sand or M10 manufactured sand. Bedding shall be installed to the mid-point (1/2 diameter) of the pipe.

2.06 CONCRETE, MASONRY AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Concrete: 3000 psi minimum 28-day compressive strength, per Section 500 of the Georgia DOT Standard Specifications for the Construction of Transportation Systems, including formwork, reinforcement and finish. B. Masonry Materials: In accordance with Section 834 - Masonry Materials, Georgia D.O.T. Specifications. C. Castings: Frames, covers and grates shall be manufactured by US Foundry, Neenah, Vulcan, or East Jordan Iron Works. All castings shall be of domestic manufacture. D. Manhole Steps: Meeting ASTM A48, Class 30B, integrally cast into manhole sidewalls. E. Gravel Fill: ASTM C-33 #57 or #67 stone. F. Precast Concrete Manholes: In accordance with Section 866 - Precast Concrete Catch Basin, Drop Inlet, and Manhole Units, Georgia D.O.T. Specifications. G. Plastic Marking Tape: Four mil thickness polyethylene, 6" minimum width, in bright color with the words "STORM LINE BELOW" printed continuously along length. H. Tracer wire: Single strand 12 gauge insulated copper tracer wire shall be laid in trench with all PVC and HDPE pipe. Tracer wire shall be laid along centerline of pipe at the top of the first backfill (pipe cover) lift.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF PIPE A. Excavation and Bedding: 1. Excavate trenches as specified in Section 31 23 00 - EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES. Before installing pipe and pipe-arches, shape the foundation material as shown on the Plans. Inspect piping prior to placing in trenches. Install no defective or damaged piping. 2. Bedding: Provide bedding as specified in PART 2 - PRODUCTS of this section. Classes of bedding are defined in ASTM C12. Use class of bedding indicated. Where pipe is to be encased in concrete, place concrete against undisturbed soil. 3. Install structures in conformance with the details shown on the plans or as directed. Excavate structure and prepare foundations as set forth in Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK. Before pipes are installed, shape the foundation material as shown on the Plans. 4. Provide necessary temporary drainage. Periodically remove any debris or silt that constricts the pipe flow to maintain drainage throughout the life of the Contract. B. Laying Pipe: 1. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, and couplings according to manufacturer’s written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. If pipe is of the bell-and-spigot type, lay bells in cross-cuts cut in trench. 2. Place circular pipe having elliptical reinforcement with minor axis of the reinforcement in a vertical position. 3. Prevent dirt from getting into pipe joints. 4. Remove pipe that is cracked, checked, spalled, or damaged from the work. 5. Clean interior of pipe of cement, dirt, and extraneous matter as the work progresses. C. Pipe Joints: 1. Pipe joints shall be made secure and silt tight; unless noted otherwise. 2. Employ appropriate equipment to draw the sections of the pipe tightly together. 3. Joints of bell-and-spigot pipe and tongue-and-groove pipe shall be filled with cement mortar so as to make a strong and silt tight joint. Finish joints smooth on inside of pipe with cement mortar. 4. Inside joint recesses of pipe shall be buttered with cement mortar prior to closure of joint. After closure is made, the joint shall be pointed inside the pipe and excess mortar removed by means of an inflated swab or squeegee. D. Construction of Drainage Structures: 1. Excavation and Backfill: Excavation and foundation preparation for these structures and for pipes entering and exiting these is to be in accordance with the provisions of Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK. 2. Drainage structures shall be precast unless shown otherwise on the Plans. Construction is to conform to the following:

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 - 4

a. Holes for Pipe: Each unit to be cast with pipe holes of the specific number and dimensions necessary to incorporate the unit into the drainage system as shown on the plans. In the event conditions during the installation require additional pipe for which no holes have been cast, the Contractor may, with approval of Owner, make such holes provided he replaces or repairs any damaged units to the satisfaction of the Owner. b. Pipe Connections: Pipe to be connected to units with either shrinkproof mortar or Class "A" Concrete. Pipe connections shall be mortared on both the inside and the outside of the structures. Pipe connection shall be mortared on the outside of the structure prior to backfilling. c. Precast concrete structures shall be set to within 1/2" +/- of grade on a bed of compacted sand bedding material which is approximately 4 to 6 inches thick. d. When sectional precast units are used to build-up extra depth catch basins or drop inlets, the joints between sections are to be filled with mortar and all such joints shall be wiped smooth. 3. Brick Masonry: Brick masonry structures to be constructed in accordance with the requirements of Section 608 - Brick Masonry of the Georgia D.O.T. Specifications. 4. Castings: Frame castings to be securely held in place to proper line and grade and made an integral part of the complete structure. All castings subject to use by traffic to be firm and stable under traffic upon completion of the structure. 5. Maintenance: All structures to be kept thoroughly clean of all fallen masonry, silt, debris and other foreign matter. 6. Where manholes occur in pavements, set tops of frames and covers flush with finish surface. Elsewhere, set tops 3" above finish surface, unless otherwise indicated. 7. Backfill at structures and compact as specified for building walls, in accordance with Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK. 8. Set drainage gratings to elevations indicated on the drawings. Install plastic masking tape centered over piping locations during backfilling operations. Locate marking tape approximately 9" above sewer line. 9. Openings for utility connections in pre-cast or cast-in-place structures shall be precast or core-sawed. Any field modification of openings in precast structures shall be approved in advance by the Engineer. 10. Inverts shall be constructed in all storm drain structures per the applicable detail for each type of structure. Inverts shall be constructed of bricks and mortar unless approved otherwise by the Owner. E. Backfilling: 1. Pipe shall not be covered with backfill material, until inspected, tested, and approved by the Engineer. 2. Before backfilling the pipe, repair any exposed metal in metal coating according to Section 645 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications Construction of Transportation System. Recoat any exposed base metal in bituminous coating with asphalt. 3. After making up pipe joints, fill space between pipe and sides of trench with bedding material as specified on the Plans half-way up the pipe. Both sides shall be filled for full width of trench at same time and carefully compacted so as to hold the pipe in its proper position.

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016 ROCK EAGLE CABINS SITE IMPROVEMENTS, J-308 TRAVIS PRUITT & ASSOCIATES, INC. STORM DRAINAGE UTILITIES 33 40 00 - 5

4. After pipe has been installed, inspected, and approved, place and compact backfill as specified in Section 31 23 00 - EXCAVATION AND FILL FOR STRUCTURES, PAVEMENT AND UTILITIES. 5. Before allowing traffic over a culvert, protect the structure by providing sufficient depth and width of compacted backfill. Repair damage or displacement from traffic or erosion that occurs after installing and backfilling at no additional cost. 6. Clean pipes and pipe-arch culverts before final acceptance of the Work. F. Concrete Encasement: 1. If pipe is indicated to be entirely or partly embedded in concrete, support and brace pipe in a manner that will prevent movement or displacement of pipe during testing and during placement and consolidation of concrete. 2. Place concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK, being careful to consolidate concrete under and around pipe without displacing pipe. 3. Concrete strength for pipe encasement shall be 3000 psi minimum 28-day strength in accordance with Section 03 30 00 – CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE FOR SITEWORK.

END OF SECTION

Rock Eagle Cabins Site Improvements, J-308 24 October 2016